Bertram 540 Owner's Manual

540
OWNER’S MANUAL
This manual has been created by Studio ti in compliance with UNI EN ISO 10240:2004, for BERTRAM.
Any reprinting, either in whole or in part, without prior written approval by BERTRAM is strictly prohibited.
This manual has been issued by BERTRAM a division of:
Legal seat:
Via Irma Bandiera, 62
47841 Cattolica – Rimini – Italy
Tel. +39.05410.839611
Fax +39.05410.839625
Operations headquarters:
3663 N.W. 21st Street, Miami, Florida 33142
(305) 633-8011
Fax (305) 635-1388
www.bertram.com
www.studio-ti.it
Studio ti S.r.l.
40026 Imola (BO) - Italy
Via Ercolani, 5c
Tel. +39 (0542) 643513 - 643321
Fax +39 (0542) 643514
[email protected]
540
Specifications
RINA S.p.A. (Registro Italiano Navale) assigned the classification of Your
BERTRAM yacht with Certificate, following its supervision of hull
lamination, reinforcement structures, propulsion and auxiliary power
generating machinery, onboard systems.
Manufacturer Name BERTRAM
Hull No. 04
Number of People Capacity max. 14
Propulsion type: engine (nr. 2)
Maximum Rated Engine Power 1676 mhp/1232 kW
NOTICES
Dimensions
-
The EC Certificate of product check stating that this pleasure boat has
been approved in accordance with the 94/25/EC Directive, amended by
the 2003/44/EC Directive, and that it conforms to the safety
requirements applicable, is not included inside of the current Owner’s
manual, but it will be delivered separately by BERTRAM and will have
to be stored with this manual.
Length overall with fore pulpit
Length hull (standard ISO 8666)
Length waterline, yacht fully laden
Fore rail extension pulpit
Maximum Beam
Draft under propellers (yacht fully laden)
Max. height (from the keel to the console)
Cockpit surface
57 ft 1 in - 17.40 m
54 ft 2 in - 18.04 yd
47 ft 8 in - 15.90 yd
2 ft 11 in - 0.98 yd
16 ft 11 in - 5.64 yd
5 ft - 5 in - 1.65 m
19 ft 4 in - 5.9 m
170 ft² - 17.28 yd2
Displacements
- Displacement, unladen
- Displacement fully laden
64,375 lb - 29.2 ton
82,853 lb - 37.58 ton
Tank capacities
-
Standard fuel tank capacity
Water tank capacity
Black water tank capacity
Grey water tank capacity
1400 US gals - 5300 lt *
225 US gals - 850 lt *
101 US gals - 382 lt *
37 US gals - 140 lt *
* The usable volume of tanks will vary according to the trim and load.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
3
540
LIMITED WARRANTY
BERTRAM YACHT, INC. (U.S.A.)
Future Improvements. Bertram reserves the right to improve its design or
materials without any obligation, or incorporate any changes into any
previously manufactured yachts.
Bertram Yacht, Inc. (Bertram) warrants, subject to the limitations herein,
to the first retail purchaser of this yacht (first owner) provided the First Owner
completes, signs and returns the Bertram Warranty Registration Card to
Bertram at the address below by certified mail, return receipt requested, within
(10) days of the First Owner’s purchase of the yacht, and any properly
registered subsequent owners, that it will repair or replace defects in (a) items
manufactured by Bertram for one (1) year and (b) the yacht’s hull and its
fiberglass structural components for five (5) years. These warranties run from
the date of Delivery. “Delivery” means the date of the actual delivery of the
yacht to the First Owner. Unless prohibited by applicable state law, an action
hereunder shall be barred unless it is commenced with in (1) year from the
date the cause of action accrues, regardless of the time remaining in the
applicable period above.
Exclusions. This Limited Warranty is NOT applicable to:
a.
Damage to a yacht part or component, caused by any alteration, modification,
or repair, or which has been removed from the yacht, unless specifically
authorized in writing by Bertram.
b.
Paints; varnishes; gelcoats; anti-fouling products; chrome plated, anodized,
aluminum, or other plated finishes; the color fastness of materials or finishes;
external wood paneling, siding, and trimming; stainless steel, fabrics and canvas
- all of which are subject to the effects of different climates and use (including
cracking and crazing); osmosis blistering if the original gelcoat surface has been
altered in any way - including repair, application of any coating other than marine
antifouling bottom paint, improper surface preparation for paint, or excessive
sanding or sandblasting.
c.
Engines, engine parts, controls, accessories, air conditioning systems,
transmissions, electronics (including the installation thereof unless installed by
Bertram), batteries, appliances, propellers, generators, and any equipment not
manufactured by Bertram. Some of these items are warranted by their
manufacturers as stated in the applicable warranties as supplied by their
manufacturers. The owner shall look exclusively to these manufacturers for
any and all such warranty claims.
d.
Yachts which have been used for or subjected to: commercial or charter
service; careless operation, grounding, collision, hurricane conditions or other
extreme forces of nature; military or paramilitary operations; racing, towing,
improper storage, service or maintenance; negligent operation; lack of
maintenance; improper use; use in violation of instructions provided by
Bertram; or use in of Federal, State, or other governmental laws, regulations,
or rules.
Any published or announced catalog speeds; fuel consumption; weight;
draft and performance characteristics; since these are estimated or
obtained from test runs.
Bertram’s Obligation. Bertram’s obligation is limited to repairing or replacing,
at its option, any covered items found to be defective at a facility designated
by Bertram. Repaired or replaced items shall be warranted as provided herein
for the remainder of the applicable warranty period. Defective parts or
components that are replaced shall thereupon become the property of
Bertram.
Procedures. Notice of defects occurring under this Limited Warranty must
be given to Bertram within a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days
after discovery, or the time such defect should reasonably have been
discovered, in writing, at the address below, by certified mail, return receipt
requested. All notices must include the owner’s name, address, phone
number, the hull number, the nature of the defect, the date it was discovered,
the date of purchase, and the name and address of the party from whom
the yacht was purchased. A copy must also be sent to the dealer from whom
the yacht must was purchased.
The owner must thereafter provide all information necessary to allow Bertram
to verify compliance with these requirements. The dealer must obtain
Bertram’s written approval before repairing the yacht and must follow all
applicable Bertram procedures. As to items not covered by this Limited
Warranty, the owner may contact the appropriate manufacturer
representative, to which the dealer will direct the owner on request.
e.
4
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
540
f.
Electrolysis, galvanic or crevice corrosion, or any deterioration of
underwater items or items requiring repairs or replacement as a result of
lack of maintenance or improper use.
g.
Any damage or failure that occurs from either increasing the horsepower of
the original engines installed by Bertram.
h.
Compliance with the laws, regulations, or rules of any governmental or
regulatory body or agency other than the U.S.A.
i.
Direct, incidental, or consequential damages, costs or expenses, including
but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, rental charges, travel
expenses, loss of use, dockage fees, towing and storage charges, and the
costs of transportation to the repair facility designated by Bertram, incurred
as a result of any defects, or as a result of any steps the owner must take to
become entitled to repair or replacement, and injury or damage to persons
or property resulting from information provided by the dealer if erroneous or
not approved in advance and in writing by Bertram. SOME STATES DO
NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO SUCH LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY
TO YOU.
Modifications, Subsequent Owners. This limited warranty may only be
modified in writing by an authorized Bertram officer. No dealer or other party
may modify the Limited Warranty. Subsequent owners to the First Owner
may register to qualify for the benefits of this Limited Warranty by following
the procedures specified after contacting Bertram at the address and phone
set forth below.
Venue. To the extent permitted by law, venue for any dispute shall lie in
Miami-Dade County, Florida, unless an alternative venue is elected by
Bertram.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU
MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO
STATE.
DISCLAIMER; LlMlTATION OF DURATION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES.
EXCEPT FOR THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT BY BERTRAM OF
ITEMS COVERED BY THE LIMITED WARRANTY, BERTRAM MAKES NO
OTHER WARRANTIES EXCEPT FOR THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT
CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, ALL OF WHICH ARE LIMITED IN DURATION
TO THE APPLICABLE PERIOD PROVIDED IN THE LIMITED WARRANTY.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW TIME LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN
IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THlS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
5
540
NOTES:
6
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INDEX
INDEX
540
1 - FOREWORD
1.1
1.2
1.3
4.8.6
Leaving the yacht unattended .........................................................52
4.9
YACHT OPERATION DURING NAVIGATION ...................................55
4.9.1
Operating in shallow water ..............................................................56
4.10
PRECAUTIONS DURING NAVIGATION............................................58
4.11
NAVIGATION IN BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS ..............................60
4.11.1 Weather ...........................................................................................61
4.12
ANCHORING ......................................................................................62
4.12.1 Setting the anchor ...........................................................................62
4.12.2 Determining scope...........................................................................63
4.12.3 Retrieving the anchor ......................................................................63
4.12.4 Anchoring precautions.....................................................................64
4.13
FUELING THE YACHT .......................................................................65
4.14
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ..........................................................68
4.15
WARNINGS FOR MAINTENANCE IN HARSH CLIMATES ...............69
WELCOME......................................................................................... 14
CUSTOMER SUPPORT .................................................................... 16
HULL IDENTIFICATION..................................................................... 18
2 - HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
READ THIS MANUAL CAREFULLY .................................................. 22
STAY ALERT ..................................................................................... 23
SPECIFIC SAFETY WARNINGS ....................................................... 24
KNOW YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES AS A YACHT OWNER/
OPERATOR ....................................................................................... 25
3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
MAIN DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT DATA ........................................ 28
MAIN TECHNICAL DATA .................................................................. 29
MOORING EQUIPMENT ................................................................... 30
WARNING AND SAFETY LABELS.................................................... 31
5 - INSTRUMENTATION & EQUIPMENT
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
5.4.6
5.5
5.6
4 - GETTING UNDERWAY
4.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.3
4.3.1
4.4
4.5
4.5.1
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.8.1
4.8.2
4.8.3
4.8.4
4.8.5
YOUR KEYS ...................................................................................... 36
PREPARING TO GET UNDERWAY.................................................. 37
Preliminary checklist ....................................................................... 37
Safety equipment check ................................................................. 39
GENERAL SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.......................................... 40
Final pre-departure checklist .......................................................... 41
STARTING THE ENGINES................................................................ 42
STOPPING THE ENGINES ............................................................... 47
Procedure ....................................................................................... 47
ENGINES EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURE ................................ 48
NAVIGATION WITH ONLY ONE ENGINE......................................... 49
MOORING & DOCKING..................................................................... 50
Before leaving the shore................................................................. 50
Departing from the shore ................................................................ 50
Before entering the harbor, be sure you ......................................... 51
When the yacht is safely secured to the shore ............................... 52
Before leaving the yacht, be sure you ............................................ 52
HELM SYSTEM ..................................................................................72
RUDDERS STROKE (TRAVEL) CHECK............................................75
DRIVING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ..................................................76
TRIM TABS .........................................................................................79
Trim tabs operation..........................................................................79
Trim tabs general information..........................................................79
Trim tabs basics ..............................................................................79
Trim tabs oil level check ..................................................................80
Trim tab oil change ..........................................................................80
Hydraulic Cylinder ...........................................................................80
BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) .........................................................83
ANTI ROLLING GYRO (OPTIONAL) ..................................................84
6 - CONTROL STATION
6.1
CONTROL STATION ..........................................................................88
6.2
FLYBRIDGE HELM STATION ............................................................89
6.2.1
SECTION A - Navigation instruments .............................................90
6.2.2
SECTION B - Port helm station console..........................................92
6.2.3
SECTION C - Control and maneuver heads ...................................96
6.2.4
SECTION D - Magnetic compass....................................................98
8
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INDEX
540
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.5.1
6.6
6.6.1
6.6.2
6.6.3
6.6.4
6.6.5
6.6.6
8.7.1
Gearbox service ............................................................................142
8.7.2
Gearbox check ..............................................................................143
8.8
FUEL AND LUBRICATION SYSTEMS .............................................144
8.9
PROPULSION ENGINES MAINTENANCE ......................................146
8.10
FUEL SYSTEM .................................................................................153
8.10.1 Fuel tank filling...............................................................................154
8.10.2 Fuel System...................................................................................155
8.10.3 Diagram of fuel system..................................................................159
8.10.4 Water/fuel separator prefilters for engines ....................................161
8.10.5 Generator water & fuel separator filter ..........................................163
8.11
LUBE OIL SYSTEM ..........................................................................165
8.11.1 Oil filling/draining system from engines, gearboxes
and generator ................................................................................165
8.12
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ...........................................................169
8.12.1 Operation.......................................................................................169
8.13
BILGE SUCTION OF THE ENGINES IN EMERGENCY ..................171
8.14
EXHAUST SYSTEM .........................................................................172
8.14.1 Engine exhaust system control......................................................174
8.15
ENGINEROOM & GENERATOR ROOM VENTILATION SYSTEM .175
HANDLE BLOCK.............................................................................. 100
ENGINE ALARM DEVICES ............................................................. 103
EMERGENCY CONTROL DEVICES............................................... 104
Engine stop control ....................................................................... 104
INSTRUMENTATION....................................................................... 106
VHF-DSC Radiotelephone............................................................ 106
Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder ........................................... 108
Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder ........................................... 108
Autopilot........................................................................................ 109
Multifunctional display................................................................... 110
Engine control panel ..................................................................... 111
7 - ON DECK
7.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.3
7.4
MAIN DECK - EXTERIOR................................................................ 116
FLYBRIDGE ..................................................................................... 117
Navigation lights ........................................................................... 118
ANCHOR.......................................................................................... 120
ANCHOR WINDLASS
(AVAILABLE ONLY WITH OPTIONAL PULPIT).............................. 121
7.4.1
Anchor windlass activation controls.............................................. 123
7.5
WINDLASS CLEANING AND SERVICE.......................................... 126
7.5.1
Gearmotor..................................................................................... 126
9 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
9.1
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.5
9.6
9.6.1
9.6.2
8 - PROPULSION SYSTEMS
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.5.1
8.5.2
8.6
ENGINE ROOM ACCESS................................................................ 130
PROPULSION SYSTEMS................................................................ 131
ENGINES ......................................................................................... 132
ENGINE CONTROL PANEL ............................................................ 133
PROPELLERS ................................................................................. 135
Propellers service ......................................................................... 137
Periodic checks on propellers....................................................... 138
PROPELLER SHAFT, STUFFING BOX CASE
AND SHAFT SUPPORT................................................................... 139
8.6.1
Shafts line, stuffing box seal and shafts supports bushings
maintenance ................................................................................. 140
8.7
GEARBOX (TRANSMISSION)......................................................... 141
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
9
ELECTRIC PUMPS...........................................................................180
Bilge pumps...................................................................................180
Bilge automatic/manual suction system displacement ..................182
Bilge pump operation check ..........................................................186
Maintenance of other electric pumps.............................................186
Priming a pump .............................................................................187
FRESH WATER SYSTEM ................................................................188
REFILLING THE WATER TANK.......................................................193
FRESH WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE .....................................194
Fresh water tank............................................................................194
Water system maintenance ...........................................................194
SEAWATER SYSTEM ......................................................................195
THRU-HULL FITTINGS AND INTAKE SEACOCK ...........................197
Seawater cooling system check ....................................................197
Maintenance of the sea filters........................................................197
INDEX
540
10.14.1 Battery charger service..................................................................248
10.14.2 Battery charger check....................................................................249
10.15 VOLTAGE EQUALIZER....................................................................250
9.7
AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM........................................................ 198
9.7.1
Air-conditioning system operation................................................. 198
9.8
CHILLER UNIT CONTROL PANEL ................................................. 200
9.8.1
Basic operation ............................................................................. 200
9.8.2
Air conditioning system maintenance ........................................... 202
9.9
BLACK WATER (SEWAGE) SYSTEM............................................. 203
9.9.1
Operating the WCs ....................................................................... 203
9.9.2
WC Control Panels ....................................................................... 204
9.9.3
System Operation ......................................................................... 205
9.9.4
Tank pump-out by shore pump..................................................... 208
9.9.5
Black water system maintenance ................................................. 211
9.10
GRAY WATER SYSTEM ................................................................. 212
9.10.1 Gray water system maintenance .................................................. 213
11 - INTERIOR DETAILS
11.1
INTERIOR DETAILS - MAIN DECK..................................................254
11.1.1 Main deck description - interior......................................................255
11.2
UNDER DECK ..................................................................................258
11.2.1 Cabins with bathroom: Master’s, guests’.......................................259
11.3
APPLIANCES....................................................................................261
11.3.1 Skylights ........................................................................................261
12 - SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
12.1
GENERAL SAFETY RULES .............................................................264
12.2
GENERAL SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.........................................266
12.2.1 Yacht stability and safety...............................................................266
12.2.2 Rules of Navigation .......................................................................267
12.2.3 Weather .........................................................................................267
12.2.4 Fuel................................................................................................267
12.2.5 General maintenance safety..........................................................267
12.3
PFD’S - PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES AND LIFE-SAVING
EQUIPMENT.....................................................................................269
12.4
YACHT’S AREAS AND ESCAPE ROUTES .....................................271
12.4.1 Flybridge Area ...............................................................................273
12.4.2 Salon, dinette and galley area .......................................................273
12.4.3 Owner’s, guests’ and VIP stateroom area .....................................274
12.5
FIRE PREVENTION..........................................................................275
12.6
FIRE EMERGENCY..........................................................................276
12.6.1 Abandonment of the yacht.............................................................277
12.7
FIRE EXTINGUISHING.....................................................................278
12.7.1 Disconnect the electrical power....................................................278
12.8
FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS...............................................................279
12.8.1 Location of safety & firefighting equipment....................................279
12.8.2 Portable fire extinguishers .............................................................280
12.8.3 Maintenance of portable fire-extinguishers....................................281
12.8.4 Fixed fire-fighting system in the engine room................................282
10 - ELECTRIC SYSTEM
10.1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.......................................... 220
10.1.1 Location of electrical equipment on board .................................... 223
10.2
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WARNINGS............................................... 226
10.3
MAIN ELECTRIC PANEL................................................................. 229
10.4
24 V DC USER FLYBRIDGE ELECTRIC PANEL............................ 230
10.5
12 V DC USER FLYBRIDGE ELECTRIC PANEL............................ 231
10.6
12 V /24 V DC BATTERY DISCONNECTOR PANEL...................... 232
10.7
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER ......................................................... 234
10.8
POWER GENERATOR .................................................................... 237
10.8.1 Operation ...................................................................................... 237
10.8.2 Generator control panel ................................................................ 238
10.9
GENERATOR LUBRICATION SYSTEM.......................................... 240
10.9.1 Oil specifications........................................................................... 240
10.9.2 Oil check ....................................................................................... 240
10.9.3 Oil change procedure ................................................................... 240
10.10 GENERATOR COOLING SYSTEM ................................................. 241
10.10.1 Closed oil coolant ......................................................................... 241
10.11 GENERATOR FUEL SYSTEM......................................................... 242
10.12 BATTERIES ..................................................................................... 243
10.13 SHORE ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY ............................................ 244
10.14 BATTERY CHARGER...................................................................... 247
10
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INDEX
540
12.9
15 - TROUBLESHOOTING
RECOMMENDED ITEMS TO HAVE ONBOARD ............................ 290
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
15.10
15.11
15.12
15.13
13 - YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
13.1
YACHT LIFTING AND LAUNCHING................................................ 294
13.1.1 Storing the yacht ashore............................................................... 296
13.2
TOWING........................................................................................... 297
14 - MAINTENANCE
14.1
GENERAL MAINTENANCE SAFETY STANDARDS....................... 302
14.2
SACRIFICIAL ANODES ................................................................... 307
14.2.1 Periodic check of external anodes................................................ 308
14.2.2 Replacing the external anodes ..................................................... 308
14.3
LONG YACHT INACTIVITY ............................................................. 309
14.3.1 General Long-term Lay-up Guidelines.......................................... 309
14.3.2 Engines And Generator Lay-up .................................................... 309
14.4
COMMISSIONING THE YACHT ...................................................... 312
14.4.1 Preparing the yacht for use after a period of inactivity.................. 312
14.5
BOTTOM MAINTENANCE............................................................... 313
14.5.1 Bottom Antifouling Coating ........................................................... 313
14.5.2 Bottom inspection ......................................................................... 313
14.5.3 Renewing antifouling protection.................................................... 314
14.6
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ............................................................. 315
14.6.1 Gel-coat cracks............................................................................. 315
14.6.2 Gel-coat voids............................................................................... 315
14.6.3 Light alloys and stainless steel ..................................................... 316
14.6.4 Sun-deck cushions ....................................................................... 317
14.6.5 Instrumentation and navigation lights ........................................... 318
14.7
REPLACEMENT .............................................................................. 319
14.8
BULB REPLACEMENT .................................................................... 320
14.8.1 Watertight little spotlights.............................................................. 320
14.8.2 Little spotlights .............................................................................. 320
14.8.3 Swinging table lamp...................................................................... 321
14.8.4 Engineroom overhead light........................................................... 321
14.8.5 Cabinet light.................................................................................. 322
14.8.6 Neon light...................................................................................... 322
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
11
MAIN NOTES....................................................................................326
EQUIPMENT.....................................................................................327
FUEL SYSTEM .................................................................................328
BLACK AND GRAY WATER SYSTEM DRAIN.................................329
PROPELLERS SHAFTS ...................................................................330
FRESH WATER SYSTEM ................................................................331
BILGE PUMP ....................................................................................332
FRESH WATER PUMP.....................................................................333
OIL TRANSFER PUMP.....................................................................334
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC HELM SYSTEM ........................................337
TRIM TAB SYSTEM..........................................................................341
GLENDINNING CABLEMASTER .....................................................343
AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT ...............................................................345
INDEX
540
NOTE:
12
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
1
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
FOREWORD
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
1
FOREWORD
1.1
WELCOME
540
Before taking the helm, you should have a working knowledge of the
operational characteristics of your yacht, sufficient marine experience to
take charge of its operation, and the skill to navigate the waters in which
you intend to cruise. You must become familiar with the yacht’s systems
and their operation. Your personal safety and that of your guests, as well
as that of your yacht, are your responsibility.
S
CAUTION
This manual presents basic guidelines, but it cannot describe every
possible risk you may encounter. You are strongly urged to:
− regularly review safety requirements;
− maintain your yacht and its onboard systems regularly;
− have your yacht inspected at least (bi-annually) by authorized
BERTRAM personnel.
No single book can cover all the aspects of pleasure boating and
seamanship, but your BERTRAM Owner’s Manual is a key resource for
learning about your yacht and its equipment, and for acquiring an
understanding of its operational characteristics and maintenance
requirements.
S
Additional information pertaining to the equipment installed on your boat
is provided by the manufacturers of the equipment and is located in the
owner’s information case, which was placed aboard before delivery. It is
very important that you study these manuals and understand the
operation of all of the systems.
CAUTION
Please, keep this manual carefully in a safe, dry and easily accessible
place for an easy consultation. When you decide to change yacht,
deliver this manual to the new owner in its integrity.
S
By providing you with the information you need to maintain the yacht and
to operate it safely, the manual will enhance your enjoyment of your
yacht. It contains details about the yacht and its systems and equipment,
as well as information about practical use and maintenance. To become
acquainted with your yacht before going to sea for the first time, we
recommend that you read this manual carefully and consult it frequently
in the future.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to operate your yacht until you are thoroughly familiar
with the contents of this manual and all of your yacht’s onboard
systems.
14
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
540
NOTICES
This manual is not intended to replace years of boating experience or
the excellent classes on boating safety offered by the United States
Coast Guard Auxiliary and the United States Power Squadron. We
have included material that covers some of the aspects of safe boating,
but we urge you to attend a safe boating course and stay current on
navigation and safe boating practices.
This manual contains the following chapters:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
FOREWORD
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
GETTING UNDERWAY
INSTRUMENTATION & EQUIPMENT
HELM STATION
ON DECK
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
INTERIOR DETAILS
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
15
1
1
1.2
FOREWORD
540
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
BERTRAM
3663 N.W. 21st Street
Miami, Florida 33142
(305) 633-8011
Fax (305) 635-1388
www.bertram.com
S
CAUTION
In case you lose or damage the manual, BERTRAM will always be able
to supply you with a new copy.
S
To ensure a readily available supply of spare parts and the capability of
providing prompt and reliable service, BERTRAM selects all your yacht’s
original equipment and accessories among the most reliable marine
supply sources available.
For all legal aspects related to the yacht warranty, refer only to the
Purchase Proposal and to the Limited Warranty, which specify all
warranty clauses applicable to the purchased product.
The equipment is covered under specific warranties provided by the
individual manufacturers.
Any repair to be performed under warranty must be carried out solely by
BERTRAM authorized personnel, to avoid compromising the provisions
of the warranty, as well as to ensure the quality of the workmanship and
to prevent further damage.
The BERTRAM Service network is happy to provide any information
regarding issues not addressed by the manuals. Yacht owners, captains,
and crew members may contact dealers, sales offices, service centers,
or BERTRAM directly.
S
CAUTION
S
CAUTION
BERTRAM declines all responsibility for the installation and operation
of electric, electronic or mechanical equipment, improperly installed by
third parties, in a way not authorised by the Shipyard.
S
CAUTION
Any modification or change to the Yacht’s original design or
specifications should not be done without first consulting BERTRAM for
approval, in order to avoid compromising the Yacht’s safety and the
provisions of the warranty.
CAUTION
Sanctions are provided if the yacht is not supplied with the “Owner’s
Manual”.
16
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
540
j
j
WARNING
BERTRAM declines all responsibility concerning tampering carried out
by third parties on equipment installed in the Yard. Such tampering or
unauthorized installations will void the warranty, and even cause
damages to the yacht and the people on board.
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
The maintenance operations described in the manual are simple, but
should be performed by authorized and qualified technical staff only,
according to the standard procedures delivered by the devices
manufacturers and in compliance with national and international
regulations. We suggest contacting the BERTRAM Service
Department.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
Equipment and accessories: The engine, the windlass, the ventilators
and other accessories are guaranteed by their manufacturers who will
support you directly by means of their structures. If necessary, the
BERTRAM After-Sales Service will support your requests in order to
obtain fast service and the respect of the applicable rules. At
purchasing, the owner should mail the Warranty Registration Card to
activate the Limited Warranty. BERTRAM is not responsible for
warranty coverage if the Owner fails to mail in the Warranty Registration
Card.
BERTRAM declines all responsibility for damage due to improper
preservation and poor maintenance.
S
1
17
1
1.3
FOREWORD
540
HULL IDENTIFICATION
BERTRAM has focused on building high quality yachts for the
international yachting market since 1961. Safety is a high priority, and all
BERTRAM yachts undergo certification to the requirements of the
applicable registries to obtain a Classification Certificate.
You will find the hull identification numbers affixed to your yacht in two
places.
One is integral to the hull laminate, and the other is engraved on the
transom. The hull identification number is matched to that which appears
on the Classification Certificate.
RINA S.p.A. (Registro Italiano Navale) assigned the classification of Your
BERTRAM yacht with Certificate, following its supervision of hull
lamination, reinforcement structures, propulsion and auxiliary power
generating machinery, onboard systems.
S
CAUTION
Always keep the plates readable. If deteriorated or altered, request new
plates from BERTRAM.
18
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
19
1
1
FOREWORD
540
NOTES:
20
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
2
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
2
2.1
HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK
540
READ THIS MANUAL CAREFULLY
We recommend that you read the individual manufacturer’s engine and
equipment manuals provided with the yacht to gain a deeper
understanding of the yacht and its systems.
This Yacht comes with the BERTRAM Limited Warranty, which describes
the terms and conditions under which defects in your yacht will be
repaired. Familiarize yourself with the warranty and follow instructions
regarding proper operation and maintenance. Lack of attention to
instructions can void the warranty.
Before operating equipment associated with your yacht, particularly the
engine, read the manufacturer’s manual concerning the equipment to be
used.
22
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK
540
2.2
2
STAY ALERT
Throughout this manual, we present critical information, messages,
requirements, and safety alerts in a label format to draw your special
attention to the information offered.
These messages begin with a signal word, e.g. “danger”, “caution”, etc.
as follows. The signal word is the indicator of the level of the hazard being
addressed in the message. See the following for hazard signal word
definitions.
k
i
ENVIRONMENT NOTICE
Draws the attention to risks associated with toxic substances and
environmental pollution.
NOTICES
DANGER
Draws the attention to important information and reminders.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury. The use of this hazard signal word is
limited to the most extreme conditions.
MAINTENANCE
S
Shows the time necessary for the maintenance to be carried out on the
different devices on board.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
j
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injury or property damage. This signal word
may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
23
2
2.3
HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK
540
SPECIFIC SAFETY WARNINGS
Fire risk:
It indicates a fire risk.
b
DANGER
The cause of the fire is described here.
Electrocution risk:
It indicates an electrocution risk.
a
DANGER
The cause of the electrocution is described here.
Burn risk:
It indicates a burn risk.
c
DANGER
The cause of the burn is described here.
Forbidden areas:
It forbids the access, the transit or the stop in a dangerous area.
d
DANGER
The forbidden area is described here: it is forbidden to gain access to
dangerous areas or to approach moving mechanical parts.
24
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK
540
2.4
2
KNOW YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES AS A YACHT
OWNER/OPERATOR
If your Bertram is to be operated in the waters regulated by the United
States Coast Guard, there are certain requirements that must be met.
These requirements are discussed in the Coast Guard Publication
Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats.
You are also the key person ensuring the safety of your passengers,
crew, and of the yacht. Please take time to study the chapter on SAFETY
in this manual for important information about safety procedures.
Every yacht owner and operator must be knowledgeable about the yacht
and its systems. Because you are responsible for the operation of your
yacht, we provide you with information on those topics. For each system
on board, we have provided a detailed description, including schematics
where appropriate, as well as information on maintenance and
troubleshooting.
As a yacht owner, you are responsible for being informed about a variety
of laws (state and Federal, in the U.S.) and regulations that apply to the
navigation, operation and equipping of your yacht.
In the United States, the Federal government, through the U.S. Coast
Guard, specifies the requirements for PFD’s (personal flotation devices,
a.k.a., “life jackets”) and other required safety equipment that must be
carried aboard recreational yachts.
PFD’s and the other safety equipment must be approved by the Coast
Guard and/or other safety standards organizations. If approved, there will
be a label indicating this on the equipment. States may impose additional
requirements. Know the regulations for your areas of operation.
There is a variety of instructional books, courses and videos available to
help you improve your knowledge of the Rules of Navigation, navigation,
yacht operation, operation of marine electronics, maintenance, etc.
Consult the resources listed in the appendix.
NOTICES
The yacht’s owner and/or operator, is responsible for knowing the
navigation and safety rules and good seamanship practices. Take the
time to learn the Nautical Rules of Navigation (COLREGS) that are found
in the Coast Guard publication “Navigation Rules - International and
Inland”. CG-169 that is required to be carried on all yachts over 39.4 feet
(12 m) in length. Study navigation techniques and the safe practices for
operating Your yacht and its equipment.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
United States Coast Guard Regulations state that it is the responsibility
of the vessel owner to be certain that all required equipment is onboard
and in proper working order.
Bertram has supplied you with a copy of Navigation Rules, International
– Inland.
Regardless of how much experience you have, it is important to refresh
your memory by studying the Navigation Rules on a regular basis.
25
2
HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK
540
NOTES:
26
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
3
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
3
3.1
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
MAIN DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT DATA
(Loa) Length overall with fore pulpit
(Lh) Length hull (standard ISO 8666)
(Lwl) Length waterline,
yacht fully laden
Fore rail extension pulpit
Maximum Beam
Draft under propellers (yacht fully laden)
Hmax = Building height from keel
to console
Displacement, unladen
Displacement fully laden
57 ft 1 in - 19.03 yd
54 ft 2 in - 18.04 yd
47 ft 8 in - 15.90 yd
2 ft 11 in - 0.98 yd
16 ft 11 in - 5.64 yd
5 ft - 5 in - 1.65 m
1 ft 4 in - 5.9 m
64,375 lb - 29.2 ton
82.853 lb - 37.58 ton
28
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
3.2
3
MAIN TECHNICAL DATA
Main Propulsion Engines
Model
Power
Max fuel consumption per engine
CATERPILLAR C32
1676 mhp/1232 kW at 2300 rpm
327 l/h - 86.4 US gal
S
BERTRAM yachts are designed to obtain a correct transversal trim with
full-optional equipment, and with spare propellers and shafts.
If the yacht is not equipped with full optional, spare propellers and
shafts, some weights might have been installed to correct the
transversal trim.
The above-mentioned weights can be removed or displaced as soon as
the yacht is provided with new equipment.
Fuel tank capacity
1400 US gal - 5300 l
Water tank capacity
225 US gal - 850 l
Black water (sewage) tank capacity
101 US gal - 380 l
Gray water (sewage) tank capacity
37 US gal - 130 l
Electrical power
AC Volts:
DC Volts:
Hz:
kW:
230
24
50
22+13 (optional)
Batteries
Six batteries for engines
Six for service
One battery for each generator
Bilge pumps
Two pumps in the helm gear compartment
Two bilge pumps in the engineroom
Two pumps in fore stateroom area
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
29
3
3.3
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
MOORING EQUIPMENT
1. Cleats
2. Chocks
3. Anchor winch
30
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
3.4
WARNING AND SAFETY
LABELS
.
The warning and safety labels applied as decals
on the yacht are used to point out special
features, systems or operational risks.
The labels identify the level of the hazard by the
signal word, e.g. danger, caution or warning,
followed by a notice on the nature of the hazard,
followed by the consequences that can result if
the instructions to avoid the hazard are ignored
and, finally, instructions on how to avoid the
hazard.
Before working with or on an area of the yacht or
equipment bearing such a warning or safety
label, be sure that you have read the safety
warning and that you understand the nature of
the hazard and that you act in accordance with
the instructions to avoid illness, injury, death, or
property damage.
Keep all the labels clean and legible. Replace
them if they are lost or damaged.
The extinguisher plate (A) is located near each
fire extinguisher.
This section shows the locations of the warning
notice labels with their application points.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
31
3
3
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
32
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
33
3
3
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
540
NOTES:
34
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
4
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
GETTING UNDERWAY
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
4
4.1
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
YOUR KEYS
The yacht is delivered with original keys to all the yacht’s locks.
Each original is supplied with copies. Each key has a code number
printed on it. The other locks on the yacht are universal. The same key
opens all the locks. The universal key opens a door even if it is locked
from inside. Specific task keys are described as follows. Engine keys are
provided with differently colored BERTRAM floating key holders.
Two (2) copies are included for each engine.
Keys for the sliding door at the salon entry (3 copies)
Keys for stateroom access (3 copies)
NOTICES
The yacht’s helmsman should have a complete set of keys in his/her
possession at all times so that he/she can operate every lock on the
yacht. Another complete set of keys should be stored in a readily
accessible location on the yacht to be available at all times.
Contact BERTRAM for guidance on deteriorated or altered locks.
NOTICES
Very general and limited information for first startup and initial operation
of your yacht is included in this manual. For specific directions about the
use of the individual systems and equipment, consult the manuals
provided by the individual equipment manufacturers or contact the
BERTRAM Customer Support.
Before operating the yacht, you must understand the operation of all
controls, instruments, and warning systems. Read the chapters AT THE
HELM & INSTRUMENTATION AND EQUIPMENT.
36
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.2
4.2.1
PREPARING TO GET UNDERWAY
NOTICES
Preliminary checklist
After reopening the intake seacock, check if seawater filter shows
leaks.
Accurate preliminary checks carried out with time, are fundamental for a
safe navigation. Before leaving harbour, perform the following
procedures. Details for some of the procedures in this list are found
elsewhere in this manual. Check the INDEX.
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
4
S
Gather information on weather forecast and warnings.
Consult the pilot’s book for the condition of waters in your area of
operation.
Consult the navigation charts, in particular the distances, routes,
dangerous sea bottoms, shallow waters, and other hazards.
Consider the cruise duration.
Calculate the quantity of fuel required. Check the fuel onboard.
Check the bilge flooding lights on the control station panel, indicating
the presence of water in the bilge.
If the lights are lit, switch ON the bilge pump.
If the pumps do not run, the batteries should be changed.
If the pumps run, but do not discharge any water, the float switches
may be jammed or defective.
If the pumps run, but do not discharge any water, the suction line may
be clogged.
Check if seawater filters of both engines intake seacocks, of
generator cooling system and of A/C system, are clean. If the filter
elements are dirty, CLOSE the thru-hull fitting by moving the valve
lever perpendicularly to the thru-hull fitting body. Remove and clean
the filter baskets, reassemble the filters and then OPEN the thru-hull
valves.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Storeroom stowage can alter yacht balance, especially transversal trim.
Try to arrange load equally and securely, in order to avoid sudden
displacements.
− Check the engines and generator belt tension. Adjust as needed.
Check the engine oil, gearbox oil, and generator oil levels. Replenish
as indicated. V-drive oil inlet is via the dipstick opening.
− Check the propulsion engine and generator cooling water level.
Replenish as indicated as per manufacturer’s manual.
− Check that the diesel fuel filter/water separator elements are clean.
Drain any water in the filters by operating the drain valve.
− Check hydraulic oils levels of the control units for gangway, trim tabs
and steering system. Replenish as indicated.
− Check the levels in fuel and fresh water tanks.
− Check that all items (provisions, navigation charts, yacht documents,
flares, first aid kit, basic tool kit, etc.) required for a safe and
comfortable voyage are onboard.
37
4
−
−
−
−
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
Ensure that the individual and collective personal safety and rescue
equipment is available and in good condition.
Check that all loose materials are properly fixed.
Check that the loads are distributed evenly and the yacht floats on its
lines without excessive list and in proper fore-and-aft trim.
Check that all portlights and hatches are properly closed and secured.
j
NOTICES
BERTRAM furnishes the equipment required by the international
regulations.
The Owner is responsible for providing any equipment or safety device
required by national regulations in force for the waters in which the
yacht is navigating.
WARNING
Equipment, and supplies loaded onboard may alter the yacht’s attitude
afloat, affecting the trim and list. Distribute loads evenly so the yacht
floats on its lines. Secure all loose items, to avoid sudden, dangerous
load movement.
S
CAUTION
Open hatches can be hazardous when the yacht is navigating. Before
sailing, make sure that all deck hatches, portlights and engine room
hatches are secured in closed position, in order to prevent injury to
persons onboard or even death and/or water penetration when the yacht
is navigating.
j
WARNING
Before starting the engines disconnect the battery charger.
38
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.2.2
−
−
−
−
Safety equipment check
Ensure that the life raft is easily accessible and properly stowed, and
that its attachment lines and safety lines are in good condition, properly
coiled and showing no wear and tear.
Ensure that the throwable PFD’s, e.g., ring buoy, horseshoe buoy,
Lifesling® are in their correct locations on deck and that the safety line
is in good condition.
Check extinguishers charge status. The extinguisher is charged when
the pressure gauge indicator is in the green sector.
Ensure that individual PFD’s (lifejackets) meet the criteria for use in
the waters of operation and are approved by the authorities. Check
that they are in good condition, that the inflating device (if any) is
operational, and that the PFD’s are readily accessible in the proper
location.
See General Safety Considerations that follow in this chapter.
NOTICES
Check the safety equipment prior to leaving harbor, ensuring that all
items required are in good condition. Record the locations of this
equipment and be familiar with its correct use.
The designated helmsman must ensure that all passengers are
properly informed of safety equipment locations and of equipment
proper use (fire extinguishers, life raft, throwable PFD’s, personal
PFD’s, etc.).
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
39
4
4
4.3
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
GENERAL SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
− People who cannot swim and children must always wear an individual
flotation device.
− People working on deck should wear a PFD.
− PFD’s should be worn on deck when underway in cold waters (water
temperatures below 20 °C/68 °F).
− In any emergency, passengers should put on their PFD’s
immediately.
Do not deploy emergency signals (visual or radio) unless there is a
need for emergency service.
Every person aboard the yacht must
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
know the storage location of the PFD’s (life jackets)
know the location of their personal PFD
know the location of the throwable PFD’s (e.g. ring buoy, horseshoe
buoy Lifesling)
know the location of the life raft
know how to properly put on and wear a PFD
know how to release the personal PFD’s for use
know how to launch a PFD
know how to launch the life raft
be aware of the risks posed by a fire
know what to do in case of fire
know the location of and be trained in the use of the fixed firefighting
systems and the portable, hand-held fire extinguishers.
Inflatable PFD’s (USCG Approved Type V) are comfortable to wear, and
some types will inflate automatically if the wearer falls overboard. These
PFD’s are mandatory safety devices to have for yourself and your guests.
Make sure that all PFD’s are approved by the appropriate national or
international regulatory agencies.
Read the SAFETY chapter in this manual.
People can fall overboard at any time.
Do not hesitate to ask people to wear the individual flotation devices.
PFD’s may be worn in any weather, underway, at the shore, or at anchor.
40
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.3.1
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
4
Final pre-departure checklist
− Start the generator if you are to use it. Allow the generator to warm up
before adding electrical loads to it from the switch panel board.
− Disconnect the shore connections for fresh water and electric power,
cables and telephone.
− Check the fixed firefighting systems and the portable (hand-held) fire
extinguishers.
− Check fuel system for no leaks or fumes.
Check rudder operation by putting the rudder hard over to port and
starboard, and then back to the center.
Check trim tabs operation. Operate both tabs.
When not in use, trim tabs should be kept in the UP position.
Check navigation lights and horn operation.
Check the efficiency of the anchor winch and chain stopper.
Check VHF radiotelephone operation.
Check documents and nautical charts.
Check proper closing of portlights and hatches and that all loose items
are secured on main deck and belowdeck.
Check operation of bilge pumps and related indicators.
Make sure that the engineroom ventilation system is operating.
Check that no flammable or other hazardous materials are stowed in
the engineroom.
Check that seawater intake valves for engine and generator cooling
and for air-conditioning system are open.
Check that the engines and generator fuel systems’ valves are open.
Switch on engine and user batteries.
Switch on all 24 V circuits from the switch panel board. Check the
proper operation of each system and then switch off the systems not
to be used.
Check the battery charge level (Volts) on the switch panel board.
Recharge the battery if indicated.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
41
4
4.4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
STARTING THE ENGINES
S
Refer to the AT THE HELM and INSTRUMENTATION AND
EQUIPMENT chapters for the location of all engine controls and gauges.
CAUTION
Open all valves in the fuel supply line before starting the engine, in order
to prevent fuel high pressure. This pressure can damage the filter
housing or cause other kinds of damage.
NOTICES
Oil level check
Check engine oil level only after the engine has cooled down.
− Pull out dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint free rag.
− Place it back up to retainer.
− Pull out dipstick again.
The oil level should be between the two notches “ADD” and “FULL” of the
dipstick and must never drop below the lower notch. Add oil as
necessary.
Before starting the engine, check fuel level, coolant level and engine oil
level. In case of need, fill with fuel, coolant and oil mix.
Carry out the necessary daily maintenance before starting the engines.
Check the engine room. This check can avoid following remarkable
repairs. For further information refer to the Use and Instruction Manual
delivered by the engine Manufacturer.
− The engines can have a longer life if you carry out a complete
inspection before start-up. Check following items: oil leaks, coolant
leaks, dirt build-ups. Remove dirt build-ups and repair if necessary.
− Check if cooling system hoses are cracked or show loose clamps.
− Check if alternator drive belts are cracked, broken or damaged.
− Check for the presence of loose wire connections, or worn out wires.
− Check the fuel quantity. Drain water from separator. Open the fuel
supply valve.
42
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
Coolant check
− Check the coolant level. Check
the level inside of recovery
tank.
− Keep the coolant level flush with
notch “FULL” of the tank.
Engine sea cocks
− Open the sea water valves
inside of the engine heat
exchangers.
Engine air filter indicator check
− Check the air filter clogging
indicator.
− Clean the air filter when yellow
diaphragm reaches the red
range, or when red piston locks
in visible position.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
43
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
After performing the final pre-departure checklist, start the engines one
at a time.
− Set control heads (1) and (2) to central idle position.
− Press the “STBD ENGINE IGNITION” button (3) to enable start-up.
− Press the starboard engine “STBD ENGINE STARTER” button (4).
− Check if oil pressure reaches the normal value within 10 seconds.
− Check if cooling water circulation is correct.
− Once the first engine is running and only when its operation has
proved to be regular, start the second engine too.
− Start the port engine in the same way as described for the starboard
one.
− Press the “PORT ENGINE IGNITION” button (6) to enable start-up.
− Press the port engine “PORT ENGINE STARTER” button (5).
Do not press or hold the throttle lever while the engine is running.
The system will supply automatically the fuel quantity necessary to
start the engine.
− If the engine does not start within 30 seconds, release the start button.
Before trying to restart the engine, wait two minutes and let the starter
cool down.
− Let the engine run with no load for about 3 minutes, until the water
temperature gauge raises. Check all devices during the pre-heating
time.
NOTICES
Check that the self-test of the monitoring system is complete, before
starting the engine under load.
44
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
−
−
− Check for abnormal noises or excessive smoke. Otherwise stop
engines and call the customer support.
− Check that the alternators are recharging the batteries.
− Verify the efficiency of the instruments, from the plotter to the radar,
VHF, compass, etc.
Run the engines idle and with no load for five minutes. During preheating carry out the following checks:
• check for liquid and air leaks;
• check all devices.
Check the devices and record the data while the engines are
operating. The data comparison will help with time to determine the
standard values of each device. This will help beside to detect a
possible wrong operation. Verify possible remarkable reading
variations.
After the engines have run with no load for five minutes and when all
checks have been performed, increase the engine speed up to 1/2 of
rated speed.
S
k
−
−
−
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Should a “magneto-thermal switch” trip, do not try repeatedly to reset it
but check the relevant electric system condition.
S
Verify the water drain at sea water outlet. If the water drain is not
visible, or if the water flow is not hindered, carry out following
procedure:
• stop the engine immediately;
• check that the inlet filter or the sea water strainer are not clogged,
remove clogging;
• check for leaks in the cooling system and in the auxiliary water
pumps.
Check for liquid and air leaks.
Carry out all necessary repairs before starting the engines.
When all checks have been performed, set the throttle lever to idle
and start the operation.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DANGER
Make sure that no crew stands in front of gas exhausts and near the
mooring ropes.
To avoid overheating and possible damages to the engines, make sure
that water drain is visible from sea water outlet and/or that water flow is
not hindered. If the water flow is hindered and/or the water drain is not
visible from sea water outlet, follow the recommended procedure.
−
4
CAUTION
We suggest avoiding slow running for periods longer than 5 minutes.
The slow run implies major wear of the engine mechanical parts and is
the most harmful of the poisonous exhausts.
45
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
As soon as each engine starts
−
−
−
−
First check that water is discharged from the (by-pass) exhausts.
Lack of water flow indicates a malfunction. Stop the engine
immediately. Do not operate engines without correcting this problem.
Track the source of the malfunction and service or repair as indicated.
Request CATERPILLAR service assistance if necessary.
For each engine, check the operation of:
a. Ammeters and voltage meters. Check that the alternators are
recharging the batteries. If the warning lights are OFF, the charging
system is operating correctly;
b. Engine oil pressure gauges;
c. Engine water temperature gauges;
d. Gearbox oil pressure.
Run the engines at 1000 rpm maximum until the normal operating
temperature is reached.
Check for abnormal noises or excessive smoke. In case of abnormal
noise or smoke, stop the engine(s) immediately and request service
assistance.
k
DANGER
It is absolutely forbidden to perform reverse run with one of the two
engines stopped. This operation is allowed only in case of life danger
for the persons on board and for the safety of the yacht itself, however
when the engine is running it should not run higher than 1000 rpm.
46
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.5
4.5.1
4
STOPPING THE ENGINES
Procedure
Do not stop immediately the engines after an high load operation, but let
them run low (for approx. 5 minutes) to balance the temperature
differences.
From the helm station
− Reposition the control heads, levers (1) and (2) into the central
position of gearbox idle run.
− Press STOP push-buttons (4) and (5).
− Press “ON/OFF” push-buttons (3) and (6) to stop the engines.
− Disconnect the circuit breakers concerning the start-up systems of
both engines.
k
DANGER
S
Make sure that the engines cannot be started by unauthorized staff.
CAUTION
With engines stopped carry out following:
− disconnect all unnecessary electric users and check the general
status of the switchboard as well as the voltmeters and ammeters
indications;
− check the switches of the bilge pumps and their regular operation;
− check for possible leaks from the shaft lines seals;
− rinse the yacht with fresh water;
− connect dock electric power supply;
− keep air extractors in the engine room running for about 30 minutes
for ventilation and air cooling.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
47
4
4.6
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
ENGINES EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURE
Due to a mechanical or electric fault, the normal procedures of engines
stop could not work; it is therefore necessary to stop the engines by
means of EMERGENCY PROCEDURES.
− From engineroom
Press the red push-button located on the control panel of each engine
(aside each engine).
During normal operation the emergency stop button must not be
inserted. When pressed it locks in low position and prevents the
engine start.
To reset the system to normal operation, it is necessary to turn the
button clockwise until it unlocks and returns to original position.
NOTICES
The emergency stop generates a high stress in the engines with
consequent hazard of components damage. Use only in case of real
need.
k
j
WARNING
The emergency stop controls of propulsion engines must be used only
in case of real emergency.
Do not activate these systems during normal engines stop procedure.
DANGER
Before starting the engines after an emergency stop, make sure that
you have found out and cleared the faulty reason.
48
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.7
4
NAVIGATION WITH ONLY ONE ENGINE
The yacht is driven by two powerful thrust systems designed to operate
together and at the same time.
In case of failure of one of the thrust systems, you may navigate with only
one engine.
Therefore, we suggest you to:
− shut off the failed thrust engine;
− set the position of the steering wheels in the opposite direction of the
failed thrust system; in case the steering wheels cannot contrast the
asymmetric push of the operating system, lower the trim tab on the
side of the failed system, or reduce the speed;
− head to the nearest landing at a reduced speed;
− keep the yacht at a speed that allows the best manoeuvrability.
In case one engine stops due to a failure and the gear box is in idle
position, during navigation keep constantly an eye on the oil temperature
of the gear box connected with the failed system.
j
The propeller shaft is kept rotating thanks to the water flow through the
propeller, under these conditions also some parts of the gear box are kept
rotating.
Should the temperature increase excessively over 80°C/176°F, lock the
propeller shaft by engaging the gearbox: in this way the resistance will be
higher, because the gear box is jammed, but oil will not overheat.
WARNING
The yacht has been designed to navigate driven by two engines; please
remember that it is possible to navigate with one engine only in case of
emergency and for a very short time.
k
DANGER
It is absolutely forbidden to perform reverse run with one of the two
engines stopped. This operation is allowed only in case of life danger
for the persons on board and for the safety of the yacht itself, however
when the engine is running it should not run higher than 1000 rpm.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
49
4
4.8
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
MOORING & DOCKING
4.8.1
S
CAUTION
Do not cast off mooring lines or weigh anchor if swimmers or other
vessels are nearby.
Before the mooring or unmooring maneuver, ensure that engines,
gearboxes, rudders and bow thruster (if installed) are in working order.
During such maneuvers, the helmsman should prevent any unpleasant
noise, and/or wake. Before unmooring, make sure that all doors,
hatches, port-holes, etc. are closed.
j
Before leaving the shore
− Ease the mooring lines and check that everything is ready for casting
off lines, all lines are clear; nothing on the yacht is entangled with
another yacht or the shore structure.
− Check the proper operation of all navigation instruments: VHF radio,
compass, radar, plotter, horn, etc.
− Unplug the shore service connection cables of TV/Telephone, shore
power electric supply, water supply, and cablemaster if connected.
− Plan maneuvers ahead of time.
− If there is more than one way to approach a berth or depart the shore,
use the most conservative maneuver.
WARNING
Before starting the maneuver, make sure that people on board,
especially children, do not obstruct operations or that they stay in
suitable places.
4.8.2
The yacht is equipped with very powerful engines, with high performance
rudders and with a very efficient thruster.
The bow thruster should be used at very low speed for maneuvering,
without making headway; at higher speeds, engine control levers should
be in off-set use.
The ability to exploit such qualities depends on the “familiarity” the
helmsman has with his yacht. Practice is the only way to acquire
confidence, and finally you will be able to safely perform mooring and
unmooring maneuvers even in very difficult or crowded areas.
A basic rule to keep in mind is to maneuver the yacht at low speed, in
order to have enough time to react and for evaluating the situation; then,
in case of accidental contact with other vessels, you will not cause any
serious damage.
Departing from the shore
− When you are ready to depart the shore, remove mooring lines.
Check for mooring lines overboard or objects that may become
entangled in the propellers. Do not engage the engine gears until you
are certain nothing can become caught in the propellers.
− Have a crew member ready with fenders to protect the yacht in the
event of wind or sea conditions that overcome your ability to control
the yacht.
50
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.8.3
If the yacht is moored aft to the shore (Mediterranean-mooring style with
the anchor off the foredeck and the aftdeck tied to the shore):
− release the aft lines,
− haul in the anchor rope until you are sufficiently clear of the mooring
area
Before entering the harbor, be sure you
− check that bilges and gray/black water tanks are empty.
− check that the mooring lines are ready and coiled to run free.
− check that the mooring berth and the berthing route are free from
incoming, departing or other moored vessels
− switch on all equipment necessary for entering the harbor from the
switch panel board (anchor windlass, aft mooring windlasses, bow
thruster, etc.).
− switch off all equipment not required for harbor operation.
− raise the trim tabs.
− stop in uncongested waters and check the operation of reverse gear.
− check the operation of the horn.
− have the yacht’s boathook and fenders ready.
− check the operation of the searchlight and have a working flashlight
ready on deck when mooring at night.
− check that mooring lines and fenders are positioned correctly.
− make sure that persons onboard not involved with the mooring
operations do not interfere with the activity and, if participating, they
are properly instructed and competent to perform as directed.
If the yacht is side-moored,
− release the aft lines,
− haul in the shoreside foreline while pushing the aftdeck away from the
shore and back away from the shore.
Another way to do this maneuver is to set up a spring line on which to
drive the yacht forward (toward) the shore in such a way as to force the
aftdeck outwards, and then back away from the shore. This is a highly
recommended technique to master for close-quarters yacht handling.
S
4
CAUTION
Mooring operations on a large yacht can be hazardous for the crew. To
avoid serious personal injury or death, use only the appropriate
equipment, e.g., fenders or boathook, to push the yacht away from a
fixed or floating structure. Never allow any person onboard to attempt
pushing the yacht away from a fixed structure or another vessel by
using arms or legs.
If the yacht is to be moored aft to the shore (Mediterranean mooring
style), have the anchor ready to deploy. Prepare the aft lines. When the
anchor is set, haul in the aft lines and adjust the anchor rode until the
yacht is close to the shore.
If the yacht is to be side moored, haul on fore and aft lines until yacht is
close and parallel to the shore. Adjust the fenders for best protection of
the yacht’s hull.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
51
4
4.8.4
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
540
− check that no flammable liquid bottles and containers are open or
loose.
− check that there is no debris that can clog the deck scuppers and
prevent proper water drainage.
− check that the gangway is in the right position and properly secured.
− check that the yacht is moored in a manner to protect it under all
normally expected wind and sea conditions. Check that the mooring
lines keep the yacht well clear of other yachts and that the fenders are
properly positioned and secured in place.
− check the belowdeck compartment closures.
− check that all compartments, portlights, skylights and bilges are
secured and watertight.
When the yacht is safely secured to the shore
Stop engines.
check that all lamps on the synoptic panel are switched off and
remove the ignition keys.
turn OFF all unnecessary electrical equipment and check all switch
positions on the electric panels.
check the readings on the voltmeters and ammeters.
connect the shore power supply, and any other shore connections,
such as shore water supply.
start the battery charger when connected to shore power or when the
generator is operating.
check the position of the bilge pump switches and confirm the
operation of the pumps.
check that the bilges are dry.
check for possible leaks from the shaft seals (stuffing boxes).
raise the trim tabs to the fully UP position.
wash the yacht with fresh water.
4.8.5
−
−
GETTING UNDERWAY
4.8.6
Leaving the yacht unattended
If the yacht is left unattended,
− CLOSE the seawater intakes and the other thru-hull fittings below the
waterline.
Ensure that the bilge pump discharge is open.
− check the electrical panels and switch OFF all unnecessary
equipment.
− switch off the pressurization systems of water.
− check that all compartments, portlights, skylights and bilges are
secured and watertight.
− check that the yacht is securely moored.
− press the button OFF to disconnect the battery charger, located in the
engineroom.
Before leaving the yacht, be sure you
Check that the below deck lights are OFF.
check that the navigation lights, searchlights and other external lights
are OFF.
check that the switches for all unnecessary equipment (plotter, radio,
anchor windlass, etc.) are OFF.
check that all necessary equipment switches are ON (automatic bilge
pumps, battery charger, etc.).
check that the shore power cable is properly connected, has enough
slack and will not fall into the water.
turn off the battery switch.
check that all deck equipment is stowed correctly.
52
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
S
CAUTION
NOTICES
Overboard outlets and drainpipes should be checked regularly, in order
to ensure good drainage. The electric system should be checked
regularly, in order to prevent fire risks on board.
j
Excessive cranking of propulsion engines can damage the starters. Do
not run the engine starter for more than 10 seconds. Allow the starter to
cool for about one minute before attempting to start the engine again.
j
WARNING
Do not run the engines at idle longer than necessary. Excessive idling
time can damage the engines and pollute the environment.
j
WARNING
WARNING
When preparing to get underway, ensure that no persons are near the
engine exhaust discharges. Ensure that only the line handlers are on
deck when casting off shore lines.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
Never deactivate the battery disconnectors with the engines running or
you may damage the engine alternators.
Hot and moving parts in the engine space are hazardous to personnel.
To avoid serious injury or death from contact with hot and/or moving
parts when working inside engine space, wear appropriate safety attire,
including but not limited to safety glasses and gloves. Be extremely
cautious in proximity of hot and moving parts. Wear hearing protection
if the engines are running.
j
4
53
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
NOTICES
Use the engine/users battery parallel switch only if absolutely
necessary, to provide additional battery power for starting the engines.
If your are compelled to use the “battery parallel connection”, turn off all
electric devices so as not to jeopardize their correct operation.
Disconnect them as soon as possible.
j
WARNING
Starting the engines in gear or at a higher-than-idle speed can cause
sudden motion of the yacht. To avoid serious injury or death to persons
onboard, always ensure that the gears are in neutral and the throttles
at idle before starting the engines.
j
WARNING
Open hatches can be hazardous when the yacht is navigating. To avoid
injury or death to persons onboard and/or flooding when the yacht is
underway, ensure that all deck hatches, portlights, engineroom hatches
are secured in the CLOSED position before getting underway.
NOTICES
If a circuit breaker trips, check the related circuit for any short circuits or
overload before switching on again.
54
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.9
4
YACHT OPERATION DURING NAVIGATION
If necessary, or when in restricted waters, you can steer the yacht with
the engines by varying and/or reversing the engine speeds and
alternating power from port and starboard engines.
At low rpm’s, operating on a single engine, alternating port and starboard
engines and using the “back and fill” method for turning the yacht is the
recommended practice. Learn and practice the skills for handling the
yacht at low speed and engine rpm.
NOTICES
Persons operating your yacht must never be under the influence of
alcohol or drugs. The yacht’s pilot should be experienced in the use of
all instruments and controls, and know the handling characteristics of
the yacht at all speeds and sea conditions.
You should be certain that persons intending to operate your yacht are
completely knowledgeable about its proper operation. If you are not
certain about an individual’s qualifications or competence, the person
must be supervised by a qualified operator.
When the yacht’s speed increases, the transition of the hull from
displacement mode to planing mode is a critical phase. The transition to
the planing mode should be done as quickly as practical to achieve fuel
efficiency and provide a comfortable motion.
The yacht is very efficient and is equipped with very responsive rudders;
nevertheless, because of its size and performance capability, only
persons experienced, competent, responsible, prudent and with
necessary qualifications should operate the yacht.
The minimum planing speed depends on yacht’s displacement, the load
distribution; trim tab position and sea conditions.
Adjust speed and trim tab positions according to the sea conditions and
the loading of the yacht to ensure a comfortable yacht motion and avoid
stresses to the yacht structure from the affects of sea conditions.
The yacht is manoeuvred by means of the steering wheel in the control
station. The steering wheel operates the rudders via a hydraulic system.
The steering gear operation is independent from the engine operation.
Never leave the steering wheel unattended when the yacht is navigating.
NOTICES
Keep in mind that the rudder effect is proportional to the propeller rpm
and the yacht’s speed, especially when moving forward. As a
consequence, the rudder efficiency is high at high rpm and speed. On the
contrary, when the engines are idling and the yacht’s speed is low, the
yacht’s reaction to the tiller angle is almost negligible.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
At high speed, the use of the autopilot is dangerous and not
recommended. Anyway, be always very careful during navigation also
when the autopilot is in use.
The high quality engines allow running the yacht safely at cruising speed
for extended periods of time.
55
4
4.9.1
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
Operating in shallow water
S
Observing the following guidelines will improve comfort, minimize noise
inside the yacht, avoid damage and assist in the proper operation of the
yacht.
− Do not run the engines at idle longer than necessary.
− Avoid sudden accelerations and decelerations, which create stress
on engine turbochargers.
− Run at idle for a few minutes before shutting down the engines, to
allow a gradual cool-down.
− Once the yacht is at cruising speed, the engine instrumentation
readings should remain steady. However, if, during normal operating
conditions, the engine gauges show abnormal or contradicting
values, investigate for possible systems and/or equipment problems
or failures (stop the engines).
− Monitor the control panel gauges and system condition alerts
frequently.
− Check the switch panel to see if any circuit breaker has tripped due to
an electrical system fault.
− Once in open waters and well clear of other vessels, increase the
engine rpm gradually, until the desired speed is reached. Adjust the
trim tab positions for the best performance. For information on trim tab
adjustment, refer to “Trim Tabs” in the AT THE HELM chapter.
− Adjust the speed to accommodate sea conditions.
CAUTION
COLLISION HAZARD - Use extra caution in shallow water or where
underwater/floating objects may be present. Hitting an object at high
speed or at an acute angle can seriously injure people and damage the
yacht.
NOTICES
The best compromise in speed, to accommodate comfort and minimize
fuel consumption, is to operate the engines at 150/200 rpm under the
maximum rated rpm (also known as WOT [wide open throttle]).
NOTICES
During navigation, keep the stern tilting window closed, to prevent
engine exhaust fumes and splash water from entering the interior. As
the closure is not watertight, do not aim water directly onto the window
when washing down the yacht.
56
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
−
−
−
Check the engine exhausts. In particular,
• very black smoke generally means dirty filters or unburned fuel due
to improper calibration of injection pumps or injectors.
• very white smoke may mean presence of water in the fuel.
• bluish smoke may mean abnormal oil combustion.
In case of abnormal vibration, reduce speed and run at slow rpm until
the cause of the vibration is determined. If the vibration is severe, take
the engines out of gear. It may be necessary to check the propeller
condition. It may also be necessary to have a specialist check the
propeller shaft alignment.
Perform a visual inspection of the bilges periodically.
Be aware of the fuel supply in relation to the distance you plan to cover.
NOTICES
While the yacht is underway, all persons on board must be seated in the
designated seating areas in order to prevent injury due to falls caused
by sudden yacht movements in active wake areas or in the event of
sudden changes in yacht speed or during manoeuvring. No one should
be seated on the spoiler or forward decks when the yacht is navigating.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
57
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.10 PRECAUTIONS DURING NAVIGATION
−
Maintain a safe speed for the sea conditions, visibility, and when near
other yachts.
−
Do not exceed speed limits in harbour and confined waters.
− Before night navigation, make sure that navigation lights and search
lights are operational. Ensure that the correct navigation lights are
turned on for operation at night. Do not keep the anchor riding light on
while the yacht is navigating.
−
Follow all navigation rules applicable to the waters in which you are
operating.
− Use navigation lights in all conditions of reduced visibility, such as fog
and rain and at all times between sunset and sunrise.
−
During navigation do not unlock the anchor chain stopper because
you can seriously damage the yacht foredeck.
NOTICES
−
Provide laminated plastic reference cards for the Rules of Navigation
and have them available for quick reference at each control station.
−
Consult charts for information on locations of reefs, rocks, shoals, or
other hazards to make sure that the yacht is not at risk of grounding
or collision with fixed or floating structures.
When navigating at night, visual sharpness is crucial for a safe
passage. To avoid collisions, reduce speed at night to compensate for
limitations of visibility. Avoid switching on inner lights that may affect the
pilot’s night vision.
−
Frequently check that your route ahead and around the yacht is
unobstructed (no yachts or objects in the expected route or
approaching your yacht).
−
Frequently confirm the yacht’s position as you cruise, using all
available aids, such as charts, visual observations and bearings,
depth soundings, GPS, radar, etc.
−
− Know the characteristics of the sea bottom prior to anchoring. Keep
well clear of other anchored yachts.
− During anchoring, pay special attention to avoiding rotating parts of
the winch and take precautions when handling the anchor chain as it
comes off the winch. Caution is needed to avoid injury to hands and
fingers. Also, take care to avoid entangling feet and legs in the anchor
rode.
− While the yacht is underway, all persons on board must be seated in
the designated seating areas in order to prevent injury due to falls
caused by yacht movements with rough sea and in active wake areas
or in the event of sudden changes in yacht speed or during
manoeuvring. No one should be seated on the spoiler or forward
decks when the yacht is navigating.
If the yacht is controlled by the autopilot, be especially careful to keep
a good visual watch. The autopilot cannot see.
58
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
j
WARNING
Persons entering the engine room when the yacht is navigating should
be aware of the hazards of the yacht’s motion and their potential
exposure to high ambient temperatures, hot equipment components
and operating machinery within the engine room.
Prior to entering the engine room, set the yacht on the most comfortable
heading for sea and wind conditions. Persons in the engine room
should maintain communication with the pilot.
S
CAUTION
To avoid heavy injuries or even death caused by hazards in the engine
room, avoid the contact with hot and/or moving parts, while you are
working in this area, wear proper safety clothing and also safety goggles
and safety gloves. Be extremely cautious in proximity of hot and moving
parts. Wear hearing protection if the engine is running.
k
DANGER
It is absolutely forbidden to perform reverse run with one of the two
engines stopped. This operation is allowed only in case of life danger
for the persons on board and for the safety of the yacht itself, however
when the engine is running it should not run higher than 1000 rpm.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
59
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.11 NAVIGATION IN BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS
It is the yacht captain’s responsibility to ensure the safe conduct of the
yacht. The yacht’s captain must consider the sea state and weather
conditions (at present and as forecast) in determining whether it is safe
to navigate.
In consideration of these conditions, it may be necessary to reduce
speed, change the heading or seek shelter to protect the yacht from
damage and to keep all persons onboard safe.
j
WARNING
BERTRAM declines any responsibility for the improper use of the yacht,
in relation to the wave height conditions.
j
WARNING
Before setting off, it is necessary to be aware of the sea and weather
conditions you will find along the transfer route and in the area you want
to reach.
60
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.11.1 Weather
Learn to understand weather patterns and signs of change. Bad weather
and sea conditions can cause an uncomfortable and unsafe situation.
Here are a few basic weather-related rules:
− check the forecast and sea conditions before leaving and while
underway;
− a sudden change in wind direction or speed, or an increase in wave
height indicates deteriorating weather;
− if a storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbour;
− if a storm hits, head the foredeck of your yacht into the wind;
− if you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow
down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal.
ACCIDENT REPORT:
The U.S. Coast Guard and state agencies require a report to be filed by
the helmsman of a boat involved in an accident involving loss of life,
disappearance, injury requiring treatment beyond first aid, loss of boat or
property damage exceeding $500. Contact the state boating agency
where the accident occurs for a copy of the state’s accident report form.
In the absence of a state enforcement agency, contact the U.S. Coast
Guard office nearest the accident site. Other countries have other
reporting requirements. Consult your nation’s boating law enforcement
agency.
HOTLINES:
The U.S. Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other
information not covered in this Manual. Contact your local Coast Guard
unit or call the toll-free U.S. Coast Guard hotline at: 1-800-368-5647.
NOTE THAT THIS NUMBER IS NOT INTENDED FOR BOATING
EMERGENCIES.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
61
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.12 ANCHORING
4.12.1 Setting the anchor
To know the anchor windlass operation (if installed) read the chapter
Anchor Windlass in the section ON DECK.
For a secure set, follow these basic guidelines
− Choose the spot to ride the anchor carefully, considering the shelter
it offers, the proximity of other boats, and whether it’s a good-holding
bottom. Remember that boats of different sizes may swing to a
different amount of anchor rode (scope) than your yacht, so give other
boats as wide a berth as possible.
Your choice of anchor depends on the size and type of your yacht and the
weather and anchoring conditions you generally expect to encounter.
When selecting anchors for your yacht, bigger is better and there’s safety
in numbers. No anchor can be all things to all bottoms so have aboard at
least two anchors of different designs to handle varying conditions.
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Determine the scope (length) and type of anchor rode needed for the
water depth. (See DETERMINING SCOPE in this section). If the
anchor rode is line (rope), you should have the predetermined amount
of line ready on deck. If the rode is chain, you will have to watch the
markings on the chain, as the chain is let out, to know how much chain
has been deployed.
Check that the engines battery breaker is on;
turn the switchboard “windlass” breaker on, on the main electric
panel;
when the windlass hand-held remote control is not used, disconnect
it and stow it away, in order to prevent contacts oxidation;
before operating the winch, check that the wildcat clutch is properly
engaged and remove the chain stopper;
let the yacht move backward slowly; if necessary, use the engines;
lower the anchor until just below the waterline, and hold;
lower the anchor until it reaches the sea bottom;
once the anchor is engaged, leave the chain stopper on.
j
− Approach the spot where you plan to drop the anchor. Move slowly
and put the yacht in slow/idle reverse when you’re over the desired
location. As the yacht begins to move slowly at the aftdeck, lower the
anchor to the bottom, gradually paying out the rode to almost the full
amount of scope that you have predetermined.
− Secure the chain on the windlass, or, if the rode is line, around a cleat.
This will make the anchor “bite”. Take the engines OUT OF GEAR
(put engine controls in NEUTRAL). Let out the anchor rode to the
proper scope and secure the end of the line around the mooring cleats
at the foredeck. If a chain rode is used, lock the chain with the chain
stopper. Don’t let the windlass carry the load of anchor chain or line.
WARNING
Operate the anchor windlass with the engines running, in order to
provide the high voltage required and reduce the stress by slowly
moving the yacht toward the anchor without passing the chain.
62
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
−
−
Confirm that the anchor is set well. One of the methods of doing this
is to choose two stationary objects on shore that are abeam of the
yacht and that line up to form a range. When the objects are in line
with each other (looking at them from the same position on your yacht,
for example the main helm position) your anchor is probably set.
In an area with a substantial tide range, you should consider the tide
range in determining scope; at high tide you may not have enough rode
out for the proper scope.
Rode: the rode is the line connecting the anchor to the yacht.
Rode length = (Foredeck Height + Water Depth) x Scope.
Scope: the scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to
the vertical distance from the foredeck to the sea floor.
Scope = Rode Length / (Foredeck Height + Water Depth)
Minimum scope is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions
may require 10:1.
Visually check your position periodically in relation to the shore
objects. Any change in the way they line up means your anchor may
be dragging and you’d better try again. Always check the anchor if
the wind increases or the yacht swings in another direction.
Learn how to use the radar and GPS to assist checking your anchored
position. Read the manuals supplied with the equipment for this
information.
4.12.3 Retrieving the anchor
4.12.2 Determining scope
To avoid overstressing the electric windlass, break out your anchor by
powering up to it slowly, taking in the chain or rope as you go. When the
foredeck is over the anchor, the windlass should be able to lift it vertically.
If the anchor is still stuck, stop the windlass and snub the rode around the
cleat/bitt or windlass (chain). Then power the yacht forward slowly over
the anchor until it breaks free. When the anchor is free, remove the rode
from the cleat/bitt and try the windlass again. You know the anchor is free
when the windlass is able to pull the rode and raise the anchor. Be careful
not to damage your yacht’s hull during this operation or ride over the
anchor and foul the yacht’s propellers with the rode. Do everything slowly
and gently.
A muddy or weedy bottom condition may leave the anchor and chain very
dirty. Use the seawater washdown provided on deck to clean the ground
tackle while retrieving it.
Read ANCHORING PRECAUTIONS on the next paragraph.
The amount of anchor rode (scope) to pay out depends on:
− the type of rode you’re using;
− the weather (now and in the future);
− the bottom conditions (mud, sand, weed, grass, gravel, etc.);
− the range of the tide.
A chart of the anchorage will show the type of sea bottom and the tide
range in the area. Avoid trying to anchor on rocky bottoms. The anchor
may not be able to hold or it may get caught under a rock.
The key is to keep the angle of pull on the anchor as close to horizontal
as possible. Heavy weather or difficult anchoring conditions demand
more scope. Always keep in mind the extent of the arc or circle in which
you’ll swing in relation to other yachts in the anchorage.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
4
63
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.12.4 Anchoring precautions
S
S
CAUTION
The entire anchoring area must be free, in case of sudden variations of
wind and/or current direction, especially in case of night anchoring. At
night, before dropping the anchor, check that the white anchor light
works. Before dropping the anchor, check the nautical charts: anchoring
is prohibited in certain areas; in coral covered sea bottom, anchoring is
unsafe and harmful to the environment; on rocky sea bottom, the anchor
may get fouled or lost. Anchor the yacht with the engines running, both
for safety reasons and to compensate the electrical consumption of the
winch.
Check the anchoring point frequently.
The distance from obstacles or from other yachts must be greater than
the length of the chain lowered and the all round length of the yacht.
During anchor riding it is advisable to leave the winch powered. Do not
reverse the winch rotation suddenly.
The last ring of the anchor chain is fastened by a polyester rope, fixed
to the anchor peak. In case you must leave the mooring suddenly or you
cannot refloat the anchor, you can cut the line.
j
WARNING
Danger: when the winch is operating, be extremely cautious of rotating
parts; keep your feet, hands and the remote control cable at safe
distance.
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Anchoring operations involve working with heavy equipment such as
anchors and chains. These operations can cause hazards to personal
safety. To avoid serious injury or death from improper handling or
accidents, ensure that persons working with the winch, anchors and
chains and lines are careful to keep a good footing on deck and that
everyone is wearing shoes. Make certain that the anchor load is
secured after unlocking the anchor prior to lowering it, and that the
winch wildcat tension is correctly adjusted. Persons involved with
anchoring operations must take care to protect hands and fingers from
the winch gears and to avoid feet or legs being caught.
NOTICES
Before using the anchor, remove the chain stopper, check that the
wildcat clutch is engaged properly and momentarily activate the anchor
winch from the main control station to check that it will operate when
needed.
64
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4
4.13 FUELING THE YACHT
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Level gauge
Check that the yacht is securely moored and shut down all engines,
including the generator.
Extinguish any open flames and do not smoke when handling fuel or
oils.
The fuel tank fill fittings are located on the walk-arounds.
During refuelling, check for the correct operation of the electric level
gauge.
Remove the fuel tank fill fitting cap; check that the fuel dispensing
nozzle fits. First place the filling nozzle as deep as possible into the
filling pipe through the rubber of the anti-splash sleeve of the flow
switch. Fill the tank. Hold the nozzle steady while pumping. Never
leave the filling operation unattended.
Fuel is harmful to the environment. Prevent any spilling of fuel. Have
absorbent materials within reach and promptly clean up any spills.
Do not overfill the tank. Overfilling the tank will result in illegal,
polluting fuel spillage from the tank vent. To avoid tank overfilling, the
stern cockpit is equipped with a panel carrying a switch and a buzzer.
At switch activation, the buzzer starts sounding when the tank is
nearly full. By setting the switch to OFF, the buzzer stops.
Fuel fill monitor
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
65
Port fuel inlet
Starboard fuel inlet Visual level in the
engineroom
4
−
−
−
−
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
Reinstall the fuel tank fill cap carefully to ensure a tight seal that will
keep out rainwater and spray.
Do not dispose of fuel, oil or other petroleum products into the
environment. Use only approved shoreside disposal facilities.
If you are in doubt about the fuel quality at the fueling facility, see the
engine manual for the specifications for diesel fuel quality.
At least once a month check for the correct operation of the level
gauge.
S
CAUTION
EXPLOSION/FIRE DANGER
− Stow flammable material in a safety-approved container. Never stow
flammable material in non-vented areas.
− Check bilge and engine room for fumes.
− Keep the ventilation system free of obstructions. Never modify the
ventilation system.
− Inspect the fuel system for leaks.
During inlet, the fuel flow produces a lot of foam; if it comes out, you might
think the tank is full. Therefore, it is good to wait for a few minutes and
then top up, in order to be sure that the tank has been filled correctly. The
special geometric shape of the tank allows also the decantation of the
impurities or of water contained in the fuel.
S
CAUTION
Refuelling should be performed at the end of navigation, in order to
allow fuel cooling down, without condense. Drain the tanks, every 2 or
3 refuelling. Before refueling, wash the teak (if installed) with fresh
water, in order to prevent the formation of fuel stains.
NOTICES
For the type of fuel to be used, follow the Manufacturer’s
recommendations. Diesel engines require very clean fuel. Keep filters
clean.
b
DANGER
Do not smoke during refuelling.
Do not leave the yacht unattended during refuelling.
Do not leave the engines running during refuelling.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Do not scatter fuel in the environment: it causes pollution.
66
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
S
Before & During Fueling - Checklist
− fire extinguisher - close at hand
− mooring - yacht tied securely to fueling pier
− crew - at least one knowledgeable person present
− passengers - unnecessary people off boat
− engines - stopped
− electrical equipment - power off
− windows, doors, hatches - closed
− smoking material - extinguished
− trim - fuel weight distributed equally if more than one tank
CAUTION
EXPLOSION/FIRE/POLLUTION DANGER
Fuel system connections that are too loose or too tight can leak,
resulting in fuel spillage, environmental pollution and explosion/fire
hazard.
S
CAUTION
After Fueling - Checklist
− windows, doors, hatches - open
− fuel tank - secure fuel tank fill fitting cap
− spills - wipe spillage
Carbon Monoxide poisoning hazard - Ensure that the engine exhaust
system operates correctly. Carbon monoxide is extremely toxic.
− The exhaust system removes the combustion gas created by the
engine and allows the correct ventilation of the stern.
− Inspect the system tightness on a frequent basis. Leaks may permit
carbon monoxide exposure.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
67
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.14 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
The yacht is fitted with a high number of sophisticated equipment and
systems that require periodic inspections and maintenance in order to
operate safely and reliably. One of the factors that can cause failures is
the intermittent use of the yacht and its equipment. Experience shows
that the regular use of equipment helps maintain the good operation of all
machinery and equipment. Your yacht and its systems will thrive on
regular use.
In case of a long inactivity period, e.g. winter, it is advisable to
decommission the yacht. See the Long-Term Lay-up section in the
MAINTENANCE chapter of this manual.
Daily checks and periodic routine and preventive maintenance are
important for maintaining the efficiency and effectiveness of your yacht’s
equipment. Failure to perform these routine periodic maintenance
schedules can result in the deterioration of the equipment’s performance
and lead to premature failures. Neglecting maintenance can lead to
unexpected problems and unsafe conditions that will reduce your
enjoyment of your yacht.
NOTICES
General information about ordinary maintenance tasks and
maintenance scheduling is provided in this manual. For further
information, refer to the specific equipment manufacturer’s manuals.
The maintenance schedule is based on time or running hour intervals,
rather than a specific calendar. For example, if a maintenance task is
scheduled every 100 hours or 3 months; such task must be repeated after
200 hours or after 6 months, after 300 hours or after 9 months and so on.
68
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
4.15 WARNINGS FOR MAINTENANCE IN HARSH
CLIMATES
Periodically check that all equipment and machinery containing water is
protected with the correct proportion of non-toxic antifreeze. If the outside
temperature goes below 0 °C/32 °F, all fresh and seawater systems are
at risk of freezing. Piping and hoses may break from freezing and this
could lead to sinking the yacht.
Systems subject to risk of freezing include but are not limited to the
engine and generator seawater and freshwater cooling systems,
watermaker system, freshwater system (cold and hot water piping,
pumps and tanks), windshield washing system, toilets and waste
systems (piping, pumps and black water tanks), air-conditioning pumps
and piping, all seawater pumps and piping, icemakers and refrigerators,
etc.
For more information on the maintenance and service requirements of
your yacht and its equipment, and for special information about
maintenance with cold weather, see the sections in this manual that make
reference to the single components, devices and equipment, but
especially consult the User Manuals provided by the Manufacturers for
specific information.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
69
4
4
GETTING UNDERWAY
540
NOTES:
70
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
5
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
INSTRUMENTATION &
EQUIPMENT
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
5
5.1
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
HELM SYSTEM
540
Reservoir and filter
Rudder
The hydraulic power-steered helm system has
been provided to make driving easier when
underway, and to improve the safety and reliability
of the system.
Hydraulic power steering uses the ship’s engines to
provide the “power” for the steering system, via an
engine or electric motor driven hydraulic pump (1).
In the engine room there is the heat exchanger (2)
for system cooling. A manual hydraulic steering
system, consisting of a standard helm and a
hydraulic steering cylinder, (fitted with an integral
servo cylinder and a power steering valve) supplies
the “control” portion of the steering system.
Under normal conditions, with engines running, a
hydraulic oil supply is in a stand-by mode, ready to
be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by
the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power
steering valve.
Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the
system go from stand-by into operating mode and
move the steering cylinder accordingly.
In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil,
from the steering helm, is automatically diverted
directly into the servo and steering cylinder,
providing the helmsman with manual back-up
steering.
An engine room mounted oil reservoir allows easy
system fill and assists the in-line oil cooler in cooling
the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect
the steering system components against
contaminants.
72
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
The system operates in three modes for cruising: MANUAL, POWER
STEERING and AUTOPILOT. Switching from one mode to another is a
simple operation.
Manual control of steering always overrides the autopilot.
This is a safety feature and it simplifies steering control. Taking manual
control when the autopilot is on will not damage the system. Turning the
wheel to avoid an unexpected obstacle is a natural reaction. When the
steering wheel is released from manual control, the autopilot will return to
the heading it was steering without any additional intervention.
S
CAUTION
CONTROL HAZARD
Inspect and service the driving system regularly. An improperly serviced
driving system may get damaged, causing the sudden loss of control,
resulting in personal injury and property damage.
− Follow instructions in owner’s information packet for hydraulic driving
system operation, for filling and bleeding procedures, for alternative
means of operation, for service procedures, troubleshooting, fluid
specifications, systems plans and replacement parts list.
− Follow instructions in owner’s information packet for mechanic driving
system inspection and lubrication.
− In a hydraulic system, the drive wheel movement pump hydraulic fluid
into the lines until they reach a cylinder which transfers the movement
to the rudder, aft drive; a tank holds the exceeding fluid; a valve
protects against overexposure.
− The operator must inspect the driving system frequently for a smooth,
free and full range operation.
NOTICES
At high speed, the use of the autopilot is dangerous and not
recommended. Anyway, be always very careful during navigation also
when the autopilot is in use.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
5
73
5
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
The helm gear assy is located inside of the helm gear compartment and
is accessible from the stern cockpit, while the helm gear power unit is
located in the engineroom.
NOTICES
Do not enter the helm gear compartment when the yacht is underway.
Near to the port rudder arm is
installed the autopilot sensor,
allowing assisted navigation by
means of the autopilot.
The power unit of the autopilot is
installed on the aft bulwark of the
engineroom; it consists of electric
motor with permanent magnets, of
a valve block with reversible pump,
of non-return valves and intake on
ports.
The pump is reversible because
the engine changes its revolution
direction according to the signals
received from the autopilot sensor.
Therefore, the pump delivers
hydraulic oil to the cylinder
chambers, according to autopilot indication.
NOTICES
Do not remove the safety guards on the rudder coupling system.
74
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
5.2
RUDDERS STROKE (TRAVEL) CHECK
− Turn on the helm system electrical power and activate the hydraulic
power unit.
− Bring the rudders to the center. Observe the tiller angle indicator.
− Turn the drive wheel all the way to one side, counting the number of
−
−
−
turns to the end of the stroke (travel). Observe the angle between the
rudders and the centerline (keel line) of the yacht as shown on the
tiller angle indicator.
Turn the drive wheel all the way to the other side, counting the turns
to the end of the stroke (travel). Observe the angle indicated on the
tiller angle indicator.
The number of wheel turns must be about the same in both directions.
The angle between rudders and keel line should also be equal on
each side.
When the check is completed, bring the rudders to the center.
j
WARNING
Should you find remarkable inaccuracy or anomaly when testing rudder
stroke, please contact the BERTRAM Service Department.
j
WARNING
The hydraulic power unit to operate must be electrically powered by the
circuit breaker located on the main electric panel.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
75
5
5
5.3
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
DRIVING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Ordinary service
Do not allow oil level to drop more than 1/4” (6.3 mm). Helms mounted on
a 20-degree angle or with the wheel shaft vertical should have an oil level
within 1/2” (12.7 mm) of hole.
Check oil level periodically. At this time the steering system should be
checked for proper connections of hose, tube and fittings, possible leaks,
and the need for air removal from the system.
To do so, turn steering wheel (any one on a multisteering station) and
pressurize very hard to port.
Apply enough force to the wheel to exceed pressure relief valve pressure.
You will not harm the helm or the system. While pressure is maintained
on steering wheel, check all port (left) fittings and line connections. Repeat
procedure by turning wheel to starboard. Watch the oil level in the helm
pump when pressurizing the steering wheel in either hard over positions.
If there is no obvious drop in oil level, air was removed.
If there is an obvious drop in oil level, you are compressing air and further
filling and purging is required.
Follow steps 1 through 5 as shown on the next page.
If no leaks are obvious, your steering system is ready for use.
Steering maintenance requirements will vary, depending on usage of the
yacht and climate.
Bi-annual inspection by a qualified marine mechanic is required.
− Remove, clean and grease the tilt tube annually with quality marine
grease. Lubricate cylinder support rod, support bracket holes and all
moving parts.
− Check the steering fluid level in the helm, it should be maintained at
no less than 1/2” below the bottom of the filler cap threads.
− Replace any hoses showing signs of wear and remove the cause or
re-route hoses. Check fittings and seal locations for leaks or damage
and service as necessary.
− If you have installed a jack plate make sure that there isn’t any
interference between the jack plate and your steering cylinder. If there
is interference, it may occur during full tilt.
Lift restrictors or a Tilt Stop Switch - should be installed. Please consult
engine manufacturer.
Failure to comply with maintenance checks may result in loss of steering,
causing property damage and/or personal injury.
S
Oil level & system check
CAUTION
If leaks are found, correct before using. Failure to correct a leak can
lower the oil level in system, resulting in loss of steering.
Helm mounted with wheel shaft completely horizontal must be filled to
bottom of filler hole at all times.
76
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
Cleanliness is important when handling hydraulic oil. Prevent contaminants
from getting into the oil.
− Step 1
Screw the threaded end of the filler tube into the helm filler hole. Remove
the cap from the oil bottle and holding upright, screw into the filler tube
bottle cap. Turn bottle upside down and poke hole in the bottom of the
bottle. Fill the helm pump full of oil (oil should always be visible in the
filler tube). Use the next bottle at any time throughout the procedure when
the oil level drops in the filler tube.
Do not proceed with Step 2 until helm is full of oil.
− Step 2
Turn the steering wheel clockwise until cylinder rod is fully extended on
the left side of the cylinder. Open left side bleeder.
− Step 3
Holding the cylinder rod (to prevent it from moving back into the cylinder),
turn the steering wheel counterclockwise until a steady stream of airfree
oil comes out of the bleeder (drain out about 1/2 bottle of oil as required).
Fill & purge procedure
NOTICES
This procedure requires two people. One person may not be able to
remove all the air from the system, which will mean spongy,
unresponsive steering.
S
CAUTION
During the entire filling procedure, oil must be visible in the filler tube.
Do not allow the oil level to disappear into the helm - this may introduce
air into the system and increase your filling time.
NOTICES
S
HYDRAULIC OIL REQUIREMENTS: two quart bottles for single station
and single cylinder systems.
One additional bottle for each additional helm, cylinder, or auto pilot.
CAUTION
Use only your hands to restrain the cylinder rod. Do not use vise grips,
pliers or other metal tools to stop cylinder rod from moving - these tools
can damage the cylinder rod, causing leakage to occur. Ordinary hand
strength is sufficient to hold the rod.
NOTE: these instructions will result in hydraulic oil flushed in and out of the
system. Oil can be reused if filtered through a fine mesh screen such as the
kind used for gasoline. If unable to filter oil, an additional bottle of oil is required.
“Bleeder” may refer to cylinders with either bleed tee fittings or bleed screws.
If fitted with bleed tee fitting, open bleeder by unscrewing bleed nipple nut
two turns.
If cylinder is fitted with bleed screws, open bleeder by removing bleed screw
completely. Just loosening bleed screw will not cause sufficient oil flow to
purge system. (Helm filling can be done faster if oil is poured into the helm
prior to connecting filler tube and oil bottle.)
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
5
While continuing to turn the wheel, close the left side bleeder and let go
of the cylinder rod.
77
5
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
− Step 4
−
Continue turning the steering wheel
counterclockwise until the cylinder rod is fully
extended to the right. (Steering wheel will
come to a stop). Open the right bleeder.
Step 5
Holding the cylinder rod to prevent it from
moving back into the cylinder, turn the
steering wheel clockwise until a steady
stream of air-free oil comes out of bleeder.
Use only your hands to restrain the cylinder
rod. While continuing to turn the wheel, close
the right side bleeder and let go of the
cylinder rod. Fill and purge is now complete.
For more information, consult the manufacturer’s
manual.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Hydraulic oil is toxic. Dispose of old oil and oily
waste materials only in an approved toxic
materials disposal facility.
78
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
5.4
5.4.1
− When weight aboard the yacht is unevenly distributed, you may have
TRIM TABS
Trim tabs operation
−
The yacht is equipped with hydraulic trim tabs, that can be controlled from
the helm station. Each trim tab is driven by an hydraulic piston. They
allow you to adjust both fore-and-aft and athwartship trim of the yacht
during cruising.
−
−
−
The circuit is extremely simple. The electric signal coming from the
control switches in the helm station, reaches the electric pump, located in
the helm gear compartment.
5.4.2
5
to adjust the trim tabs individually to compensate for the uneven
weight distribution.
The optimum trim tab position, in calm sea conditions, provides
maximum speed with minimum friction, because the trim tabs
counteract the natural tendencies of the yacht as it moves through the
water. You will learn the best positions for the tabs through
experience.
With average speed, pay close attention to the trim tabs.
RAISE the trim tabs when going astern.
At the end of cruising, or when you stop the yacht, push UP both
selectors and wait for about 30 seconds to raise the trim tabs and
retract the cylinder rods.
Trim tabs general information
NOTICES
It is important to become sensitive to the use of the trim tabs. With
practice, you will learn how their position affects the performance of the
yacht and makes a difference in your comfort.
The trim tabs are used to improve both passenger comfort and the
yacht’s performance.
When you lower the trim tabs, you lower the bow toward the water. When
you raise them, you raise the bow. Adjusting the trim tabs is done
primarily to adjust the fore-and-aft and/or athwartships trim of the yacht.
NOTICES
5.4.3
RAISE the trim tabs when going astern to avoid damage to the tabs.
Trim tabs basics
S
When the yacht is underway, adjust the tab positions to the angle that
gives the best performance and comfort.
− When the loads aboard the yacht (fuel, supplies, passengers, etc.)
are evenly distributed and the yacht sits level on its lines, you will use
the trim tabs in a “normal” manner.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
The trim tabs, like the rudder, can result in sudden direction changes, if
actuated too fast. It is therefore necessary to test how they respond very
carefully and in open sea.
79
5
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
5.4.5
j
WARNING
To replace the oil is necessary remove cover. Remove the fitting plug, top
up with oil as suggested by Manufacturer and lubricate the rubber gasket.
Pay particular attention when using the trim tabs during fishing
operations.
S
5.4.6
Hydraulic Cylinder
To prevent the cylinder rods from
acquiring barnacles that may
damage the gaskets, keep the trim
tabs control button on UP when not
using the trim tabs. Periodically
check the scraping ring on the rods
for cracks and oil leaks.
CAUTION
A good practice when navigating is that of making sure that all
passengers are sitting down, before carrying out any maneuver when
operating the trim tabs, particularly when navigating at high speed.
5.4.4
Trim tab oil change
Trim tabs oil level check
Prior to getting underway, check the
oil level visually inside of the power
unit tank.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Collect and dispose of waste oil according to safe environmental
practices. Use an approved toxic material disposal facility.
80
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
NOTICES
Clean the cylinders periodically to remove possible spots of corrosion
that can impair their efficiency. To reduce the risk of corrosion, retract
the cylinder rods each time you leave or moor the yacht, and when the
yacht is on land.
Item
Trim tab system
Maintenance
Check oil level before navigation
Oil change
Hydraulic cylinders
Notes and precautions
Top up, when necessary, the tank of the gear case with suitable oil.
Should frequent oil topping up be necessary, check all fittings and tubes
to find and remove the leak.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
81
5
5
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
Trim tabs controls in the helm
station
Trim tabs
1. Trim tabs controls in the helm station
2. Trim tabs
Trim stabilizer
control unit
3. Trim stabilizer control unit
82
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
5.5
5
BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL)
The (double) bow thruster is operated by an electric motor and is
activated from the helm station.
The bow thruster system is powered by a battery bank, recharged by a
dedicated battery charger equipped with its relevant activation switch.
A joystick operates the bow thruster controls that direct the lateral
movement of the bow during docking and close-quarters maneuvering.
The joystick movement corresponds to the required heading.
For detailed information refer to Manufacturer’s manual.
S
d
Always stop the bow thruster before undertaking inspection or
maintenance tasks by disconnecting the switches and possibly also the
battery terminals.
CAUTION
For the continuous operation of the bow thruster, refer to the handbook
delivered by the manufacturer.
k
DANGER
When the bow thruster is not used, always disconnect the control unit.
j
WARNING
Remember to disconnect power supply to the system when maneuvers
are ended or during normal navigation.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DANGER
83
5
5.6
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
ANTI ROLLING GYRO (OPTIONAL)
S
An innovative system consisting of an anti rolling gyro has been installed
to reduce the irritating effect of the rolling due to the waves; this system
is able to generate a rotation equal and opposite to the waves motion.
The ARGs system combines a sensible reduction of the rolling both with
yacht idle and in navigation, with low energy consumption, and does not
involve the life quality onboard leaving performance unchanged. Thanks
to these very important features, the device can remain active also
overnight, to maintain the best comfort on board, by almost completely
damping the annoying rolling.
The ARGs operation principle is based on a well known physical
principle: a gyro tends to maintain its own vertical rotation axis parallel to
gravitational acceleration.
When its position changes due to external reason, like the rolling
generated by waves, it reacts with a rotation on a perpendicular axis
against its own axis of rotation and against the listing cause.
With AR, this generated movement (rolling) is softened by the presence
of a damper, calibrated expressly in compliance with the specifications of
each yacht.
The system consists of two power units and of two anti rolling gyros
placed in the generator room.
For further information on their use and maintenance see the
manufacturer manuals.
S
CAUTION
Have the PERIODIC ARG INSPECTION carried out by specialized
personnel every two years. Contact the CUSTOMER SERVICE for
further information.
k
DANGER
During operation the ARG components roll freely inside of their
housing; therefore to open this housing would cause injuries or even
death. In case of a fault, if it is necessary to open the housing for
checking, have this operation performed by a skilled technician.
j
WARNING
During operation the ARG, the dampers and the housing overheat.
Therefore, to avoid burns, do not touch the ARG during operation.
k
CAUTION
DANGER
The ARG housing is not solid. Do not lay objects on the ARG or sit on it.
The ARG is not watertight. If submerged by seawater it could get
damaged.
84
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
Port anti rolling gyro
Starboard anti rolling gyro
Port ARG power unit
Anti rolling gyro controls
1. Port anti rolling gyro
2. Power unit for port anti rolling gyro
3. Starboard anti rolling gyro
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
4. Power unit of starboard anti rolling gyro
5. Port stabilizer controls in the helm station
6. Starboard stabilizer controls in the helm station
85
5
5
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
540
NOTES:
86
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
6
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
CONTROL STATION
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
6
6.1
CONTROL STATION
540
CONTROL STATION
Your yacht is equipped with one helm station with drive wheel and several
navigation instruments in the flybridge area.
NOTICES
Very general and limited information for first startup and initial operation
of your yacht is included in this manual. For specific directions about the
use of the individual systems and equipment, consult the manuals
provided by the individual equipment manufacturers or contact the
BERTRAM Customer Support.
88
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
6.2
FLYBRIDGE HELM STATION
To understand the control devices on the flybridge helm station, review
the following main sections:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Navigation instruments
Port helm station console
Maneuver control levers
Magnetic compass
The console containing the navigation instruments (A) is closed. To
access these instruments, activate the console opening/closing switch
(12) section (B).
j
WARNING
It is a good rule to keep the screens clean by washing them with wet
and clean rags, avoiding to use chemical or abrasive products.
j
WARNING
During the yacht cleaning and washing take care not to throw water on
the electrical components.
NOTICES
The images and drawings of the helm station are referred to the USversion of the yacht.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
89
6
6
6.2.1
CONTROL STATION
540
SECTION A - Navigation instruments
1. Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder
It allows displaying in a clear and quick way what is happening
around the yacht, so as to facilitate navigation.
2. VHF-DSC Radiotelephone
This device allows to communicate with boats and vessels. It is
possible to carry out long distance connections with shore stations for
emergency calls and to get in touch with the research and rescue
teams. This instrument allows to carry out calls in DSC mode (Digital
Selective Call).
3. Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder
They allow to display in a clear and quick way what is happening
around the yacht, so as to facilitate navigation.
90
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
4. Multifunctional display
This screen allows to display the information received from GPS,
chartplotter, radar or various water temperature sensors, wind data,
etc.
5. Automatic pilot (autopilot)
This device allows holding a certain pre-set course, without having to
manually operate on the helm system.
S
CAUTION
If the yacht bow is facing a sudden obstacle, this can be avoided by
turning with force the steering wheel. This operation allows to steer the
yacht only if the steering wheel is held firmly. As soon as the steering
wheel is released, the autopilot resumes immediately the yacht's track.
If the obstacle is not too close, the best thing is to set the device in
stand-by, so as to take over control of the yacht definitively. Once bypassed the obstacle the device can be switched on by setting the track
again.
6. Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder
It allows displaying in a clear and quick way what is happening
around the yacht, so as to facilitate navigation.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
91
6
6
6.2.2
CONTROL STATION
540
SECTION B - Port helm station console
1. Port engine exhaust warning lamp
This light indicates high temperature inside of port engine exhaust
ducts.
2. Stern bilge flooding alarm lamp
This light indicates the flood of the aft bilge.
3. Port generator light
This light indicates that the port generator is running.
4. Generator room bilge flood signal light
This light indicates the flood of the bilge in the generator room.
5. Engine room bilge alarm lamp
This lamp indicates the flooding of bilge in the engine room.
6. Test button to bilge flood signal
The test button is used to verify the correct operation of each signal
light of the panel. When using the test button, all LEDs must be ON
and buzzer must sound to indicate the correct operation of the bilge
signal system. When releasing the button all LEDs must go out and
the buzzer must clear off.
7. Bow bilge alarm lamp
This lamp indicates the flooding of the bow bilge.
8. Squelch button of bilge flood signal
This selector allows the deactivation of the bilge alarm.
9. Fuel level gauge
This gauge shows the fuel level in the tank.
10. Port engine STOP/START switch
This switch enables the start/stop of port engine.
11. Port ENGINE IGNITION switch
This switch allows to enable the start/stop of the port engine.
12. Low idle switch
This switch allows to decrease the yacht speed until this becomes
lower than the idle speed.
92
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
13. Engine synchronizer switch
This switch allows to activate the synchronization of both engines
and to use a one lever operation mode to control the engines.
14. Starboard ENGINE IGNITION switch
This switch allows to enable the start/stop of the starboard engine.
15. Starboard engine STOP/START switch
This switch enables to start/stop the starboard engine.
16. Fire-fighting alarm panel
This panel visualizes the warning lamps connected to the fire-fighting
system located in the engine room and it includes the OVERRIDE/
NORMAL switch.
17. Squelch button for firefighting alarm signal
This switch allows to disconnect the fire hazard signal buzzer.
18. Test button for high temperature signal
The test button is used to verify the correct operation of each signal
light of the panel. When using the test button, all LEDs must be ON
and the buzzer must sound to confirm the correct operation of the
signal system. When releasing the button all LEDs must go out and
the buzzer must clear off.
19. Starboard generator light
This light indicates that the starboard generator is running.
20. Generator room high temperature signal light
This light indicates that the temperature in the generator room is too
high.
21. Engineroom high temperature signal light
This light indicates that the temperature in the engineroom is too
high.
22. Starboard engine exhaust warning lamp
This light indicates high temperature inside of starboard engine
exhaust ducts.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
93
6
6
CONTROL STATION
540
23. Port ARG Anti-Rolling-Gyro switch (optional)
This switch allows to activate the port ARG Anti-Rolling-Gyro.
• ON: indicates that the ARG is powered by the relevant circuit
breaker.
• ACTIVE: indicates that the ARG stabilizer has reached its operation
speed.
24. Horn switch
This switch enables the operation of the horn.
25. Stern bilge pump switch
This switch allows the manual activation of the stern bilge pump.
26. Generator room bilge pump switch
This switch allows the manual activation of the bilge pump in the
generator room.
27. Engineroom bilge pump switch
This switch allows the manual activation of the bilge pump in the
engineroom.
28. Bow bilge pump switch
This switch allows the manual activation of the bow bilge pump.
29. Switch for magnetic compass backlighting
Allows the backlighting of magnetic compass.
30. Available
Push-button available for auxiliary system.
94
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
31. Underwater lights
This switch allows the activation of the underwater lights.
32. OVERHEAD lights
This switch allows the activation of the OVERHEAD lights.
33. Quartz light switch
This switch allows the activation of the quartz lights.
34. Anchor riding and navigation switch
This switch turns on the anchor riding or the navigation lights.
35. Instrument light switch
This switch turns on the instruments backlighting.
36. Available
Push-button available for auxiliary system.
37. Batteries parallel connection switch
This switch allows the parallel connection of the users/engines
batteries, in order to ensure more power at engines start. This switch
may be used only if the batteries are not sufficiently charged.
38. Starboard ARG Anti-Rolling-Gyro switch (optional)
This switch allows to activate the starboard ARG Anti-Rolling-Gyro.
• ON: indicates that the ARG is powered by the relevant circuit
breaker.
• ACTIVE: indicates that the ARG stabilizer has reached its operation
speed.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
95
6
6
6.2.3
CONTROL STATION
540
SECTION C - Control and maneuver heads
1. Control panel of gearboxes
This block monitors, by means of electric signals, the revolutions of
the propulsion engines and the speeds of the gearboxes.
2. Port engine control panel
This panel allows monitoring all operating parameters of the port
engine.
3. Anchor windlass switch
This switch allows the operation in both directions of the bow anchor
windlass.
4. Starboard engine control panel
This panel allows monitoring all operating parameters of the
starboard engine.
5. Starboard head (optional)
This head drives by means of an electric signal the revolutions of the
starboard engine and the gears of the starboard gearbox.
6. VHF-DSC microphone
VHF microphone with remote control function on channels and output
power.
7. Steering wheel
By turning the drive wheel you actuate an hydraulic pump that
operates the piston located in the helm gear compartment, this in turn
is connected to the rudder and allows to drive the yacht.
8. Port head (optional)
This head drives by means of an electric signal the port propulsion
engine revolutions and the port gearbox speeds.
9. Trim tabs control panel
This panel carries the switches for trim tabs activation.
96
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
10. Bilge flood alarm signal
This signal activates to indicate a bilge flood hazard.
11. Cell-phone charge
It allows to charge the cell-phone.
12. Port exhaust signal buzzer
This buzzer activates to indicate an excessive temperature of
exhaust gases in the port engine.
13. Console switch
This switch allows the opening/closing of the console.
14. Starboard exhaust signal buzzer
This buzzer activates to indicate an excessive temperature of
exhaust gases in the starboard engine.
15. 12 V electric outlet
12 V DC socket
16. Fire hazard signal buzzer
This signal activates to indicate a fire hazard.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
97
6
6
6.2.4
CONTROL STATION
540
SECTION D - Magnetic compass
A magnetic compass fitted on the dashboard of a yacht is inevitably close
to the magnetic fields produced by the electric and electronic systems on
board. This condition is called “variation”. Only a skilled technician should
set the compass to correct the variation and supply an accurate deviation
schedule. This procedure is called “compass compensation” or “compass
setting”.
Compensate the compass after the yacht launch or when replacing it, in
order to eliminate possible mistakes due to the compass position.
Do not approach the compass to steel or iron objects or objects made of
other ferrous materials (e.g. tools, wrenches, batteries, etc.). The ferrous
materials close to the compass alter the readings and make them
unreliable. Remove any unnecessary object near the compass.
NOTICES
The compass delivered with the yacht is not compensated for change
or deviation. Any electrical or metallic item located in its proximity may
influence the compass. The yacht’s owner is responsible for the
compass compensation. Compensation should be carried out after
installing additional electronic equipment or once a year after a
prolonged period of mooring or ground lay-up. Compensation should be
carried out only by authorized and qualified personnel.
As a compass can rarely be set to zero variation on all courses, the
technician in charge of its compensation should give you a card
containing the corrections to be applied to navigation calculations.
Always keep this card available on the main control station.
98
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
6
Compass compensation
Read carefully the manual delivered by the manufacturer.
NOTICES
Never unscrew for any reason screws and filling caps (1). The only
screws that may be turned are the adjusting screws (2) by means of the
non-magnetic screwdriver provided. When the adjuster’s screw slot (2)
is horizontal, the compensation is neutral. When the slot is vertical, the
compensation is at its maximum. This operation must be carried out
only by a trained compass adjuster.
Neutral
Maximum
NOTICES
At least once a month check the operation and the deviations. If
necessary, have a new compensation of the compass turns carried out.
You compass is fitted with a set of compensation, or adjustment, screws
to minimize these errors. It is seldom possible to compensate for all
compass deviation errors, since this type of error varies as the heading
of your vessel varies. However, the error should remain the same for any
given heading, as long as no changes are made to instruments and
electronic fixtures near the instrument panel.
Objects in the immediate vicinity influence every compass. Deviation is
the angular difference between the reading your compass provides as
installed and the reading it would provide if the objects were not there.
Deviation is expressed in degrees East or West of true North. It varies
with the heading of your vessel because, as your vessel turns, the
position of the objects that affect the compass change relative to the
magnetic North.
There is a vertical mark on the compass called a “lubber line”. This line
was oriented when your compass was installed, so an imaginary line
drawn from the compass pivot point to the lubber line will be parallel to
the longitudinal axis of your vessel. Thus, your vessel’s course is the
compass card reading below the lubber line.
You must record deviation of the compass on a compass deviation card
and place it near the compass. You must record the deviation for each
individual compass that you use, because the position of each compass
relative to the materials around it determines the deviation.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
99
6
CONTROL STATION
6.3
HANDLE BLOCK
540
Standard mode diagram
The heads block is a system designed to control through electric signal
the revolutions of the engines and the gearbox speeds. The system may
consist of a single block carrying the heads and the selector switches or
of two separate heads, each one installed at the side of the drive wheel,
and of a separate panel.
In both cases the heads can be moved to three detents:
1. Neutral: in this position, the gearbox is disengaged and the
propulsion engines turn at idle speed (visual signal “N” lit);
2. Ahead/astern: in this position the gearbox is engaged to “ahead” or
“astern” gear and the engines turn at idle speed (visual lights “F” or
“R” lit);
3. Maximum revs: indicates the maximum speed detent for ahead and
astern gear.
neutral detent
astern detent
infinitely variable speed
adjustment
infinitely variable speed
adjustment
backward
thrust range
full speed (full
speed astern)
The system between the positions (2) and (3) changes the engine
revolutions continuously.
The operation principle is different for the two modes: standard and
trolling.
S
ahead detent
thrust range
forward
B00255
full speed (full
speed ahead)
Trolling mode diagram (optional)
gear box: clutch backward
100% slip (lock)
CAUTION
gear box: clutch backward 100%
slip (lock)
neutral detent
infinitely variable slip
adjustment and speed
increase regulation
infinitely variable slip
adjustment and speed
increase regulation
In “trolling” mode (optional) the function of the heads block changes with
respect to the standard mode.
backward
thrust range
Clutch: 0% slip (grip) and max.
speed when trolling
100
thrust range
forward
B00255
Clutch: 0% slip (grip) and max.
speed when trolling
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
Taking control phases
− Set the control heads to the central idle position. The station cannot
take over the control with heads in different positions. You hear the
acoustic sequence of initialization.
− Press CONTROL/SET. The CONTROL LEDs light up green steadily,
to indicate that the station has taken over the control and that the
operator is engaging the idle control.
j
WARNING
The next shifting of the handle will engage the speed.
− Start the engine while you send the idle run control. If the levers of the
−
handles block are not placed on idle run, the interlocking start switch
will prevent the engines start.
Shift the levers on the forward or backward retainer. The gearbox
starts and the CONTROL LEDs light up steady red to indicate that the
operator is engaging either the ahead or the astern gear. For further
information, see the Manufacturer’s Manual.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
101
6
6
CONTROL STATION
540
Advanced control modes
SmarCommand provides different advanced control modes:
− EASIDOCK: mode giving the answer for a safe action of the gear box
and ensuring a easy and accurate manoeuvrability during mooring
phases with limited room.
− AUTOTROLL: mode keeping the propeller revs per minute constant
when a complete range of shaft speed controls is available.
− WARM UP: heating mode increasing the engine rpm when the
transmission is stalling on idle.
− ONE LEVER: one head mode allowing to activate several propellers
with gear change and acceleration complete control by means of a
single head.
High and low buttons allow you to control the shaft rotation (engine
RPM) through the use of SmartCommand Trolling System.
In the Cruise Mode, the up and down push buttons allow to move to at
least five percent of Trottle Command. By pressing the buttons (high or
low), the command can be incremented or decremented up to twenty (20)
percent.
The Autotroll Mode allows for slipping the clutches to go between 30 and
70 percent of idle speed. It allows fine-tune movement of the yacht by
pressing the panel HIGH or LOW buttons.
102
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
6.4
ENGINE ALARM DEVICES
The engine monitoring alarms alert the yacht operator that important
engine operating values are outside the permitted tolerance range.
The engine operating parameters shown on the display are monitored.
Gearbox parameters are to be monitored if the corresponding sensors
have been fitted in it.
For a detailed description consult the specific manual.
NOTICES
To protect the engine, power is automatically reduced in case of certain
main alarms.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
103
6
6
6.5
6.5.1
CONTROL STATION
540
EMERGENCY CONTROL DEVICES
Engine stop control
Due to a mechanical or electric fault, the normal procedures of engines
stop could not work; it is therefore necessary to stop the engines by
means of stop button (1) located on the control panel of each engine.
During normal operation the emergency stop button must not be inserted.
When pressed it locks in low position and prevents the engine start.
To reset the system to normal operation, it is necessary to turn the button
clockwise until it unlocks and returns to original position.
S
CAUTION
Before starting the engines after an emergency stop, make sure that
you have found and cleared the faulty reason. For more information,
consult the CATERPILLAR manual.
S
CAUTION
The emergency stop controls of propulsion engines must be used only
in case of real emergency.
Do not activate this control during normal engines stop procedure.
104
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
S
CAUTION
Persons entering the engine room when the yacht is navigating should
be aware of the hazards of the yacht’s motion and their potential
exposure to high ambient temperatures, hot equipment components
and operating machinery within the engine room.
S
CAUTION
To avoid heavy injuries or even death caused by hazards in the engine
room, avoid the contact with hot and/or moving parts, while you are
working in this area, wear proper safety clothing and also safety
goggles and safety gloves. Be extremely cautious in proximity of hot
and moving parts. Wear hearing protection if the engine is running.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
105
6
6
6.6
6.6.1
CONTROL STATION
540
INSTRUMENTATION
VHF-DSC Radiotelephone
receiver
Operate the radiotelephone according to the following instructions:
− Power the device through the switch located on the 12 V users electric
panel of flybridge.
− Push POWER switch to switch on and off the radiotelephone.
− Set the audio and squelch levels by means of knobs VOL and SQL.
− Select channels with knob CHANNEL.
− To transmit, use the microphone by holding key PTT pushed.
The handset display shows always the information concerning the
channel selection, the operation mode and the output power.
The HI/LO key, allows to select the output power (high -25 W, low -1 W).
The 16-9 key, selects the help and safety channel; it is used to establish
an initial contact with another station and for emergency calls.
This key also allows to memorize the call channels more frequently used
in order to recall them quickly.
The DISTRESS key, if pressed for 5 seconds, transmits the rescue calls.
− Urgency - “PAN-PAN, PAN-PAN, PAN-PAN”
(pronounced PAHNPAHN). Used when a person or vessel is in some
jeopardy less than indicated by a Mayday call.
The DSC/ENT key selects the DSC menu for Digital Selective Calls.
For the activation of transceiver’s particular functions, see the specific
manual delivered by the Manufacturer.
display
communication key
scroll/channel on regular/weather
tracking key channels
volume control
squelch channels help/safety switch ON/OFF
control selectors channel key
PTT
(press to
send)
microphone
channel
change key
106
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
Manual distress call
− select the rescue channel by pressing key 16 (156.800 MHz) or on the
SSB radio frequency 2182 KHz
− press PTT-transmission key on the handset
− transmit with a calm voice the following message, loud and clear:
j
S
CAUTION
The DSC-call should only be performed if the yacht is in a real distress
situation. Otherwise, to send a DSC-call with no need is considered as
an infringement.
− release the PTT-key
− wait for the reply for a few seconds; if you do not receive any reply,
repeat the message at regular intervals, until receiving a reply.
For further information refer to the specific manual of use.
WARNING
The DSC (Digital Selective Calling) system is a protocol applied all over
the world that uses channel 70 (156.525 MHz) to send and receive
digital messages. The communications take place between VHF radios
equipped with DSC system and are programmed for emergency calls,
individual or collective. The users of VHF DSC radio can contact other
ships equipped with DSC system, avoiding unnecessary radio traffic
and improving the communications from ship to ship.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
For channel selection or special function instructions, please refer to the
radiotelephone Manufacturer’s manual.
MAYDAY - MAYDAY - MAYDAY
THIS IS (repeat the yacht name THREE TIMES)
MAYDAY THIS IS (repeat the yacht name)
AT POSITION (specify the position)
FAILURE (specify the distress causes)
j
6
107
6
6.6.2
CONTROL STATION
540
Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder
The display can show four different types of color screens.
Chartplotter, radar, sounder and video can be visualized inside of small
windows or overlapped on the multifunctional display with a simple press
of a key. By means of SPLIT key you can subdivide the screen or modify
the selected windows.
You can select which and how many screens to use and what functions
to combine on each display.
For a detailed description consult the specific manual.
m
DANGER
6.6.3
Radiation danger.
The radar antenna emits radiations, which can damage the human
body, especially the eyes. When the radar is operating, never look
straight at the transmission aerial from a distance shorter than 40 in.
During the radar operation it is necessary to keep out of the aerial
transmission flow; therefore steer the yacht exclusively from the inner
main control station. Switch off the radar if not expressly necessary to
navigation.
j
Radar display/Chartplotter/Fishfinder
This instrument offers all features of a radar, of a digital Fishfinder and of
a Chartplotter. The new high speed network protocol allows to transfer
radar, Chartplotter, Fishfinder on any point of hsb2 net, generating a
multifunctional system.
The overlapping of the radar image and of the Chartplotter combined with
data windows defined by the user, transform the device into a true and
real integrated navigation system.
From whatever display you are able to access to all operations and
controls of the various devices ensuring a safe navigation.
For a detailed description consult the specific manual.
WARNING
Pay the outmost attention during navigation, because in proximity of the
R.I.B. a shadow cone is formed, which is not covered from the radar
waves.
S
CAUTION
The electronic chart is a help to navigation, meant to facilitate the use
of official charts, but not to replace them. Only official nautical charts
and warnings to sailors contain all necessary information for the safety
during navigation, and as always, the Captain is responsible for their
use.
108
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
6.6.4
Autopilot
This device includes an LCD-screen for information display.
The keys indicating the intuitive menus are completed by simple basic
graphic representation, making the instrument performance the best. It
can be used as a single unit or as a second control unit.
It offers a variety of functions included in the system; the compass rate
(mini gyro); the user control and reaction; the direct interface with a wind
sensor.
The information lay-outs are easy accessible by means of a single
pressure of the corresponding mode key.
The autopilot sensor is located in the bilge under the Master stateroom.
For a detailed description consult the specific manual.
S
CAUTION
Never place electric and/or magnetic sources of any kind closer than 1
meter from the autopilot compass (particularly in presence of
loudspeakers, transceivers, tool boxes, etc,) which could jeopardize the
operation and reliability of the autopilot.
k
DANGER
The autopilot has been designed to offer the maximum accuracy and
reliability. The autopilot’s performance can be influenced by many
factors. For this reason we recommend its use only as an help to
navigation.
A careful and continuous monitoring has always to be kept also under
the best navigation and sea conditions.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
109
6
6
CONTROL STATION
S
540
6.6.5
CAUTION
Multifunctional display
This multifunctional screen allows to select the information received from
GPS, videoplotter, radar and depth sounder or from different sensors of
water temperature, wind data, etc.
Five display modes are available, including speedometer, highway and
text. The text mode gives up to four informations at the same time
between the data available. The display layout can be customized
according to requirements.
For a detailed description consult the specific manual.
If the yacht bow is facing a sudden obstacle, this can be avoided by
turning with force the steering wheel. This operation allows to steer the
yacht only if the steering wheel is held firmly. As soon as the steering
wheel is released, the autopilot resumes immediately the yacht's track.
If the obstacle is not too close, the best thing is to set the device in
stand-by, so as to take over control of the yacht definitively. Once bypassed the obstacle the device can be switched on by setting the track
again.
110
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
6.6.6
Engine control panel
This panel allows to monitor electronically the engine, it supplies the
same engine and delivers the operating data.
The displays can be customized to visualize the engine parameters,
using different formats and instrument types. Each type of engine
requires a dedicated display up to a maximum of five.
The keys are multifunctional according to the displays visualized. The
primary functions of the keys for measuring displays are:
1. Signal reception (recalls active diagnostics) and signals audible for
all displays on DATA Link.
2. Visualization display:
• Normal (black digits on white background) Day Mode;
• Reverse (white digits on black background) Night Mode.
3. Next screen.
4. Previous screen.
Information on configuration system of the keys
At initial start, scroll through the visualizations up to “System Information”.
This display allows to record following parameters: User Name, Unit
Location, Unit Display and Yacht Speed Unit. A menu is shown in the
upper right screen corner. Press (1) to visualize the keys functions (scroll
through parameters selection, exit, shift the cursor upward, shift the
cursor downward).
Use (3) or (4) to shift the cursor upward or downward for paragraph
selection. The parameter name will appear on the upper right corner of
the screen.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
111
6
6
CONTROL STATION
540
Press (1) to scroll through selections:
Press again the alarm reception key (1) to scroll to description window of
diagnostics code or clear it.
The DIAGNOSTIC code indicator remains on the screen until the fault is
removed.
− User Name;
− Unit Location;
− Unit Displays
ENGLISH, METRIC;
Display modes
KNOTS, NM/H, KM/H.
− Daily Mode - Normal display is on white background with digits and
− Vessel speed unit
black meters. To increase or decrease the backlighting press and
hold (2) to visualize the backlighting bar. Adjust the backlighting with
arrows.
The parameters selections will be outlined on the display in white digits
on black background. When all correct parameters have been selected,
press (2) to exit the configuration mode. Then press (3) or (4) to return to
measuring displays.
− Night Mode - Press (2) to shift the display on night mode, with black
background and digits and red meters. To increase or decrease the
backlighting press and hold (2) to visualize the backlighting bar.
Adjust the backlighting with arrows. To increase or decrease the
backlighting, with back light lit, press again (2) to visualize the
backlighting bar. Adjust the backlighting with arrows. Press (2) to exit
from backlighting bar. Press (2) to return to Day Mode.
Measuring displays
The measuring displays can be configured with three different types of
measures. The measuring instruments Analogical, Graphic, Bars and
Digital can be programmed according to the requirement of each
customer for the available engine parameters. Refer to display
manufacturer software for screen options.
Signal loss on display
The signal loss on the display is shown on a DIAGNOSTICS with
description “no data link signal”.
Diagnostics
All engine diagnostics messages are supported by a visual indicator
sending an acoustic signal. If the diagnostics codes are not actuated, no
DIAGNOSTIC indicator will appear on measuring screens. When a fault
is detected, the DIAGNOSTIC indicator appears on the upper left corner
of the screen, as well as a window of diagnostics code description in the
center of the screen and the acoustic signal activates. Press the signal
reception button (1) to clear the alarm.
112
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CONTROL STATION
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
113
6
6
CONTROL STATION
540
NOTES:
114
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
7
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
ON DECK
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
7
7.1
ON DECK
540
MAIN DECK - EXTERIOR
1. Transom fish box
2. Aft moorings, chocks and cleats
3. Removable containers for caught fish and
access to helm gear compartment
4. Rods holder, boat hook and gaff storage
under gunnel
5. Mounting plate for fighting chair or table
6. User peaks
• shore electric power outlets
• dockside water inlets
• firefighting system controls
• cockpit washdown faucets
• switches
7. Fish boxes
8. Engineroom access door, with lockable
access stair
9. Fuel fill fittings
10. WASTE black water drain fitting
11. Staterooms skylights
12. Anchor locker with washdown faucet
• Anchor winch
13. Salon access door
14. Salon access steps
15. Baitwell
16. Flybridge access stair
17. Aft transom door and liftable gate
116
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
7.2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FLYBRIDGE
Helm seat and first meat seat with pedestal
Control station
Sofa with peaks
Life raft location
Peak for optional fridge
Wash down pump valve
24 V DC and 12 V DC electric panels location
Flybridge access stair
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
117
7
7
ON DECK
540
j
7.2.1
WARNING
The yacht is delivered to you with a complete set of navigation lights.
These lights fully comply with the requirements of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions At Sea (72 COLREGS). All vessels
may use the 72 COLREGS as the controlling document when in
international waters. In U.S. navigable waters, reference must be made
to the Great Lakes and Western River Rules.
Never use alcohol or acetone to clean Plexiglas; this may cause the
treated part to get cracks inside.
S
CAUTION
The 72 COLREGS require that the navigation lights shall be switched on
if your vessel is being operated between sunset and sunrise, or in times
of reduced visibility. For this kind of yacht, the required navigation lights
consists of a red (port) and green (starboard) sidelight, a white masthead
light, and a white stern light; or if you are not docked or anchored in a
recognized anchorage, a white masthead light.
When the yacht is underway it is unadvisable to move, a listing of the
yacht could affect a passenger’s movement, causing his accidental fall
or his impact against a piece of furniture.
j
Navigation lights
WARNING
j
To prevent circumstances that could lead to property damage, injury or
death from the improper use of the helm and its controls, the yacht’s
owner/operator must ensure that inexperienced or unauthorized
persons are never permitted to be at the helm station.
WARNING
All of the navigation lights furnished with your vessel meet the current
72 COLREGS requirements. However, it is the legal responsibility of
the vessel’s owner to ensure that in the event of modifications to the
vessel superstructure, the required areas of visibility for each of these
lights are not obscured.
j
WARNING
Your transom door must be kept closed while underway at night to
avoid obscuring the stern light. This door should remain closed at all
times when underway to minimize the possibility of someone falling
overboard.
118
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
S
CAUTION
Before each navigation, check the light operation at regular intervals,
to avoid any inconvenient when using them by night.
S
CAUTION
Replace the bulbs with the same visual fields.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
119
7
7
7.3
ON DECK
540
ANCHOR
The anchor locker is located at foredeck and is equipped with hatch.
Inside of the locker is located the anchor with relevant chain and recovery
line.
The anchor is located on proper saddles fastening it during navigation.
Before using the anchor, release the relevant stoppers.
S
CAUTION
Always maneuver the anchor with the utmost care, to avoid to damage
the vessel and the people onboard.
When you place back the anchor into its saddle, re-lock it with relevant
stoppers.
The locker houses inside also a faucet for the anchor and relevant chain
washdown.
120
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
7.4
ANCHOR WINDLASS
(available only with optional pulpit)
The on board anchor windlass allows to face each anchoring condition,
even the most critical one with a certain margin of safety.
The anchor windlass is used to weigh and lower the anchor. It may also
be used as warping windlass for pulling a line.
The chain to which the anchor is linked, glides inside of the yacht through
the chain guide and reaches the anchor windlass, it then turns around the
wildcat and glides into the chain pit. Each anchor windlass is equipped
with a control to handle the chain in both directions and with manual
brake to lock the chain position during the moorings.
1. Lever connecting bushing
It allows the lever connection.
2. Capstan
It allows to pull a line.
3. Wildcat
It allows to retrieve and to deploy the anchor.
4. Safety hook
It allows to lock the anchor chain.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
121
7
7
ON DECK
540
S
Anchoring operation
CAUTION
− check that on the battery disconnector panel the engines batteries
breaker is on;
− turn on the switchboard windlass breaker on 24 V flybridge user
panel;
− before operating the windlass with the electric control, check that the
wildcat clutch is properly engaged;
− let the yacht move backward slowly; if necessary, use the engines;
− lower the anchor until just below the waterline, and hold;
− lower the anchor until it reaches the sea bottom;
− once the anchor is engaged, leave the stopper and the brake on.
The anchoring area is a circle with the center at the anchoring point and
a radius equal to the chain length plus the yacht length.
The entire anchoring area must be free, in case of sudden variations of
wind and/or current direction, especially in case of night anchoring.
At night, before dropping the anchor, check that the white anchor light
works.
Before dropping the anchor, check the nautical charts: anchoring is
prohibited in certain areas; in algae-covered sea bottom, anchoring is
unsafe and harmful to the environment; on rocky sea bottom, the anchor
may get fouled or lost.
Anchor the yacht with the engines running, both for safety reasons and
to compensate the electrical consumption of the winch.
Check the anchoring point frequently.
The distance from obstacles or from other yachts must be greater than
the length of the chain lowered and the all round length of the yacht.
During anchor riding it is advisable to leave the winch powered.
Do not reverse the winch rotation suddenly.
S
j
WARNING
Operate the anchor winch with the engines running, in order to provide
the high current required and reduce the stress by slowly moving the
vessel toward the anchor.
NOTICES
CAUTION
To use the anchor, remove the stopper from the chain. Attach the
stopper to the chain when the anchor is set (if using a chain rode).
Attach the stopper to the chain after the anchor is on deck.
The anchor chain is fastened to the yacht by means of a line and a hook
system. If it is not possible to remove the anchor from the sea bed this
system will make it possible to resume navigation.
122
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
7.4.1
Anchor windlass activation controls
The anchor windlass is located at bow and can either be activated by the
switch located on the helm station console or by the foot buttons.
1. Anchor windlass control on flybridge
This button allows to operate the anchor windlass from the fly.
2. Foot button “UP”
This button allows to retrieve the anchor chain.
3. Foot button “DOWN”
This button allows to deploy the anchor chain.
S
CAUTION
If you are to use the anchor, remove the wildcat lock and the safety
cable.
S
CAUTION
Do not approach your body or objects to gliding chains, to lines or
wildcats. Make sure that the electric motor is not supplied when the
anchor windlass is operated manually (even when the lever to release
the clutch is moved), as persons in possession of the anchor windlass
remote control may accidentally activate it.
Helm station windlass
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
123
Foot buttons
7
7
ON DECK
540
Use of the clutch
The wildcat is connected with the main shaft by means of the clutch.
The clutch releases (disengages) through the lever that, once inserted in
the barrel, will have to turn counterclockwise. When rotating clockwise,
the clutch will be applied (engaged).
In this case, if after several attempts the anchor windlass remains stuck,
we suggest to maneuver the yacht, to refloat the anchor.
Check the raise of the last meters/feet in order to avoid bow damage.
Anchor deploying
Deploy the anchor by means of electric controls or manually. To carry out
this operation manually, open the clutch and leave the wildcat free to
rotate on its shaft.
Let the chain fall into the water. Turn the lever clockwise to slow down the
anchor fall.
For the electric anchor deploying, press the relative control button. In this
case the deploying is perfectly controllable and the unrolling of the chain
or of the line is regular.
Once anchored, lock the chain with the proper cable.
The anchor and the chain may cause damages to the yacht hull if the
anchor windlass is not operated carefully.
We suggest to carry out the operation by means of the remote control
located near the anchor windlass; this will allow to check the lifting and
lowering speed of the chain and the entry and exit of the anchor shaft into
the anchor roller. Namely during these operations, an excessive gliding
of the chain or a wrong entry or exit of the anchor shaft from the anchor
roller may cause damages to the yacht foredeck.
Pay utmost attention: do not approach too much to the moving
parts to avoid dangers and injuries to the people.
Anchoring
The wind and the sea conditions have an impact on an anchored yacht.
Make sure the anchor is firm in any situation. It is necessary to
understand the principles of the chain length and its effect on the
performance of the anchor.
The radius is technically defined as the ratio between the length of the
chain and the vertical distance from the foredeck to the bottom of the sea.
The chain length depends on the type of anchor, on the sea bottom, on
the tides, on the wind and on the sea conditions.
The minimum chain length is 5 times the depth with calm sea; under
normal conditions 7:1 and under critical conditions up to 10:1.
Radius =
Chain length
Foredeck height + water depth
As it is necessary to know the length of the chain to be used for mooring.
Chain length =
(foredeck height + water depth) x radius
Anchor retrieval
Start the yacht engines. Make sure the clutch is engaged and pull the
lever. Press the relative control button and start retrieving the anchor. If
the anchor windlass stops without any reason, the anchor might be stuck
and therefore the anchor windlass protections will activate, due to the
effect of the effort.
S
CAUTION
Lock the chain with proper wildcat locking before setting up navigation.
124
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
S
Anchor retrieving
CAUTION
To retrieve the anchor, perform the same operations previously
described in reverse order.
In windy or strong current conditions, start the engines and keep the
foredeck towards the anchor position to avoid the breakage of the hawse.
Once the anchor is retrieved, fasten the chain stopper before resuming
navigation.
Do not operate the anchor windlass electrically with the lever in the
capstan housing or in the wildcat cover.
d
DANGER
Do not approach to moving parts to avoid dangers and injuries to
people.
d
DANGER
Danger: when the winch is operating, be extremely cautious of rotating
parts; keep your feet, hands and the remote control cable at safe
distance.
NOTICES
Lock the chain with the stopper before cruising.
Deploy and retrieve the anchor always by using the electrical control,
after engaging wildcat and capstan.
This latter can be disengaged, both for casting the anchor off in case of
need and for operating the capstan as a warping windlass. This is simply
performed by undoing the clutch located on the barrel, by means of the
lever.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
7
125
7
7.5
ON DECK
540
WINDLASS CLEANING AND SERVICE
Item
Gearmotor
Maintenance
Notes and precautions
Check
and
cleaning
(before any navigation)
Sailing the chain, after an anchor mooring in muddy or seaweed seabed, we suggest to
wash the chain using the provided system. The outer part of the windlass demands frequent
washes with fresh water because very much exposed to sea salt during navigation,
especially with choppy sea. It is a good rule, before any season begin, to carry out service
by disassembling the wildcat and the drum, to remove oxidation from the rubbing and
gliding points and to restore correctly the lubrication grease in the points requiring it.
Check and topping up
7.5.1
Gearmotor
Frequent rinsing of the windlass with freshwater from a hose will help
prevent corrosion.
Routinely disassemble the exposed parts of the windlass, clean and
check all parts, removing any corrosion. Grease the threads of the shaft
with salt-resistant grease. If the windlass has not been used for a period
of time, turn the motor slowly for several minutes in both directions. If the
motor turns with difficulty, clean or replace the motor brushes.
Routinely lift the windlass from the deck to remove salt deposits that form
at the base.
Routinely remove the layer of salt that forms on the outer surfaces of the
windlass. Corrosion may occur that could jeopardize its operation or
safety. Wash with fresh water and flush all the surfaces clean, taking
special care to remove salt trapped in inaccessible areas.
If oil leaks from the windlass, it will be necessary to disassemble the gear
to replace the seals. A complete kit of spare parts is available from the
windlass manufacturer.
NOTICES
Before carrying out any maintenance operation on the anchor windlass,
turn off the electric power connected to it and carefully remove the chain
from the wildcat. The accidental application of power to the windlass
could injure the person servicing the equipment. Secure the chain with
the chain stopper and remove the chain from the wildcat.
Periodically check the condition of the electric motor terminals and the
control box. Remove any corrosion and coat terminals with corrosion
inhibitor.
126
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ON DECK
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
127
7
7
ON DECK
540
NOTES:
128
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
8
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
8
8.1
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
ENGINE ROOM ACCESS
The access to the engineroom is possible through a hatchway located in
the aft cockpit, next to the salon access door.
d
DANGER
You are not allowed to enter the engineroom when underway.
The engineroom, accessible through a ladder, is illuminated by several
fixed overhead lights supplied by switch (1) located at engineroom entry.
If you have to carry out extra maintenance to the engines, it is possible to
gain access to the engineroom also from the salon, by lifting the
dunnages of the salon floor.
c
DANGER
In the engineroom, thermal engines create highly radiated areas which
keep temperature high for a long time. Protect yourself and wait until
they are cool before entering the engineroom.
j
S
CAUTION
Do not stow in the engineroom any material that can freely move due to
the navigation lists.
WARNING
j
The maintenance and adjustment operations have to be carried out
only by expert and authorized personnel equipped with proper tools.
BERTRAM declines all responsibility for proposed corrective action
carried out by unskilled personnel not properly equipped.
WARNING
The engines maintenance is a special operation that has to be carried
out by specialized personnel. Contact BERTRAM Customer Support to
receive suitable help.
130
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.2
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
The propulsion system consists of two equal units. Each one includes the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
CATERPILLAR engine, model C32
Flexible struts for engine
ZF2555A gearbox
Flange coupling
Shaft seal
Propeller shaft in stainless steel “Aquamet” 17;
diameter 3 in/3.00 in; length 140.75 in/145.75 in
Propeller shaft support with neoprene bearing
Propeller
Rudder
Trim tabs
k
DANGER
It is absolutely forbidden to perform reverse run with one of the two
engines stopped. This operation is allowed only in case of life danger
for the persons on board and for the safety of the yacht itself, however
when the engine is running it should not run higher than 1000 rpm.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
131
8
8
8.3
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
ENGINES
They have the following specifications:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Model
Make
Cylinders No.
V-pattern
Effective output
Max fuel consumption per engine
Rated speed
Dry weight
C32
CATERPILLAR
12
90°
kW/mhp
1232/1676
US gal/h (l/h)
86.4 (327)
rev/min
2300
lb (kg)
5617 (2548)
For any problem concerning the use or the maintenance of the engines,
refer to devices manuals or directly to the CATERPILLAR Customer
Service.
S
CAUTION
We suggest you to read the CATERPILLAR instruction manual carefully
and in detail.
132
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.4
ENGINE CONTROL PANEL
The engine control panel is located in the engineroom at each engine
side.
Monitoring system
The monitoring system check following parameters:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
coolant temperature
coolant level (if installed)
oil pressure
oil temperature
high air pressure overfeeding temperature (if installed)
fuel pressure
fuel temperature
Engine monitoring panel
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Engine rpm digital gauge
Engine oil pressure gauge
Fuel pressure gauge
Engine oil temperature gauge
Gearbox oil temperature gauge
Gearbox oil pressure gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
133
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Control panel
1. Circuit switch reset
Three resets for the circuit switch are available on the control panel:
two automatic resets (15 A) and a manual one (15 A). Check for
complete lack of electric power supply of the engine.
2. Maintenance LED
This LED blinks when programmed maintenance has to be carried
out.
3. Diagnostics LED
This LED blinks when a diagnostic code has been generated by the
ECM. The active diagnostic code will blink.
4. Signal lamp
This LED blinks because of critical situation, for instance oil pressure
insufficient or temperature of coolant is too high.
5. Maintenance clearing button
When the engine has been serviced, press this button to switch off
the maintenance lamp.
6. Emergency stop button
The OUT position is for normal engine operation. Press this button to
stop the engine for an emergency. The start button does not actuate
the circuit breaker of the starter while the emergency button is
pressed. Reset this button before starting the engine. Turn the button
clockwise to release it and allow the start.
7. Hours counter
The hours counter checks the engine service hours. It actuates only
with running engine.
8. Starter switch
The starter switch has three detents: OFF, RUN & START. When
turning the switch clockwise to RUN, the LEDs flash for five seconds
during the system test, then switch off. In RUN position, the ECM and
the electronic systems are powered.
When you turn the switch to START, the circuit breaker of the starter
actuates. The electric starter switches on. The starter carries on
turning while the starter switch stays in START position. The starter
switch is spring loaded, so as to return to RUN when the switch is
released. The engine can be shut off by positioning the starter switch
to OFF. This kind of disconnection cuts off the power to the ECM.
134
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.5
PROPELLERS
The propellers have been designed in order to result lightly “unloaded”
with new yacht, hull clean and without displacement overloads: in this
way the engines will develop all their power in average normal operating
conditions, with hulls and propellers not perfectly clean and some
overloads on board.
Periodically check (at least once every six months) that the propellers are
not too “dirty”, as this leads to a fast performance decrease and to a
vibration increase.
S
CAUTION
Dirty propellers can lead to cavitation.
The propellers check must be carried out according to the yacht
stationary waters.
In case of impact with the depth or submerged/semi-submerged bodies,
check propellers and shafts immediately; in case of considerable
vibrations, reduce the revolutions to the minimum and steer toward the
harbor for repair, as a vibration increase might damage the propelling
devices and the yacht structure.
If items such as a fishing tower, tender, davit, or anything else that
changes the displacement or trim of the vessel are added to your boat, it
may be necessary to adjust the propeller specifications. Bertram Yacht is
not responsible for any changes that may become necessary. Please
contact a propeller specialist for recommendations based on the
modifications that were made. Keep in mind that anything that adds
weight to your boat, or affects its aerodynamics or hydrodynamics, will
affect its performance.
See Maintenance in this chapter.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
135
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
j
540
WARNING
An increase in vibration that develops while the engines are in gear
could damage the propulsion system and the yacht structure. To reduce
the chance of damage, decrease the engine rpm to the slowest speed
that allows drive control and proceed slowly to the nearest harbor for
repair.
If the vibration is very severe, you may have to stop the yacht as soon
as possible, anchor, and call for professional assistance.
S
CAUTION
BERTRAM yachts are designed to obtain a correct transversal trim with
full-optional equipment, and with spare propellers and shafts.
If the yacht is not equipped with full optional, spare propellers and
shafts, some weights might have been installed to correct the
transversal trim.
The above mentioned weights can be removed or shifted as soon as the
yacht is provided with a new equipment.
S
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, do not enter the water from
your vessel, or board your vessel from the water, while the engines are
running.
136
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.5.1
8
Propellers service
Item
Propellers
Maintenance
Periodical checks
Notes and precautions
The propellers check must be carried out according to the stationary waters. Checking and
eventual cleaning may be carried out with the yacht in a dry shore or with the help of a diver.
Check that the propeller paddles do not show notches or breaks, scales or barnacles, which
may have a negative influence on the yacht output while sailing.
If you find traces of corrosion you must check the condition of the anodes and, for heavy
irregularities, replace the propeller.
Assembly/disassembly
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
The propellers, the starboard and port one, are not interchangeable between them and with
others, as they have been projected according to specific features of Your yacht.
Replace only with genuine spare parts supplied by BERTRAM Customer Support.
137
8
8.5.2
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Periodic checks on propellers
d
DANGER
To clean and check the yacht in water: disable the engine and
generator start.
It is advisable to carry out this operation with yacht in a dry shore because
maintenance is in this way eased. Check that the propeller paddles do not
show notches or breaks, scales or barnacles, which may have a negative
influence on the yacht output while sailing. If you find traces of corrosion,
you must check the condition of the anodes and with heavy irregularities
replace the propeller.
S
CAUTION
Ensure that the engines cannot be started before you carry out any
propeller or shaft cleaning or checks with the yacht in the water.
Remove the keys from the ignition. If an engine is started when a diver
is underwater, serious injury or death could result.
NOTICES
Propellers are not interchangeable with each other. Each yacht model
has its own propellers. Check to ensure that replacement propellers
meet the specifications of your yacht. Do not replace the propellers of
your yacht with others of unknown or doubtful origin. Contact the
BERTRAM Customer Support for more details.
138
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.6
PROPELLER SHAFT, STUFFING BOX CASE AND
SHAFT SUPPORT
The propeller shaft is fastened to the gearbox by means of a flange
coupling (1) and is aligned on the three points represented by the
gearbox (2), a water-lubricated propeller shaft seal (3) and a shaft
support (4). The propeller shaft seal includes a fixed piece fastened to the
hull and a movable piece, which is adjustable. This latter is pushed
against the fixed piece, so as to compress the seal inside of the case. It
is very important that the seal is compressed evenly, because if it doesn’t,
irregular pressure may occur on the seat housing and this could impair
the life and performance of the seal. The outer shaft support includes a
neoprene bushing (5), which uses the seawater as a lubricant. Check it
every season, as it might get worn quickly during navigation, especially
in sandy waters. The bushing wear causes a vibration increase. When
the yacht is on a sandbank, a good technician can easily evaluate, by
moving the shaft, if the wear demands the replacement of the bushing.
S
CAUTION
Remember to check the shaft seal clamps after a period of inactivity of
the yacht before turning the shafts again, otherwise you might damage
them.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Flange coupling
Gearbox
Shaft seal
Shaft support
Neoprene bushing
Propeller shaft seal
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
139
8
8
8.6.1
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Shafts line, stuffing box seal and shafts supports bushings maintenance
Item
Maintenance
Shaft lines
Periodical checks
Assembly/disassembly
Bushings
supports
of
shaft
Checks & maintenance
Shaft support
replacement
Propeller shaft seal
bearing
Checks & maintenance
Notes and precautions
It is essential to keep the propellers shafts always clean; the formation of barnacles or the
presence of cloths or plastic bags lead to propulsion power reduction, to propellers
cavitation with consequent surface damage, and to vibrations causing damages to the
staffing box seals and to the bushings of the shaft supports. Checking and eventual
cleaning may be carried out with the yacht in a dry shore or with the help of a diver.
The Neoprene bushing of the shaft support, when sailing in waters with sandy suspensions,
may wear rapidly. The bushing wear causes a vibration increase. With the yacht in a dry
shore a good technician can evaluate easily, by moving the shaft, if the wear is so bad to
require the bushing replacement.
The shaft seals prevent water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. The seals
installed in your BERTRAM are of the dripless type and do not require adjustment as in a
traditional stuffing box. Special nitrile lip seals endure a watertight fit around the shaft. A
constant supply of water is necessary for cooling and lubricating the shaft and seal. This
water supply is provided by hose connections from the seals to the engine heat exchanger
discharge. Water must be supplied to the seals anytime the shafts are rotating. A lack of
cooling water may cause distortion of the seal resulting in leakage around the shaft.
NOTICES
Proper alignment of the shaft is very important for the life of the seals.
j
WARNING
The seal should never operate without cooling water, so as not to impair
its lifetime.
140
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.7
GEARBOX (TRANSMISSION)
The main functions of a marine gearbox are the following:
−
−
−
couple the engine with the propeller shaft and reduce the number of
the propeller revolutions;
to reverse the propeller direction;
stop the propeller shaft motion (idle).
Read the gearbox operating instruction manual carefully and in detail.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
141
8
8
8.7.1
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Gearbox service
Item
Gearbox
Maintenance
Notes and precautions
Oil level check
For correct procedures about maintenance and check, refer to the manual provided by the
Manufacturer.
Oil change
Refer to gearbox plate, to determine the oil type and viscosity grade recommended by the
manufacturer.
Suction filter check
Remove the suction filter cap uphill the sump, positioned near the gearbox connection/
propeller shaft area. Remove filter and gasket. Carry out check according to the time
intervals suggested by the manufacturer.
Oil filter replacement
Have the expected maintenance carried out at correct time intervals and by authorized and
qualified personnel only, to keep the gearboxes perfectly efficient.
142
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.7.2
8
Gearbox check
Oil level check
Carry out oil level check after the engine has stopped.
The right oil level is set between upper and lower notch of dipstick.
After first filling or repair or oil filter cleaning, run the gearbox for the time
suggested by the Manufacturer.
Later on you have to carry out the oil level check again after the engine
has stopped.
S
d
Service the gearbox only if engine and propeller are stopped and the
circuit breaker switch is OFF. Before starting the gearbox, carry out the
filling and the consequent check of the oil level. The use of the gearbox
with a low quantity of oil, may damage the gears. An excess of oil might
cause leaks to the seals and to the vent and increase remarkably the
operation temperature.
CAUTION
Before checking the oil level, check that the oil temperature of the
gearbox is as per normal operation specifications.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Recover waste oil, according to the laws in force relevant to special
waste disposal.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
DANGER
143
8
8.8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
FUEL AND LUBRICATION SYSTEMS
Among the many routine maintenance tasks required for the engines, the
following are the most common.
−
−
−
Replace the elements of the water/fuel separator prefilters and filters.
Checking the oil level in the engines and generator.
Replace the filters of the engine condensate separators.
See the engine instruction manual.
144
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
NOTICES
The engine data cards are very important when repairs are necessary.
Keep them together and store them with your warranty in a secure,
readily available location.
NOTICES
Read the engine operating instruction manual carefully.
1. Fuel twin filters
2. Oil twin filters
3. Flexible strut
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
145
8
8
8.9
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
PROPULSION ENGINES MAINTENANCE
Item
Maintenance
Notes and precautions
Alternator
Check
Check that alternator and battery charger work correctly. If the batteries are charged
correctly, the ammeter value must be very close to the 0. All batteries must be kept charged.
Alternator belt
Inspection
Adjustment
Replacement
To optimize the engine performance, check if the belt is worn out or cracked. Check the belt
tension. Adjust the tension of the belt to reduce slipping. A possible slipping shortens the
belt life.
Read carefully the service manual supplied by the manufacturer.
Cooling liquid
Draining
Washdown
Filling
Check
Addition
Additional additive (SCA)
Clean the cooling system and wash it before the service interval recommended.
Stop the engine and let it cool down. Unlock the filling plug slowly to release the pressure,
then remove it.
Open the drain valve (if installed). If the cooling system is not equipped with this valve,
remove the drain plugs and drain the coolant.
Fill the cooling system with long life coolant (ELC). For further details about cooling system
specifications, see the instruction manual.
Unlock the plug of recovery tank slowly to release the pressure, then remove it.
Pour the long life coolant (ELC) into the proper recovery tank up to flush reference “COLD
FULL”. DO NOT fill the tank beyond above mentioned level.
Clean the recovery tank plug and fit it. Start the engine. Check for leaks in the cooling
system and if the operating temperature is correct.
Coolant temperature
controller
Replacement
Replace the water temperature controller before it fails. This is a suggested preventive
maintenance practice. The controller replacement avoids possible unforeseen down-times.
A water temperature controller that fails into partial open position, can cause overheating or
excessive cooling of the engine.
146
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Item
Maintenance
8
Notes and precautions
Engine air filter
Cleaning/Replacement
Remove the vacuum limiter and the air filter element.
Cover the orifice of the air inlet with a clean rag, or seal it with some tape to avoid the
penetration of dirt and dust into the engine.
Tap slightly the element to remove the dirt particles. Clean the element with a brush with
soft bristles.
Spray a cleaning solution on the element. Let the element rest. Rinse the element with
water at low pressure.
Paper air filter
Check
Check that the element is clean and dry. Use a 60 Watt blue light into a darkroom or similar.
Position the blue light inside of the element and turn it. Check if the element shows breaks
and/or holes. Check if light rays penetrate through the filter paper.
Engine air filter indicator
Check
Indicator test
The engines are equipped with differential pressure meter of inlet air. This indicates the
pressure difference measured before and after the air filter element. As the air filter element
gets dirty easily, the pressure difference increases. If the engine is equipped with a different
indicator, keep to the manufacturer suggestions for its maintenance.
Engine crankcase vent
Cleaning
For further information, see the Manufacturer’s Manual.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
147
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
Item
540
Maintenance
Notes and precautions
Paper air filter
Replacement
Cleaning
Pressurized water
Pressurized air
Vacuum cleaning
Washing with nonsuding
detergent
Dry the paper filter
Remove the cover. Remove the element.
Cover the orifice of the air inlet with a clean rag, or seal it with some tape to avoid the
penetration of dirt and dust into the engine.
Clean the inside of the cover and of the air filter housing with a clean and dry rag. Clean the
element and check it. Replace it as needed. Remove the seal of the air inlet. Assemble a
new or clean element.
An element can be reused if it has been properly cleaned and checked. After the cleaning,
check for the presence of breaks or tears in the filter material. The replacement must be
carried out independently from the cleanings already performed.
The pressurized air can be used to clean the elements that have not been cleaned more
than twice. Pressurized air does not remove carbon and oil build-ups.
Vacuum cleaning is a good method for paper air filters cleaning, requiring a daily cleaning
because of the dry and dusty environment they work into. Before vacuum cleaning, we
recommend to carry out the cleaning with pressurized air. Pressurized air does not remove
carbon and oil build-ups.
The washdown with nonsuding detergent is effective for the cleaning of carbon and oil buildups. Use a specific product to clean this kind of element. Before washdown with nonsuding
detergent, we recommend cleaning with pressurized water, pressurized air or under
vacuum.
Engine oil level
Check
Draining
Keep oil level between references “ADD” (Y) and “FULL” (X) on level gauge. Do not fill the
crankcase beyond “FULL” (X) reference.
Remove oil-filling plug and top up if necessary. Clean the plug and install it.
Stop the engine after running at normal operating temperature to drain the oil from the
crankcase.
Turn the knob of the drain valve counterclockwise and start the hand pump (the same used
to drain oil from the gearbox). Once the draining is completed, turn the knob clockwise to
close the valve.
148
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Item
Maintenance
8
Notes and precautions
Oil filter
Replacement
Remove the oil filter case with proper wrench.
Open the oil filter with a proper cutter. Separate the fins and check for the presence of metal
slags in the filter. An excessive quantity of slags inside oil filter may lead to premature wear
of the filter or to a failure.
Clean the seal surface of the filter mounting seat. Make sure to remove the old seal
completely.
Apply clean oil to new seal.
Fit the oil filter and tighten until the seal comes in contact with the seat.
Tighten the filter by hand according to the instruction on the same. Do not overtighten the
oil filter.
Fuel filter
Replacement
Remove old fuel filter. Clean the sealing surface of the seal at fuel filter seat. Make sure that
all old seals have been removed. Apply clean fuel to new seal.
Fit the new fuel filter. Turn the oil filter on its seat until the seal comes in contact with the
seat. Refer to rotation scales on the filters as a reference for a correct tightening. Tighten
the filter further 3/4 of turn by hand. Do not overtighten.
For further information, see the Manufacturer’s Manual.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
149
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
j
540
S
WARNING
When the cooling system is clean, use only clean water for flushing,
when draining, or replacing the coolant.
j
Pressurized system: coolant is hot and could generate serious burns.
To open the filling plug of cooling system, stop the engine first and wait
until system components have cooled down. Unlock the plug slowly to
release the pressure.
WARNING
S
Once the liquid has been drained from the cooling system, check the
water pump and water temperature controller. This is a good chance, if
necessary, to replace the water pump, the water temperature controller
and the hoses.
i
CAUTION
Dot not exceed the suggested percentage of additive in the coolant. A
thick mixture may originate deposits on the cooling system surfaces
under higher temperature, and decrease the warmth exchange feature
of the engine. A reduced heat exchange may cause possible cracks on
the cylinder head or on other components under high temperature. If
the additive is too dense the radiator tubes could get clogged and the
seal of the water pump could overheat or prematurely wear.
ENVIRONMENT NOTICE
Dispose of engine cooling liquid according to environment regulation or
recycle it. Different measures have been suggested for the recovery of
the old cooling liquid and the recycling of the same: the procedure of
complete distillation is the only method accepted by Manufacturer. For
more information about disposal and recycle of old cooling liquid, refer
to your authorized dealer or to Manufacturer Engineering Service.
S
CAUTION
j
WARNING
During normal engine operation the coolant expands when heated. The
additional volume will be forced into the tank during engine operation.
When the engine is shut down and cooled, the coolant flows-back to the
engine.
CAUTION
Collect the coolant and dispose of it according to regulations in force.
S
CAUTION
Check the cooling system only with engine shut down and cool.
150
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
j
j
WARNING
If the temperature controllers are not replaced regularly, the engines
can experience serious damage. Do not start the engines if the
temperature controllers are not installed. If a temperature controller is
not fit correctly, the engine can overheat, damaging the cylinder heads.
Make sure that the new temperature controller is fit into original
position. For replacement procedure of temperature controller, refer to
service manual or address to your dealer.
j
j
WARNING
Do not use transmission liquid, engine oil, diesel fuel or other lubes to
lubricate the air filter element. If improper lubricant is used, the element
could not operate correctly. Do not start the engine if the air filter
element is dry. Without oil the filter element could fail.
WARNING
j
WARNING
Do not use compressed air, open flames or warm air to clean the air
filter element. Excessive heat restricts the cotton fiber and compressed
air can pierce the material. Let the element dry to the air.
WARNING
j
The engine should not run without air filter. Do not run the engine if the
air filter is damaged. Do not use elements with fins, gaskets or seals
damaged. Dirt penetrating inside of the engine may cause premature
wear or damage the components. The filter elements prevent the
penetration of air particles through the air inlet.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
Do not service air filter when engine is running: dirt may penetrate
inside of engine.
If only the temperature controllers are replaced, drain the coolant from
the system until the level of the liquid drained is below the controller
housing. Once the controllers have been installed, fill the engine with
coolant up to proper level. Make sure to fill with proper coolant. Keep
coolant to proper concentration.
j
8
WARNING
Do not use gasoline, steam or lye-based dissolvers, detergents or
solvents for the cleaning. Do not use compressed water or air to clean
the air filter element. Anyone of these liquids or methods could damage
the element.
151
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
j
540
j
WARNING
If the engine is started when the oil level exceeds the reference “FULL”,
this can cause the immersion of the drive shaft in the oil. The air bubbles
generated reduce the oil lubrication features and cause consequently a
loss of power.
j
No dirt should penetrate into the fuel system. Clean the area around the
component of the fuel system to be disassembled, accurately. Cover all
disassembled components of the fuel system properly.
j
WARNING
WARNING
Collect the fuel spilled into a suitable container. Clean fuel leaks
immediately.
At each engine oil change, replace the oil filter too.
j
WARNING
WARNING
The oil filters are produced according to manufacturer’s requirements.
The use of a filter not recommended by manufacturer could damage the
engine seriously as well as its bearings and drive shaft etc. This is
because particles of slag penetrate inside of the engine lubrication
system. Use oil filters exclusively recommended by the manufacturer.
S
CAUTION
The fuel spilled on hot surfaces or electric components may cause a
fire. To avoid possible injuries, disconnect the starter switch when fuel
filters or water/fuel separator elements are replaced. Clean fuel leaks
immediately.
152
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.10 FUEL SYSTEM
Port fill fitting
Fuel quality
Quality of fuel is crucial for efficient performance of the engines installed
on your BERTRAM 540 yacht. Purchase fuel only from reliable highvolume filling stations. This will help ensure the quality of the fuel itself,
as well as the probability that the fuel has not been stored for a long
period inside the shore tank.
For fuels suitable to supply CATERPILLAR engines, read the
CATERPILLAR manual.
If none the above types of fuel specified is available in some countries,
follow the rules suggested in the engines manual.
j
WARNING
Stop all engines when refueling.
1. Refueling fill fitting
Starboard fill fitting
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
153
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.10.1 Fuel tank filling
The fuel tank is filled by means of two fill fittings positioned along the
lateral corridors of the yacht, they are equipped with vent and flame-trap
screen.
j
In the aft cockpit starboard, inside of a proper peak is installed a buzzer
indicating when the fuel tank is full. The buzzer actuates only if the switch
placed aside of the same is set to “ON”.
To clear the buzzer, set the switch to “OFF”.
WARNING
i
If fuel containing water is drawn by the engines, the injection system
may get damaged. To avoid this, drain water from the fuel tank and
service the fuel filter/water separators regularly. Do not use additives to
improve fuel flow properties in winter.
Fuel is harmful to the environment. Prevent spillage by observing
proper refueling procedures. As a precaution, always keep oilabsorbent materials within reach when fueling the yacht. Dispose of oily
materials as toxic waste.
During inlet, the fuel flow produces a lot of foam; if it comes out, you might
think the tank is full. To be sure the tank is filled completely; wait for the
foam to dissipate before adding more fuel.
An analog gauge on the console of helm station shows the fuel tank level.
This control is connected to an electronic fuel level sending unit inside the
tank.
NOTICES
The other level is visible by means of a visual check, installed directly on
the tank and can be activated by a ball valve. Check it from time to time
to determine the real fuel level inside the tank. Unless the valve is
operated each time the level is checked, the level indicated refers to the
last check.
First place the filling nozzle as deep as possible into the filling pipe
through the rubber of the anti-splash sleeve of the flow switch. Use the
nozzle to fill the tank.
S
ENVIRONMENT NOTICE
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Stop all engines when refueling.
When refueling open both fill fittings of the yacht.
154
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.10.2 Fuel System
8
The fuel once flown through the
separator pre-filters is still dirty,
for this reason the engine is
equipped with water separators,
able to hold the remaining
particles of dirt.
When using fuel containing water,
serious damages can impair the
injection system.
The fuel system allows for the supply to both the propellers’ engines and
to the generators. It consists of following:
from refueling fill fittings, located along the lateral passageways, the fuel
falls into the tank and, by means of cut-off valves on the suction, is sent
to the engines and generator.
The engine and generator fuel suctions can be remotely cut-off by means
of some levers (to actuate only in emergency case), located at foredeck
in the engineroom, close to the fuel tank.
Fuel is sucked directly from the
tank and delivered to the manifold
supplying the engines and the
generator.
The fuel before reaching the users,
is led through the water/fuel
separator filters, to hold impurities
and to separate possible water.
j
WARNING
The bilge of the engineroom must always be clean, in this way fuel
leaks or bleedings or oil leaks from engines or generator, can easily be
noticed. If this happens, stop the engines and let them cool down, then
if possible repair the leak. Finally clean the bilge.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Handle and drain the water mixed with fuel and dispose of it according
to the rules in force. Use only authorized disposal procedures; in case
of doubt, refer to the Port Authorities.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
155
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
i
540
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
ENVIRONMENT
Every marina has toxic waste disposal dedicated areas. It is
recommended to dispose polluting waste (such as used oil, fuel, oily
liquids, batteries, etc.) according to the environment protecting laws.
Prior to performing any job in the engineroom, disconnect the bilge
pumps switches, in order to prevent that accidental fuel, lubricant or
other liquid leakages pollute the surrounding waters.
b
Level gauge in the engineroom
Main fuel delivery valve
Port engine fuel delivery valve
Starboard engine fuel delivery valve
Generator fuel delivery valve
Fuel level delivery valve
“RACOR” separator filter for generators
“RACOR” separator pre-filters for starboard engine
“RACOR” separator pre-filters for port engine
Helm station level gauge
Full tank buzzer
DANGER
Due to high temperature in engineroom, oil or fuel leaks can evaporate
and create a serious risk of fire break.
b
DANGER
Fuel leak can be the cause of fire. Periodically check the integrity of
Your installation.
156
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Level gauge
Acoustic signal
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Port engine separator
pre-filters
Separator prefilters for starboard
engine and generator filter
157
Level gauge
Users manifold
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
158
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.10.3 Diagram of fuel system
“RACOR” water/fuel separator prefilters for engines
Tank vent
RACOR filter for generator
Users manifold
Fuel inlet
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
159
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
160
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8
8.10.4 Water/fuel separator prefilters for engines
Maintenance and check
The frequency of water drainage or of filtering element (1) replacement is
determined by fuel contamination level.
The selector valve (2) (or handle indicator) allows the operator to isolate
one filter at a time, in order to carry out service even with engine running.
Water drainage from collecting tank
Check or drain the water collecting tank (3) daily. The collecting cup must
be drained before polluting elements reach the engine.
−
−
−
In order to eliminate the polluting elements place a big recovery tank
there below.
Remove the cover (4) and fill the device with clean fuel.
Close the cover and tighten T-handle (5) firmly by hand.
BOTH
OPEN
DRAINAGE
INLET
LEFT
OPEN
RIGHT
CLOSED
LEFT
CLOSED
RIGHT
OPEN
BOTH
SHUT OFF
CHECK
POSITION
B00106
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
161
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Replacement of the filtering element
Troubleshooting procedure
Replace the element according to the intervals suggested by
manufacturer or in case of power losses; a power loss indicates that the
element is restricted.
As a rule, when the pressure gauge (6) shows 6-10 inches of mercury
(inch Hg), it should be time for maintenance.
The current values varies in the different fuel systems. Also other extra
elements, such as a full tank or excessively contaminated fuel may
obstruct the filter.
The main cause of a weak start or of a power loss is the result of an
obstructed filter or an air loss in the fuel system. If the device does not
start or does not hold the low idle, check first of all the cover and vent it,
if it hadn’t been properly closed. Then check all the pipe connections and
make sure no fuel pipe is obstructed by contaminants. If the fuel tank is
equipped with a built-in filter, check if it is obstructed. If the problem
continues and the filtering element is new, contact your dealer.
−
−
−
−
−
−
S
Close the valve.
Remove the cover.
Remove the element by holding the handle and pulling lightly forward
with a twist movement.
Replace the cover seal with the seal pertaining to the new element.
Apply a layer of clean fuel or engine oil on the seal before
reinstallation, fit the new element with a slow twist movement
downwards.
Fill the device with clean fuel, then replace the cover. Tighten Thandle by hand and reopen by hand.
Start the engine and check for leaks. If necessary, remedy with the
engine off.
CAUTION
The separators have to be checked at regular intervals as suggested by
manufacturer, so as not to impair the engines operation.
j
WARNING
If the engine must be running, select the filter which has to remain inline and carry out maintenance on the filter not in-line. This operation is
a good procedure also when the engine is off.
162
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8
8.10.5 Generator water & fuel separator filter
Water drainage from collecting tank
The frequency of water drainage or of filtering element (1) replacement is
determined by fuel contamination level.
Check or drain the water collecting tank (2) daily.
The collecting cup must be drained before polluting elements reach the
engine.
− In order to eliminate the polluting elements place a big recovery tank
there below.
− Remove the cover (3) and fill the device with clean fuel.
− Close the cover and tighten T-handle (4) firmly by hand.
Replacement of the filtering element
Replace the element according to the intervals suggested by
manufacturer or in case of power losses; a power loss indicates that the
element is restricted. Also other extra elements, such as a full tank or
excessively contaminated fuel may obstruct the filter.
− Close the valve.
− Remove the cover.
− Remove the element by holding the handle and pulling lightly forward
with a twist movement.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
− Replace the cover seal with the seal pertaining to the new element.
Apply a layer of clean fuel or engine oil on the seal before
reinstallation, fit the new element with a slow twist movement
downwards.
− Fill the device with clean fuel, then replace the cover.
− Tighten T-handle by hand and reopen by hand.
− Start the engine and check for leaks. If necessary, remedy with the
engine off.
163
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Troubleshooting procedure
The main cause of a weak start or of a power loss is the result of an
obstructed filter or an air loss in the fuel system.
If the device does not start or does not hold the low idle, check first of all
the cover and vent it, if it hadn’t been properly closed. Then check all the
pipe connections and make sure no fuel pipe is obstructed by
contaminants. If the fuel tank is equipped with a built-in filter, check if it is
obstructed. If the problem continues and the filtering element is new,
contact your dealer.
S
CAUTION
The separators have to be checked at regular intervals as suggested by
manufacturer, so as not to impair the generator operation.
164
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.11 LUBE OIL SYSTEM
8.11.1 Oil filling/draining system from engines, gearboxes
and generator
The system consists of a pump (1) duly connected to engines, gearboxes
and generator, by which it is possible to perform the shoreside lube oil
filling/draining operation, without having to carry onboard clean oil and
waste oil barrels.
For correct maintenance procedures, refer to the Manufacturer’s manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Pump
Oil pump activation/deactivation circuit breaker
Oil level gauge
Cockpit waste discharge connection
Oil filling/draining lever
Clean oil fill connection
Waste oil removal connection
Tank oil supply connection
Oil filling/draining lever
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
165
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
j
540
k
WARNING
Close the valves if not in use.
k
DANGER
The spilling of hydraulic oil under pressure may cause injuries: before
disconnecting or connecting the hoses, stop the engine and operate the
controls to release the residual pressure. Prevent the engines from
starting when the pipes are disconnected.
DANGER
Take care that oil does not hit the skin. During maintenance operation
wear gloves and safety glasses. If you come in contact with lube oil
wash the hit part immediately and accurately with water and soap.
k
DANGER
The use of the gearboxes and engines with a low quantity of oil, may
damage them.
k
An excessive quantity of oil may cause seals and vents to leak and can
remarkably increase the operation temperature.
DANGER
Any maintenance intervention on the engines ad on the inverters is to
be carried out with engines shut off, after they have sufficiently cooled
down and after preventing their switching on by disconnecting the
circuit breakers.
b
DANGER
No open flames, no electric sparks. Do not smoke. Avoid ignition
sources. Risk of fires and explosions!
S
CAUTION
Do not remove the tank filling plug when the engine activated,
because the hydraulic installation under pressure may cause injuries.
Before releasing pressure, stop the engine.
166
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
S
j
CAUTION
Make sure to drain the oil contained inside of the engine or gearbox
completely, before performing new oil top-up.
i
S
Never discharge old oil at sea, but dispose of it instead into proper
containers. Respect rules in force concerning the disposal of special
waste.
b
CAUTION
DANGER
Because of the high temperature in the engine room, oil or fuel leaks
can evaporate and create a serious risk of fire breaking. Periodically
check the entirety of your system.
• damaged fittings;
• wear of outer coatings as consequence of rubbing;
• swelling of outer coatings.
S
CAUTION
Do not refill oil over the notch MAX of the dipstick. Overfilling may
damage the engine!
CAUTION
Filling of the cooling system only by cooled down engine.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Use only technical fuels approved by the manufacturer otherwise
warranty will become null and void.
If damaged, the hydraulic hoses may cause death, carry out
appropriate periodical checks to verify the presence of:
S
WARNING
For more information about the lubrication of engines and gearboxes,
refer to use and maintenance manuals.
ENVIRONMENT
S
8
167
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
c
540
DANGER
The oil is hot, risk of scalding! Do not touch the oil drain plug with bare
hands. Engines oils are polluting liquids; treat them and handle them
with care!
j
WARNING
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibits the discharge of any
oily waste into, or upon, the navigable water and contiguous zone of the
United States. If such discharge causes a film, or sheen upon, or a
discoloration of the surface of the water, or causes a sludge or emulsion
beneath the surface of the water, it is considered a violation of the
regulation.
168
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.12 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
8.12.1 Operation
The engines and generator are cooled by seawater that is circulated
through the engines by internal pumps. After the suction, the water
filtered is sent to the gearboxes, to the heat exchangers and then
discharged at sea.
S
CAUTION
Before opening the intake seacock filter for cleaning, remember to close
the hull cut-off valve.
If the yacht is left unattended, close as a precaution, all intake seacock
cut-off valves; when they have to be used again, remember to re-open
them.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
169
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Port engine sea cock valve
Generator intake
seacock valve and filter
1. Port engine sea cock valve
2. Generator intake seacock valve
3. Generator intake seacock filter
170
Starboard engine filter
and sea cock valve
4. Starboard engine intake seacock filter
5. Starboard engine sea cock valve
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.13 BILGE SUCTION OF THE ENGINES IN EMERGENCY
In engineroom is located the bilge emergency draining system, which
operates with diverters, allowing to use the seawater pumps, driven by
the propulsion engines, as draining pumps.
The diverters are valves, which in normal position ensure the seawater
suction, through the intake seacock filters, for engine cooling. In case of
emergency, handle on levers (1) and (2) of both valves, by setting them
to emergency position: the pumps suction, driven by the engines, is then
diverted directly to the bilge.
If it is necessary to use this draining system, check the bilge level
continuously, because in case of complete draining, the engines cooling
should not fail.
S
CAUTION
Be very careful when resetting the valves to the outboard suction
position when the bilge is dry, in order not to compromise the engine
parts.
S
CAUTION
In case of emergency it is possible to pump the water from the bilge
through the seawater pumps of each engine.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
171
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.14 EXHAUST SYSTEM
The engine exhaust system is equipped with a double chamber muffler
(one on each engine). These mufflers allow to generate a very low
counterpressure inside, so that the hazard of water flow-back to cylinders
is reduced, otherwise the propulsion system could get seriously
damaged.
The exhaust system is conceived so as to eject water and gas together.
This reduces remarkably the combustion noise and the noise produced
by the same engines.
Check the underwater exhaust terminal cleanliness conditions periodically.
j
WARNING
When starting the engines, check that the exhaust discharges water;
this means that the engines cooling system and exhaust cooling system
work correctly. Accelerate if no water comes out.
If the problem carries on, refer to the BERTRAM Customer Support.
172
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Alarm signal lights in the helm station
Engine exhaust system
Engine exhaust
1. Engine exhaust
2. Engine exhaust system
3. Port exhaust alarm signal light
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
4. Starboard exhaust alarm signal light
5. Port exhaust alarm sound signal
6. Starboard exhaust alarm sound signal
173
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.14.1 Engine exhaust system control
For each engine, you should:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
NOTICES
check the components of the exhaust system (exhaust manifold,
mixing elbow, exhaust line, hose clamps, muffler, etc.) for cracks,
breaks and corrosion.
check the hoses for softness, cracks, leaks, or dents. Replace them if
necessary.
check for corroded or broken metal parts. Replace them if necessary.
check for loose, corroded, or missing clamps.
tighten or replace the hose clamps and/or hangers as needed.
check that the exhaust outlet is unobstructed.
visually inspect for exhaust leaks.
check for carbon or soot residues in the exhaust components. These
residuals show the presence of leaks that have to be eliminated.
j
A strong smell and a light smoke from exhaust insulation are normal at
the first start.
S
CAUTION
Carbon Monoxide poisoning hazard - Ensure that the engine exhaust
system operates correctly. Carbon monoxide is extremely toxic.
WARNING
Carbon deposits, marine growth, and fouling may affect engine exhaust
operation, causing performance degradation and serious engine
damage. Exhaust outlet blockage, even if partial, may compromise
proper engine operation.
Ensure that the exhaust outlets are free of deposits, growths, and
fouling. Ensure that the parts of the check valves (flappers) move freely
and without any obstruction.
174
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
8.15 ENGINEROOM & GENERATOR
ROOM VENTILATION SYSTEM
Generator room port
ventilator
Port air inlet
1. Air inlets
2. Engineroom ventilator blowers
3. Generator room ventilator blowers
Generator room
starboard ventilator
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
175
Starboard air inlet
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
Operation
NOTICES
The engineroom ventilation system provides the necessary air exchange
for the correct operation of the propulsion systems of your BERTRAM
540 yacht.
After navigation in particularly rough seas, it may be necessary to rinse
the salt residuals from the components near the inlets of the
engineroom.
The ventilation system consists of four ventilators, two of them are
located in the engineroom and the other two in the generator room; they
convey outside the air drawn inside, and by two lateral air inlets which
provide natural ventilation to the engineroom. The air inlets are equipped
with a air separating system from suspended water
NOTICES
With the engines on, it is recommended to have the ventilators under
thermostatic control. It is suggested to keep them on for at least 30
minutes after running the engines, to dissipate the engineroom heat.
To supplement the natural air ventilation, there is also a thermostatically
controlled forced air ventilation system.
The electric supply of the ventilators is performed by a switch located on
the main electric panel of the salon. When the blowers are in their normal
operating mode and the circuit breaker is turned on, the blowers
automatically operate when the engineroom temperature rises above 110
°F and turn off below 90 °F. The ventilators have a manual override
switch on the thermostat housing, which allows them to operate
regardless of engineroom temperature. This is valuable when working in
the engineroom.
k
DANGER
CARBON MONOXIDE DANGER NOTICE
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a potentially deadly, odorless, colorless
vapor present in the exhaust by-products of all fossil fuel burning
engine. While there is a substantially reduced CO presence in the
exhaust of diesel engines and a corresponding reduced hazard to
human beings, as compared to gasoline fueled engines, the hazard,
however limited, should be noted.
Keep cockpit, fly and stateroom areas well ventilated when engines
and/or generator are running and prevent the exhaust clogging. Do not
occupy swim platforms or aft lounging areas when engines and/or
generator are running.
Signs of exposure include nausea, dizziness and drowsiness,
symptoms similar to those of seasickness.
NOTICES
Do not place tools or clothing on the extractors. Do not allow anything
to block the air inlets. Do not block the emergency closing device.
176
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
177
8
8
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
540
NOTES:
178
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
9
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
9
9.1
9.1.1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
ELECTRIC PUMPS
Bilge pumps
Automatic bilge pumps controlled by float switches pump the bilge water
and discharge it overboard.
These selector valves ensure, when set to normal position, the seawater
suction for engine cooling, through the intake seacocks and filters. In
emergency case, operate levers of both valves, by setting the valves to
emergency position: the pumps suction, driven by the engines, is then
diverted directly to the bilge. The levers are equipped with a spring
mechanism, because their operation must absolutely be wanted and not
accidental. Should it be necessary to use this draining system, the bilge
level must be checked continuously, because in case of complete
drainage, the engines will not be cooled down.
For correct procedure see “Engines emergency suction from the bilge”.
The bilge pumps are connected directly to the batteries and can be
operated when the battery disconnect switch is positioned to OFF. They
provide bilge water drainage at any time (keep the circuit breakers on the
electric panel of engineroom connected).
The pump suction intakes are fitted with mesh strainers to prevent foreign
materials and debris from entering the intake pipes and clogging the
piping and/or jamming the pump.
S
Bilge pumps can work in automatic mode, thanks to float switches, and
in manual mode.
To activate the pumps manually push relevant buttons in the helm station.
To run the bilge pumps you have to activate the relevant circuit breakers
placed on the electric panel of the engineroom.
For a better understanding consult the owner’s manual “Electrical
System”.
For more directions about the use of the individual systems and
equipment, consult the manuals provided by the individual equipment
manufacturers.
Should the bilge automatic suction pumps of the engineroom not be able
to drain water from the bilge, you can use an emergency draining system
installed in the bilge; this system operates by means of some selector
valves at manual operation, allowing to use the sea water pumps of
propulsion engines, as draining pumps.
CAUTION
In emergency the sea water pumps of each engine can be used to drain
the engineroom bilge (for the correct procedure see the chapter “Engine
cooling system”).
S
CAUTION
SINKING HAZARD - Ensure proper pump operation.
180
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
j
WARNING
Don’t run the electric pumps dry.
S
CAUTION
Care has to be taken because the intake seacock of the engine is
quickly closed after opening the bilge strainer valve.
S
CAUTION
Be very careful when resetting the valves to the outboard suction
position when the bilge is dry, in order not to compromise the engine
parts.
j
WARNING
The system total capacity has not been designed to drain the unit in
case of damage.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
181
9
9
9.1.2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
Bilge automatic/manual suction
system displacement
540
Helm station controls
Engines thru-hull
fittings
Engineroom electric
panel
Engineroom bilge
pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Aft bilge pumps
Engineroom bilge pump
Fore bilge pumps
Generator area bilge pump
Engines thru-hull fittings
Helm station bilge pump signal lights
Helm station bilge pump controls
Bilge pump signal lights on the main electric
panel in the salon
9. Circuit breakers on the electric panel of the
engineroom
Generator room
bilge pump
Aft bilge pump
182
Salon electric panel
Fore bilge pump
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Bilge automatic/manual suction system
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Bilge pump
Engines thru-hull fittings
Level sensor
Drain manifold
183
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
184
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
S
S
CAUTION
Clean the bilges frequently and meticulously.
Remove any rags or other materials from the bilge, to avoid clogging
the intakes and damaging the pumps.
i
NOTICES
Possible oil or diesel fuel spilled in the bilge must be collected and
stowed.
It is forbidden to discharge bilge water mixed with oil or diesel fuel into
the sea, because this is cause of heavy pollution.
During the maintenance operation in the engineroom, it is compulsory
to disconnect the circuit breakers for the pumps of the bilge automatic
suction system, in this way accidental spills of liquids and consequently
water pollution are avoided.
The bilges should be kept as dry as possible to minimize excess weight.
The added weight of bilge water causes the vessel to ride lower in the
water, which increases resistance. This increased resistance reduces
your vessel’s speed and increases fuel consumption. Another
consequence of excess bilge water is called the free-water effect. As
the bilge water “sloshes” from side to side, it may influence the amount
of roll at low speeds, or make it difficult to trim the vessel at higher
speeds.
CAUTION
Keep the bilge dry to allow a prompt detection of water presence and to
reduce the risk of slipping, besides creating a less aggressive
environment for the fixtures.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
In case of water presence in some compartments of the belowdeck,
before getting alert, verify if the bilge water is fresh or salted. This will
be of fundamental help while analyzing its origin.
ENVIRONMENT
S
9
185
9
9.1.3
−
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Bilge pump operation check
Fill the bilge with enough water to activate the floater switches. Check
the operation of each bilge pump, including the hand pump.
Check the overboard drain to see that water is pumped out. When
checks are completed, turn the pump switches to AUTO.
Bilge pumps normally do not need routine service.
You can, however, take measures to prolong their useful service life.
Ensure that a pump never runs dry. Running dry can destroy the pump
impeller.
−
−
−
Where the possibility of freezing exists, drain the pump body. Before
restarting the pump, refill it with water and follow the priming
sequence described in “Priming A Pump”.
Where a check valve and suction filter are installed, check them
periodically for cleanliness and proper operation.
If the yacht will be inactive for a long period, drain and clean the pump
bodies and tanks.
9.1.4
j
Ensure that a pump never runs dry. Running dry can destroy the pump
impeller.
j
Maintenance of other electric pumps
WARNING
Before doing any kind of work on an electric pump, make sure that the
electric power to the pump is switched OFF, and that there is no
possibility of accidentally starting the pump. Starting a pump while it is
being serviced could cause personal injury or damage the pump.
WARNING
The bilge pumps are connected directly to the batteries and can be
operated when the battery disconnect switch is positioned to OFF.
Starting a pump while it is being serviced could cause personal injury or
damage the pump.
Before doing any kind work on the bilge pumps, DISCONNECT the
pumps’ electrical power from the battery.
The electric pumps on your yacht are generally maintenance free,
provided some precautions are taken to extend their useful life.
− Ensure that a pump never runs dry. Running dry can destroy the
pump impeller.
186
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
9.1.5
Where the possibility of freezing exists, drain the pump body. Before
restarting the pump, refill it with water and follow the priming
sequence described in Priming A Pump.
If the yacht will be inactive for a long period, drain and clean the pump
bodies and tanks.
Check that the pump shaft turns freely. Use a suitable tool or a
screwdriver at the end of the motor shaft.
Check to ensure that the rotation direction of the pump shaft is
correct, and that the pump motor does not draw more than its rated
amperage when operating.
Check the impeller. If it is obstructed, the electric motor will be
seriously damaged. If the impeller is obstructed, remove the
obstruction, and clean the impeller and the pump body.
If the impeller or the mechanical seals need replacement. This
requires the services of a skilled technician.
Check the brushes and brush springs in DC motors at regular
intervals.
To prevent damage to the motor, check that the turning attachment is
not blocked.
Check the pressure inside the pump tank. This must be the same as
the connection pressure of the electric pump.
Priming a pump
When a pump has been drained or opened for inspection or service, it
should be primed before it is used. A newly installed pump also requires
priming.
− Fill the pump body with water to allow the pump to prime. This
operation is very important and must be carried out at the first start of
a new pump and at any time the pump body is drained. Priming the
pump helps avoid damaging the pump and the impeller.
− Turn ON the pump with the water inlet CLOSED and the discharge
outlet completely OPEN. Then slowly OPEN the water inlet to start the
water flow. If water does not flow, refill the pump body and repeat the
priming procedure.
MAINTENANCE
Verify the operation of the pumps and of the floating switches at least
once a week.
At least once a month:
• verify the condition of the connections;
• carefully clean the pumps and the floating switches;
• carefully clean the bilges.
Verify any sign of obstruction in the pipes at least once every six
months.
NOTICES
Avoid voiding the manufacturer’s warranty. An electric pump should be
repaired only by an authorized and qualified technician, using approved
spare parts designed for the pump.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
9
187
9
9.2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
A second fresh water pump (optional) has been installed on this yacht.
One of the two pumps is just a back-up, as the system always operates
with only one pump running. Some cut-off valves have been installed in
the engineroom for the operation and use of these pumps.
To prime the pump:
− ensure that the tank is at least partially full;
− start the pump by lifting the momentary pump restart switch located in
the salon DC distribution panel;
− hold the momentary pump restart switch until the pump continues to
run on its own, then release the switch;
− Once the pump has raised the pressure, open a faucet to release any
trapped air.
The water heater is located in the bilge underneath the Master stateroom.
The thermostat is pre-set by the manufacturer to 140-145 °F.
We recommend that you do not raise the temperature above this setting.
Avoid switching on the differential circuit breaker of the water heater
when this latter is empty. The water heater operates at 230 V AC either
by generator or by shore power supply.
Water is taken from the tank and through a pump to relevant distribution
manifolds, and then sent to the various users:
− guests staterooms head;
− Master head;
− galley sink;
− engineroom faucet;
− cockpit washdown faucets;
− air conditioning unit;
− washing machine;
− water heater.
The system is kept under pressure by the pump, while the water heater
warms water.
The operation of your vessel’s fresh water pump is automatic and
normally does not need priming, except before its initial use or if the fresh
water tank is empty.
The pump holds an average static pressure of 30 PSI. When the pressure
drops below approximately 21 PSI, the pump automatically turns on and
raises the pressure. If the pressure continues to drop because of an
empty tank, the low-pressure cut-out switch will shut off the pump.
The fresh water pump is equipped with an active charcoal filter, improving
the quality of water; for more information, consult the relevant use and
maintenance manual.
S
S
CAUTION
Do not open the water heater thermostat access panel, unless the
differential circuit breaker is turned off.
The fresh water system is equipped, beyond normal fresh water inlet,
also with two extra dockside inlets. This system is equipped with a
pressure relief valve.
CAUTION
NOTICES
Periodically clean the filter and replace if necessary. Before cleaning
the filter, disable system operation.
The fresh water tank can be filled only through fill fitting. It cannot be
filled using the shoreside quick-connect fittings.
188
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tank
Fresh water pump
Fresh water pump
Water heater
Fill fitting
Shoreside water inlet with quick-connect
fitting
7. Distribution manifolds
8. Tank water level gauge on the main electric
panel in the salon
Shore water inlet and
fitting
Shore water inlet
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
189
Pump & filter
Tank level gauge
Water heater
Distribution manifolds and
pressure switch
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
S
540
S
CAUTION
The fresh water circuit, and particularly the tank, must be cleaned
periodically by pouring in the case a specified disinfectant solution. We
do not recommend to drink the water supplied by the onboard system.
S
The intake plug carries the indication “WATER” to avoid accidental
introduction of different liquids.
To avoid damages to the system and tanks, we recommend to
replenish by liquid fall and not by pressure.
CAUTION
j
When the yacht is left unguarded for a long period of time, the pump and
water heater must be disconnected by means of the relevant circuit
breakers.
S
WARNING
It is a good rule to optimize the use of water, especially if you are during
high sea navigation.
j
CAUTION
In yachts equipped with direct connection to shore fresh water the
maximum operation pressure should not exceed 29 PSI/2 bar and the
pipes must be disconnected during periods of unattendance for safety
reasons. Notwithstanding the presence of a, pressure switch, check the
pressure on the pressure gauge installed on the switch.
S
CAUTION
WARNING
When leaving the vessel unattended, the dockside fresh water supply
should be disconnected to prevent flooding the bilges in the event of a
broken pipe.
S
CAUTION
Before refilling the fresh water tank, check that fresh water supplied by
the shore system is drinkable.
CAUTION
Periodically carry out inspection of the fresh water circuit and of the
bilges to find out the possible presence of leaks.
Repair leaks by releasing the pressure in the system, in order to avoid
damages to the furniture and to the electric devices.
190
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Fresh water system
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Water heater
Ball valve
Pump
Filter
Non-return valve
Water inlet
Manifolds
Shore water inlet
To deck
191
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
192
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.3
REFILLING THE WATER TANK
−
Ensure that the yacht is properly moored; we suggest to stop the
engines and the generator.
−
Loosen the fill fitting plug and insert the hose, which must have the
correct dimensions. The water fill fitting is inside of the cockpit
afterpeak.
−
During refilling, check the tank level though the gauge located on the
general electric panel. off the salon.
−
At the end of filling, remove the hose and tighten filler plug.
Inlet fitting
NOTICES
Replace freshwater in the tank frequently, and, if necessary, disinfect
the system with suitable products. Never leave the yacht unattended
while taking on fresh water. If there is a risk of freezing, do not top off
tanks.
S
CAUTION
During the refilling of fresh water pay attention to the filling hose. Water
spillage may cause electrical short-circuits. Do not leave the fresh water
hose and fill fitting unattended.
Level gauge
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
193
9
9
9.4
9.4.1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Fresh water system maintenance
9.4.2
For service purposes, you may isolate parts of the system or individual
services without affecting the general system operation. To do this,
handle on suitable valves installed on the main manifold. Also, to stop a
failure in the hot water system, you can close the valves located at the
water heater inlet. Check and clean the fresh water tank at least every
three months. Fill the tank with clean water, and then drain it. Repeat the
operation two to three times. You may add an appropriate disinfectant or
a sanitizing product through the tank fill fitting. Follow the directions on
the product label. Fill and drain the tank at least one more time, after
draining the water containing disinfectant or sanitizing agent. Verify for
possible leaks in the system at least once every six months. Verify the
operation of the cocks at least once a month.
Fresh water tank
The fresh water tank is placed at stern and can be inspected through the
helm gear compartment.
Clean the tank inside at least once a year.
NOTICES
Before servicing the fresh water tank, disable the operation of the fresh
water system.
Pump check and cleaning
S
S
CAUTION
−
−
CAUTION
When operating in shallow water, care must be taken that debris do not
penetrate through the raw water intake seacocks of generator.
Excessive use of the yacht with generator running in shallow water, may
damage the raw water pump impellers.
When the yacht is left unguarded for a long period of time, the pump must
be disconnected by means of the relevant circuit breaker.
−
Water system maintenance
Check the cleanliness of the pump and of the captive air tank. Wash
them with well-diluted detergent, and then dry them.
Check the fittings for tightness and evidence of corrosion.
Check the air pressure inside the tank. If it is lower, restore it to a
maximum with a bicycle pump or a compressor. For range values
refer to the specific equipment manufacturer’s handbook.
194
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.5
9
SEAWATER SYSTEM
NOTICES
The onboard seawater systems are following:
−
−
−
The seawater system should always be switched off when the boat is
left unattended.
Engines cooling system, consists of two circuits, one for the
starboard engine and the other for the port engine. Seawater is drawn
directly by the inner pumps of the engines, by means of a intake
seacock equipped with cut-off valve and filter. The water sucked by
the engines, flows through the strainers and is then delivered to the
heat exchanger of the stabilizers and to the heat exchangers of the
engines, and then discharged overboard. Moreover, suitable circuits
branches allows the cooling of the seals at shaft output and the
cooling of the exhaust manifolds.
Generators cooling system. Sea water is sucked directly by the
generator pumps through sea cocks equipped with cut-off valve and
strainer. The water sucked by the generators flows through the filters
and is then delivered to the heat exchanger of the generators and
drained overboard.
Sea water system for washdown, consists of an electric pump that
sucks seawater through a intake seacock equipped with cut-off valve
and filter and delivers it to the washdown faucets.
j
The seawater washdown system will make the cleaning of fish, fish
boxes, and the cockpit area while at sea easier. The system is also an
integral part of the live well system.
− Live Bait Well System (optional)
The live well will keep bait alive only when it is operating and aerating
the water. When the water in the live well reaches the drain near the
top of the tank, the excess water will drain overboard.
To operate the live well:
• turn on the seawater washdown pump;
• open the water supply valve located near the overhead in the
machinery room;
close the live well drain valve located near the supply valve.
To drain the live well after use:
• turn off the washdown pump or close the water supply valve;
• open the drain valve.
− Cooling system for air conditioning. Seawater is drawn directly by
an electric pump by means of a intake seacock equipped with cut-off
valve and filter. The sucked water is sent to the heat exchanger of the
air conditioner and then discharged overboard.
WARNING
The seawater faucets are clearly labeled to prevent the accidental use
of seawater for drinking or cooking. Do not use this system for fighting
electrical fires, because of the potential for shock hazard.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
195
9
−
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Sea water system for water maker (optional), consists of an electric
pump that sucks sea water through a intake seacock equipped with cutoff valve and filter and delivers it to the watermaker for the production
of fresh water. The intake seacock and the filter are the same delivering
the firefighting system. The brine left over after the desalination process
is drained overboard.
S
j
During navigation check periodically the cleaning condition of the
seawater strainers.
If the yacht is crossing a dirty sea area, check the strainers condition
and proceed with their cleaning.
This precaution is very important, to avoid damaging of mechanical
parts (like engines, generator, etc.), of the exhausts systems and to
prevent endangering the yacht safety.
CAUTION
Before carrying out the cleaning of the intake seacock filter, check that
the users supplied with seawater are disconnected.
S
j
CAUTION
WARNING
It is advisable, when leaving the yacht in water for a long time, to close
all intake seacocks.
In case of risk that the yacht sinks, if you can and escaping condition
allow you this, close all ball valves of the intake seacock.
j
WARNING
S
WARNING
CAUTION
When operating in shallow water, care must be taken that debris do not
penetrate through the raw water intake seacocks of generator.
Excessive use of the yacht with generator running in shallow water, may
damage the raw water pump impellers.
Before carrying out maintenance on the sea water circuit, cut-off its
operation and close the intake seacock valve.
Before restarting the system circuit, make sure that the cut-off valve is
completely open.
196
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.6
THRU-HULL FITTINGS AND INTAKE SEACOCK
Moving the valve handles repeatedly and regularly helps prevent sea
valves from becoming difficult to open or close.
Clean the intake seacock filters according to the frequency of the system
use and to the pollution condition of the sucked waters (seaweeds,
mucilages, etc.).
− Close the intake seacock valve concerned.
− Cut-off valves upstream of concerned filter.
− Loosen the filter cover.
− Remove the filter basket and wash away all impurities with fresh
water. Replace, if necessary.
− Reinstall the baskets and the cover.
− Open the valves upstream of concerned filter.
− Before restarting the system circuit, ensure that the screws and
relevant washers are correctly fastened with the ring and disc on
filter’s body.
− Re-open the intake seacock valve completely and check for leaks
presence from the filter cover.
All intake seacocks must always be fully open or fully closed, as needed.
Do not use the intake seacock in a partially open or partially closed
position.
If a valve handle is difficult to operate, you may use an extension on the
handle to increase leverage. However, the sea valve should be serviced
at the next dry-docking of the yacht to correct the problem.
The sea valves and the outer intake seacocks of the hull must be free
from barnacles, seaweed, corrosion or other obstructions. The intake
seacocks and valves must be kept clean, using a brush if necessary. As
this operation has to be performed from the outside of the hull, the yacht
should be in a dry shore. If necessary, the cleaning may be done
underwater by a diver, thus preventing anybody from starting the
engines.
9.6.1
Seawater cooling system check
Never leave water in the system when the yacht is out of water.
At least once a month, flush the seawater system with fresh water to
remove any scale that could clog the passages of the seawater cooling
circuit.
j
WARNING
During navigation check periodically the cleaning condition of the
seawater filters.
If the yacht is crossing a dirty sea area, check the strainers condition
and proceed with their cleaning.
This precaution is very important, to avoid damaging of mechanical
parts (like engines, generator, etc.), of the exhausts systems and to
prevent endangering the yacht safety.
9.6.2
k
DANGER
The lack of care during the cleaning of the intake seacock filters can
cause heavy damages to the on board devices and in some cases fire,
with very serious consequences. Check before setting up for navigation
and at regular intervals also during navigation, the condition of the
intake seacock filters of the various devices.
Maintenance of the sea filters
Clean the sea filter at regular intervals, according to the use of the system
and the level of pollution (seaweeds, jellyfish, other foreign matter, etc.)
in the water in which the yacht is operating.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
9
197
9
9.7
9.7.1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM
-
Air-conditioning system operation
The basic principle of an air conditioner is the movement of heat. In a
marine, direct expansion (DX) seawater-cooled air conditioner, heat is
transferred from the cabin air to the refrigerant gas, which then releases
the heat into the seawater. In reverse cycle heating (heat pump), the
refrigerant flow is reversed and heat is extracted from the seawater and
discharged into the cabin.
Part of the cooling process, in addition to lowering the air temperature, is
the removal of moisture from the air. This lowers the humidity, making the
area feel more comfortable and helping to keep the boat dry, reducing
mold growth and other moisture related problems.
Seawater System: The seawater cooling system consists of an inlet
through-hull fitting, seacock (water valve), strainer, pump, and overboard
discharge fitting all connected by hose or piping.
If multiple air conditioning units are served by a single seawater pump,
then a pump relay and water manifold are required.
Cruisair recommends a centrifugal seawater pump for efficient, quiet
operation and long life. Centrifugal pumps are not self-priming and must
be mounted below the water-line. It is important that the seawater
plumbing be “self-draining”; this means that, if the yacht is lifted, all water
in the piping will drain out. An air conditioning system plumbed this way
will have no air locks which could disrupt the flow of seawater.
For shallow-draft boats where it is impossible to mount the pump below
the water-line, a self-priming pump must be used.
Steady uphill flow from inlet to unit.
Steady uphill or downhill flow from unit to overboard.
Hoses double clamped (with reversed clamps).
SW pump and strainer below waterline.
Seawater
outlet
A/C condenser coil
Outlet flow
Water line
Seawater
pump
Inlet flow
Seacock (ballvalve) and
scoop type through-hull inlet
Filter
On this yacht each air-conditioned space has an independent
temperature control panel. The air conditioning units are located in the
bilge below the galley, while the relevant intake seacocks, strainers and
pumps for seawater supply are located in the engineroom.
The components in your air conditioning system are designed and built
for saltwater use. Your system operates with seawater cooled, reversecycle condensers and either cools or heats as required for your comfort.
The condensate from the forward cooling units drains into the gray water
sump tank and is automatically pumped overboard. Important: do not turn
off the gray water differential circuit breaker. If the differential circuit
breaker is turned off, condensate may overflow the gray water tank. The
salon cooling unit drains overboard via the common drain. The machinery
room cooling units have a dedicated sump pump to discharge the
condensate water.
All air conditioning units are 240 V AC and powered through the
differential circuit breakers in the salon AC distribution panel.
198
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Please see the documentation provided in the owner’s information case
for detailed information on your system.
j
Port air unit
WARNING
It is very important that you read and understand the air conditioning
operation’s manual before you attempt to operate your air conditioning.
Please read the air conditioning manufacturer’s manual, provided with
your owner’s information.
j
WARNING
Before starting the air conditioning system, make sure that the air
conditioning seawater seacock is open. After starting the unit(s),
confirm that seawater discharge is flowing from the through hull outlet.
j
WARNING
If your boat has been hauled from the water, seawater may have
drained from the system. When the boat is returned to the water, air
may need to be bled from the seawater strainer before the A/C pump is
operated.
NOTICES
It is recommended to always keep a good air circulation inside the
yacht; for this purpose it can be helpful to keep the system set to
dehumidifier or anyway on.
Intake seacock
and filter
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
199
Starboard and salon air
units
9
9
9.8
9.8.1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
CHILLER UNIT CONTROL PANEL
Basic operation
Turning the system on
Press the POWER or MODE keys to turn the system on. In three
seconds, the system will start operating in whatever mode it was running
prior to the last shut down. Press the MODE key prior to three seconds
(while the display is flashing) to change mode before system starts, or
any time to change the mode while the system is on. The modes available
are: Cool, Heat Auto Switchover (automatically switches from Cool to
Heat Mode), or Dehumidification Mode. A solid dot will light up next to the
words COOL or HEAT when the compressor is on and running in that
mode.
Adjusting the fan speed
The Fan key is used to adjust the fan speed while in manual fan Speed
mode and to switch from manual to automatic fan speed modes. The fan
may be run manually whether the system is on or off. The word MANUAL
appears in the display while in that mode. Automatic fan speed mode may
be operated only when the system is on. Fan behavior also depends on
how the Fan Mode function is programmed: - “C” for continuous or “I” for
intermittent running with the compressor (see SMXht keypad/display
programming summary table).
Dimming the display
Press the MODE and Up arrow keys simultaneously and repeatedly to
select the display brightness setting.
Selecting the setpoint
Press the Up or Down arrow keys to adjust the setpoint (press and hold
keys to scroll); wait three seconds after powering up system. The word
SET will appear in the display while setpoint is being adjusted. The
setpoint range is 55-99 °F (10-40 °C). After selecting the desired setpoint
temperature, if no buttons are pressed for three seconds, the display will
automatically revert back to showing the inside cabin temperature. Inside
cabin temperature is continuously displayed.
Backlight mode
While in the Sleep Mode (backlight is off, see function #20) press any
button to light the display, and then operate as usual.
Important memory function
After changing modes, programming settings, setpoint, etc., wait at least
30 seconds before turning off main power supply in order for new settings
to be maintained in memory.
200
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Programming
SMXht must be in the Off mode prior to entering Programming Mode;
pressing the POWER key turns the display off or on. Once in the Off
mode:
1. Simultaneously press and hold the MODE and Down arrow keys for
three seconds. The word “PROG” will flash in the display while the
buttons are being held. Successful entry into the Programming Mode
is indicated when the word “PROG” stops flashing, and a flashing “1”
appears in the display.
2. Use the Up or Down arrow keys to scroll until the desired program
function number is displayed. See SMXht keypad/display
programming summary table.
3. Press the MODE key to enter the desired function. The current value
and the word “PROG” will be displayed.
4. Use the Up or Down arrow keys to change the value oft hat program.
5. Press the POWER key to save the new settings, exit the
Programming Mode, and return to the Off mode.
Note: If SMXht is programmed for displaying °C (rather than the factory
setting °F), then functions 3 & 4 should be adjusted.
For function 3, the factory setting of 12 (or 1.5 °F) should be changed to
7 (7/8 = 33.44 °F). For function 4, the factory setting of 4 (or 0,5 °F) should
be changed to 2 (2/8 = 0,3 °C). For these functions °F (or 8) = 0.6 °C (or
5).
For more information, consult the manufacturer’s manual delivered
separately.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
201
9
9
9.8.2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Air conditioning system maintenance
Condensate drains
At least once every three months, check the condensate drains for
obstructions by pouring a quart of water rapidly into the condensate pan.
If it does not drain completely within 30 seconds, check the drain outlets
for clogging. Remember that many air conditioning units have two drains
and hoses, one at each end of the drain pan.
Refrigerant gas
The refrigerant gas used in the air conditioning system is adequate for the
life of the system. Routine “seasonal” charging of the system is not
typically necessary.
Winterizing the system
Close the seacock and remove the water inlet hose from the air
conditioner. Allow all water to drain from the system. Loosen the screws
on the pump head to allow the water to drain from the pump. Drain and
clean the seawater strainer.
Air filters
At least once a month, check the lint screen or filter behind the return air
grill or on the face of the cooling/heating unit and clean if necessary.
Seawater connections
Verify that all seawater connections are tight, and check for water flow
from each unit’s overboard discharge.
Seawater pump
If the seawater pump has a plastic pump head, then the impeller is made
of either plastic or rubber, and should be inspected after 300 hours of
operation. Replace the impeller if it is worn. Whereas, if the pumps head
is made of bronze, then the impeller is too, and regular maintenance is
not needed as often.
Seawater filter
Check the seawater strainer daily. Remove any debris.
202
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.9
9.9.1
9
BLACK WATER (SEWAGE) SYSTEM
Operating the WCs
The WCs of the heads are ceramic marine-type and are flushed with
fresh water. The waste from the WCs is directed to the black water
(sewage) holding tank. The WCs have two buttons: BEFORE USE &
AFTER USE.
1. Button BEFORE USE
2. Button AFTER USE
Pushing the BEFORE USE button automatically introduces a predetermined quantity of seawater into the bowl, preventing waste remains
from clinging to the ceramic walls.
Pushing the AFTER USE button floods the bowl with fresh water, which
breaks up the waste and sends it to the black water (sewage) holding
tank.
On the toilets control panel a LED indicates:
3. Green, system activate - red, holding tank full toilet disabled
To change the quantity of water introduced into the WC by the AFTER
USE button, and therefore the opening time of the solenoid valve, remove
the toilet control panel (4) and change the setting of the adjustment
regulator.
Regularly pour an appropriate marine disinfectant/treatment liquid into
the WCs, following directions on the product label.
Before entering the harbor, check the black water (sewage) tank and
drain it if necessary (beyond land borders) to avoid having to return to the
open sea to empty the tank.
i
Do not discharge black water (sewage) inside harbors or marinas or
near beaches. Observe the applicable environmental laws and
regulations for overboard discharge.
NOTICES
Do not put anything other than human waste and single-ply toilet paper
into the WC.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ENVIRONMENT NOTICE
203
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
9.9.2
WC Control Panels
540
Toilets control panel
1. WC Control Panels
j
WARNING
Close the various safety valves of the WCs drains and intakes, when
they are not used.
204
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.9.3
9
System Operation
j
NOTICES
It is unlawful to discharge untreated waste within the territorial waters of
the United States. Violators are subject to fine of $5,000.00 per incident.
In case of need, break or pollution of the tanks, they can be replaced.
Contact BERTRAM Customer Support.
Marine toilets on vessels operating within the territorial water of the
United States shall discharge directly into a holding tank, which is to be
emptied by a dockside pump-out facility, or at sea beyond the territorial
limits. To satisfy U.S. regulations, all intake seacocks on vessels
operating within the Territorial waters must be locked shut with a padlock,
a non-reusable wire-tie, or have the valve handle removed.
For vessels operating outside of the U.S. Territorial waters, it is generally
acceptable to have a toilet system where the waste is either discharged
into a holding tank and then pumped overboard, or where the toilet
discharges directly overboard through a discharge seacock. However,
you, as the owner, must determine and conform to local regulations
whenever you operate your vessel.
The system consists essentially of a tank and of a black waters pump,
draining overboard. The water used for WCs flushing is taken from the
cold water system by means of the distribution manifold. On the
manifolds are installed the solenoid valves, each one of them concerns
one toilet; they allow the flush of water each time the buttons “Before use”
or “After use” are pressed. Each WC has a retting pump conveying black
waters into the black water (sewage) tank.
The tank, the macerator pumps and the draining valves are located in the
bilge under the passageway of the stateroom area.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
S
CAUTION
In case of sinking hazard, if escaping condition allow you this, close the
ball valves of the black water drain, located in the bilge under the
stateroom area
j
WARNING
For a proper use, do not let the holding tank overfill.
205
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
The controls of the black water tank are located on the main electric panel
in the salon.
There are two ways to empty the holding tank:
− dockside pump-out using the WASTE drain fitting (within Territorial
waters);
− onboard holding tank pump (outside Territorial waters).
To accomplish onboard holding tank pump-out:
− switch on the holding tank pump differential circuit breaker;
− open the intake seacock for overboard drain;
− under the forward companionway sole, you will find the momentary
switch for the pump. Depress the momentary switch, and hold it until
you hear a change in the sound from the pump, indicating that the
tank is empty.
NOTICES
After draining the holding tank overboard, close the sea valve serving
the tank discharge thru-hull to prevent seawater from coming back into
the tank.
1. Full tank alarm warning light. The toilet pumps are disconnected and
cannot be used
2. Pre-alarm warning light for black water level. Only a limited number
of operations is available
3. Buzzer. Sounds when the tank is full
4. It clears off the buzzer
5. System test
j
WARNING
For all pleasure yachts it is prohibited to drain at sea the on board toilets
inside of harbors, landings and moorings dedicated to craft’s anchor
riding, and also within the limit of beaches visited by swimmers, as
stated in the single decree of the Port Authorities.
206
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
WASTE fitting
Main electric panel
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Holding tank and black water pump
WC solenoid valves
3-way valve
207
WC sea drain
WC sea drain
9
9
9.9.4
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Tank pump-out by shore pump
Observe local regulations that prohibit overboard discharge from holding
tanks. You may empty the black water (sewage) tank at the shore into a
designated shoreside pump-out station.
WASTE fitting
To empty the black water (sewage) tank into a shoreside pump-out
station, first make sure the yacht is moored correctly and the engines are
shut down.
Connect the shoreside suction hose to the yacht’s black water system,
using the waste outlet located on the port walk-around. When the line is
connected, activate the direct pump-out circuit by opening the suction
valve, located near the black water pump, located in the bilge below the
stateroom area.
When the draining is complete, remove the hose and firmly tighten the
cap of drain fitting.
208
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Black water system
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Electric pump
WC solenoid valve
Siphon break
Tee connection
Overboard draining
3-way selection valve
Fresh water manifolds
Outlet dockside suction
Tank
209
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
210
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.9.5
Black water system maintenance
Periodically or by each yacht onshore handing, flush out the black water
(sewage) tank with fresh water. Flush it several times until clean. All
cleaning water should be drained into the proper shoreside pump-out
facility.
Add an appropriate black water (sewage) tank sanitizing product for the
final fill and perform a drain cycle, following the product directions. This
service procedure will help prevent undesirable odors.
See the Long-Term Lay-up section in the MAINTENANCE chapter of
this manual.
NOTICES
Verify the correct operation at least once a week:
• of the toilets;
• of the black water pump.
Verify the pipe and connection condition at least once every three
months.
Protect with suitable products at least once every six months:
• the toilet solenoid valves;
• the black water pump.
Carefully clean the black water tank when required but at least once a
year.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
211
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9.10 GRAY WATER SYSTEM
The water drained by showers, bidets and
washbasins is collected into a gray water tank
located in the bilge under the stateroom area.
This tank has a pump and automatic float switch.
The pump, while operating in automatic mode,
discharges the shower and sink water overboard
and is powered by the gray water pump
differential circuit breaker.
i
ENVIRONMENT
Do not discharge soaped waters drained by
washing machines and dishwashers in the
harbor, inside marinas or near beaches,
because of the large amount of foam produced.
The galley sink and dishwasher drain directly
overboard.
On the electrical panel of the salon you can
monitor the status of the gray waters tank.
When the liquid level of the gray water tank
reaches a nearly full condition, an indicator light
will come on and an alarm will sound. A
momentary push button switch is provided to
manually override the automatic operating
function.
Electric panel
212
Grey water tank
Grey water pump
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
9
9.10.1 Gray water system maintenance
If pressing and holding the switch for a few minutes does not cause the
alarm horn to stop sounding and the light to extinguish, briefly press the
silence button. The light will remain lit until the problem is fixed, but the
alarm horn will stop sounding. Correct the problem as soon as possible
to prevent the tank from overflowing.
The monitor system can be disabled permanently by turning off the
differential circuit breaker. This monitor also includes the tank level signal
system. Turning off the circuit breaker will disable the holding tank
warning system as well as the gray water tank system.
Flush the gray water tank at least every three months. Fill and empty the
tank with clean water.
Repeat the operation two to three times.
To prevent the formation of bacteria and the consequent production of
bad smells, pour regularly an appropriate disinfectant into the drains of
sinks, showers and bidets that discharge into the gray water tank.
NOTICES
At least once every three months:
• fully clean the tank;
• fully clean the pump;
Verify the pump condition at least once every six months.
NOTICES
Do not use very aggressive products or lye-based dissolvers for the
tank cleaning. For more information contact BERTRAM Customer
Support.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
213
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
214
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Gray water system
Grey water pump
Tank
Centralized drain
Tee connection
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
215
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
Page intentionally left blank
216
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
217
9
9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
540
NOTES:
218
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
10
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
10
10.1
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
S
S
CAUTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND CIRCUITS
For the plans and the specifications of the electric components, refer to
the specific manual.
S
If an operation fault on the re-charging alternators occurs when
underway, set to “ON” the parallel link selector between the battery
banks and let it connected until the fault has been removed.
S
CAUTION
Before undertaking any navigation, check that the batteries are in good
condition and that they supply the correct nominal current.
S
CAUTION
If during navigation a sensitive and a persistent lowering of the batteries
voltage occurs, it is necessary to switch on the current generator and to
make sure that the independent electric batteries charger is activated.
CAUTION
S
During navigation both selectors of user and engine batteries, must
always be switched to ON. The selector for parallel connection on both
batteries banks must normally be disconnected, OFF.
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
The parallel connection system between the batteries sets, driven by a
switch located in the main control station, is used to increase the
boosting power at engines start, under particularly climate conditions or
charge condition, and for a short period of time.
The switch for batteries parallel connection has to be activated only by
placing selectors connecting the engines batteries banks and users to
ON.
Do not use in case of faults on the batteries recharging circuits, for
instance on the engines alternators. We advise to use this system only
in emergency cases.
CAUTION
Do not start sailing without having set to ON both switches: engine and
user batteries and do not disconnect them during navigation.
220
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
The electrical system of your yacht has been designed with the utmost
attention to all aspects of safety. The system has been manufactured and
installed using high-quality materials that meet or exceed industry
standards.
All the electric cables have been insulated with PVC N07V-K and further
protected by sheaths and/or PVC self-extinguishing raceways.
Each junction is made by terminals with screw tightening housed in selfextinguishing PVC boxes. The protection of the system’s single parts is
ensured by automatic breakers of different amperage and sized
according to the absorption of each single user to be protected, and to the
size of the wires used for their supply. All metallic wet pieces are
interlocked with equipotential connections and linked on sacrificial
anodes of zinc installed on the underwater quick-work.
Regular service and proper use of the system will contribute greatly to its
continued safety. Like any other system onboard, the electric system is
subject to the stresses and vibrations of the hull. In addition, the electric
system is exposed to high levels of corrosive salt humidity. Therefore,
you must check the condition of the system and its individual components
as part of a scheduled service plan.
This system has been manufactured according to the standards of
Registro Italiano Navale (section D - RINA), of UNI EN ISO and of ABYC,
which regulate the electrical systems of pleasure yachts.
The yacht electric system consists of three distinct and separated
sections:
− Users network supplied at a rated voltage of 24 V DC by six banks of
accumulators at 12 V DC each, serially/parallel connected to deliver
24 V.
The above-mentioned battery bank is re-charged through the 100 A
output of the on-board battery charger and by the alternator, driven by
the port propulsion engine of the yacht.
− Engine network, supplied at a rated voltage of 24 V DC, by six
accumulator banks of 12 V DC each, serially/parallel connected to
obtain 24 V. This bank of batteries is recharged by a second output of
the onboard battery charger, and by the alternator driven by the
starboard engine.
− 230 V - 60 Hz user network supplied from shore, or alternatively, by
the power generator installed onboard (standard generator power
23 kW). The power generator is supplied by a 12 V DC accumulator
bank, located near the generator and recharged by the generator
battery charger and by an alternator, driven by the generator.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
10
NOTE: the 230 V AC system shows features (and hazards) similar to
those of a domestic household system. If the system or components are
misused, or poorly maintained, there is a risk of fire or personal injury.
Statistically, the electrical system is one of the most frequent causes of
fire onboard.
There are two separate electrical systems onboard, each one having own
features:
− 24V DC
− 230 V AC (60 Hz)
The DC voltage electrical systems are supplied by three banks of storage
batteries: engine bank (24 V), user bank (24 V) and generator battery
(12 V).
The AC system can be powered either by the shore power supply or by
the onboard generator.
221
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
All electric users are protected by circuit breakers, fuses and residual
current switches for a total protection against accidental contacts on the
whole 230 V AC system.
j
NOTICES
The images and drawings of the electric panels are referred to the USversion of the yacht.
WARNING
NEVER:
− work on the electric system while under voltage.
− modify the electric systems of the system or relevant drawings: the
installation, the modifications and the maintenance must be carried
out only by a skilled marine electrician.
− alter or modify the intensity of rated current of protections against
overcurrent.
− install or replace electric equipment or devices with components
exceeding the rated current intensity of the circuit.
− leave the yacht unguarded with the electrical system powered, except
for the circuits of the bilge automatic suction pumps, of the firefighting
protection and of the alarms (driven by batteries).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Main electric panel
24 V DC user flybridge electric panel
12 V DC user flybridge electric panel
Shore electric power supply with electric cablemaster (no. 2)
Battery breaker panel
24 V/100 A -3 A battery charger
Head block/gearbox power unit (no. 2)
60 A battery equalizer
24 V/40 A -3 A battery charger
Generator 12 V battery charger
Electric cablemaster
Isolation transformers (no. 2)
Generator (23 kW - 50 Hz)
222
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.1.1
Location of electrical equipment on board
Port electric power
connection from shore
12 V user flybridge
electric panel
Starboard electric
power supply
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
24 V user flybridge
electric panel
Main electric panel
223
10
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
Port isolation
transformer
Electric
cablemaster
24 V/100-3 A battery charger
Head block power unit
50 A battery equalizer
Battery breaker panel
Generator
Starboard isolation
transformer
Electric
24 V/40-3 A battery charger
cablemaster Battery charger for generator
224
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
S
j
CAUTION
Do not modify the electric systems or relevant drawings. The
installation, the modifications or the maintenance must be carried out
only by a skilled marine electrical technician. Inspect the system at least
once a year.
S
CAUTION
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not allow that cable end of dock power supply to floats in the water.
This can cause an electric field and following injuries or even the death
of the swimmers nearby.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Do not modify connectors of dock power supply cable, use only plug
compatible connectors.
Use electric devices with double isolation or earthing (ground).
S
WARNING
To reduce to the lowest the hazard of electrocution or fire:
− open the switch to connect the dock supply to the unit, before
connecting or disconnecting the dock power supply cable;
− disconnect the shore power supply cable and rewind it using the
cablemaster.
− securely fasten the lid of shore power supply outlet.
Disconnect the dock power supply connections when the system is not
in use.
S
10
225
10
10.2
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WARNINGS
a
j
DANGER
Electric shock hazard exists in an energized electrical system. To avoid
electric shock, turn off power before opening the cover and servicing
any internal components of electrical equipment.
S
Use the switch for engine/user battery parallel connection, only if
absolutely necessary, to provide additional battery power to start the
engines. If your are compelled to use the “battery parallel connection”,
turn off all electric devices so as not to jeopardize their correct
operation. Disconnect the parallel link as soon as possible.
CAUTION
S
Activate all electrical systems and devices (included those at low
voltage) with extreme caution. Avoid overloads which can generate
short-circuits, dangerous overheating and risk of fire, having as a result
serious injuries or even death.
S
CAUTION
Only a skilled naval electrician can perform maintenance on the vessel
electrical system.
j
CAUTION
The 120/240 V AC system is similar to a domestic system as to its
features and hazards. If improperly operated or maintained, it can
cause a fire or personal injury or death.
j
WARNING
WARNING
Do not replace an existing circuit breaker or fuse with one of a higher
rating. Such modification could cause equipment and/or circuit failure
and fire.
j
WARNING
Never deactivate the battery disconnectors with the engines running or
you may damage the engine alternators.
WARNING
Have a BERTRAM authorized electrical engineer inspect the isolation
transformer, the differential circuit breakers, the electric panels and
other components of the electrical system, to ensure the correct
operation and to detect any overheating signal.
226
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
S
S
CAUTION
SHOCK/FIRE HAZARD
Replace automatic breakers or fuses with same amperage. Never alter
overcurrent protection.
S
CAUTION
a
DANGER
Extreme danger:
− Never use open flames in the battery storage area.
− Prevent sparks from reaching the battery.
− The battery can explode if, while charging, a spark or a flame turn on,
due to the hydrogen released.
CAUTION
A.C. CIRCUITS CAN DELIVER A LETHAL SHOCK!
Before opening an electrical distribution panel or servicing any
electrical equipment:
− disconnect the shore power cord;
− stop the generator;
− deactivate the main battery disconnectors.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Do not replace your vessel’s circuit breakers of fuses with breakers or
fuses of higher amperage than those installed by BERTRAM. Choose
differential circuit breakers and fuses for the spare circuits with ratings
that match the load of the equipment, but do not exceed the current
carrying capacity of the cables in each branch circuit.
AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: EXTREME HAZARD
Extreme hazard - swimming near a vessel equipped with AC-electrical
system operating can lead to severe shock or death. Never swim or
allow anyone to swim when the AC-system is powered.
S
10
S
CAUTION
SHOCK/FIRE DANGER:
− Disconnect the electric system from the mains before starting any
maintenance work. Never perform any maintenance work on the
electric system while under voltage.
− The electric devices should never exceed the rated voltage of the
yacht electric circuits.
− Check carefully the electric system while under voltage.
The only electrical components which can be left unattended are the
automatic bilge pumps, fire protection and alarm circuits.
227
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
j
540
k
WARNING
− Stop the engine before inspecting the battery or servicing it.
− Disconnect the battery cables before working on the electric system
The transformers installed on board separate galvanically the dock
electric system from the on board electric system.
During yacht onshore handing (lay-up) for maintenance, if you use one
or both shore plugs for the power supply of the on board 120 / 240 V AC
electric system, make sure that the yacht earthing is connected to the
shore column earthing, taking advantage of expert crew.
in order to prevent the generation of arcs or damaging the alternator.
Disconnect the negative cable (-) first, then the positive cable (+).
S
DANGER
CAUTION
Explosion/fire danger - Check if gas fumes are suspended in the bilge
or in the generator area.
S
CAUTION
Carbon monoxide poisoning:
− Operate the generator only in a well ventilated area. The carbon
monoxide, generated by the inner combustion of engines, is
extremely toxic.
S
CAUTION
Shock Hazard
Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them
susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on
circuits protected by GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) outlets. No safety
devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly
handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring.
228
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.3
MAIN ELECTRIC PANEL
The electric system is monitored from the panel located in the salon
starboard. The following main sections have been identified, in order to
make the descriptions easier:
A. Voltmeters, ammeters for 24 V DC and circuit breakers protecting the
24 V DC users
B. Generator signal and control panel
C. Voltmeters, ammeters for 230 V AC networks, circuit breakers
protecting the 230 V AC networks, when these are powered by shore
network of by generator
D. Circuit breakers protecting the 230 V AC users
S
CAUTION
High voltage
Disconnect the electric power supply before opening the door.
S
CAUTION
Switch off the generator, the inverter and disconnect the shore outlets
before opening the panel.
NOTICES
The description of the electric panel is referred to the standard version
of the yacht.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
229
10
10
10.4
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
24 V DC USER FLYBRIDGE ELECTRIC PANEL
On the flybridge is installed an electric panel equipped with circuit breakers
protecting the 24 V DC users and the measuring instruments of the system.
The following main sections have been identified, in order to make the
descriptions easier:
A. Voltmeter and ammeter for 24 V DC batteries
B. Circuit breakers protecting the 24 V DC users
S
CAUTION
High voltage
Disconnect the electric power supply before opening the door.
S
CAUTION
Switch off the generator, the inverter and disconnect the shore outlets
before opening the panel.
NOTICES
The description of the electric panel is referred to the standard version
of the yacht.
230
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.5
12 V DC USER FLYBRIDGE ELECTRIC PANEL
On the flybridge in front of the 24 V users electric panel is installed a
further electric panel equipped with circuit breakers protecting the 12 V
DC users.
A. Circuit breakers protecting the 12 V DC users
B. Voltmeter for 12 V DC batteries
S
CAUTION
High voltage
Disconnect the electric power supply before opening the door.
S
CAUTION
Switch off the generator, the inverter and disconnect the shore outlets
before opening the panel.
NOTICES
The description of the electric panel is referred to the standard version
of the yacht.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
231
10
10
10.6
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
12 V /24 V DC BATTERY DISCONNECTOR PANEL
In the engineroom is located an electric panel equipped with circuit
breakers and battery disconnectors.
The following main sections have been identified, in order to make the
descriptions easier:
A. Circuit breakers for bilge pumps and firefighting system
B. 12 V/24 V DC battery disconnectors
C. Circuit breakers for engine control
232
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
S
j
CAUTION
Before opening the door disconnect 12 V and 24 V DC batteries
S
CAUTION
k
DANGER
The emergency parallel system is intended for emergency use only. If
the batteries are paralleled, they will both charge and discharge at the
same rate.
Do not use this system on a continual basis because of the possibility
of both battery banks going dead and leaving the main engines without
a source of starting power.
WARNING
The battery disconnectors are designed for use under normal operating
conditions. If this switch opens the DC circuit while the engine is being
started, the switch should be replaced as soon as possible to avoid
future failure.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
Do not disconnect the battery master switches with engines running or
you may damage the engine alternators.
Remove fuse from bilge pump of engineroom, before beginning any
mechanical intervention in the engineroom.
j
10
233
10
10.7
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
Port insulation transformer
and circuit breaker
The yacht is equipped with two isolation transformers ensuring the
electric power supply from shore.
The transformer is able to isolate completely the input power from the
output power, improving safety and reducing the corrosion caused by
galvanic currents. This means that there is no direct electric connection
between AC from shore and AC from the yacht. The cable connecting the
bonding cord is connected to a screen fit between two coils. This screen
ensures the yacht isolation.
When the voltage drops below the preset threshold, due to a shore power
supply drop, the transformer increases automatically the yacht voltage.
The power supply is transferred from shore to the yacht electric system.
Starboard insulation
transformer and circuit breaker
234
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
S
a
CAUTION
Do not store equipment on or next to transformer. This unit is designed
to operate hot and must have free air flow to prevent overheating or
charring of adjacent materials.
S
S
CAUTION
S
DANGER
CAUTION
FIRE DANGER
It is normal that the transformer generates and gives out a lot of heat.
Pay attention not to cover the transformer with stowing material and
keep it free from obstructions, to ensure a proper ventilation. Do not
stow flammable material close to the transformer.
DANGER
To avoid serious injury or death from high voltage electrical shock,
disconnect AC shore power before opening panel.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
On board and in-water shock hazard. The transformer must be
connected in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
This device is not ignition protected. Avoid serious injury or death from
fire or explosion. Do not install in compartment containing gasoline
fueled engines or gasoline tanks, or in areas where ignition protected
equipment is required.
a
DANGER
To avoid serious injury or death from high voltage electrical shock,
disconnect AC shore power before attempting any maintenance or
cleaning.
Use appropriate equipment to hoist and rig unit. Care should be taken
to ensure safety of individuals.
b
10
235
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
j
540
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Periodically make arrangements to have a BERTRAM authorized
electrical engineer inspect the transformer for signs of overheating.
k
DANGER
The transformers installed on board separate galvanically the dock
electric system from the on board electric system.
During yacht onshore handing (lay-up) for maintenance, if you use one
or both shore plugs for the power supply of the on board 120 / 240 V AC
electric system, make sure that the yacht earthing is connected to the
shore column earthing, taking advantage of expert crew.
236
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.8
10.8.1
POWER GENERATOR
For detailed information about generators operation and maintenance
procedures, see the manufacturer manual.
KOHLER 22 EFOZD (230 V - 50 Hz) and KOHLER 13 EFOZD (230 V - 50 Hz)
Operation
On board of your BERTRAM 540 yacht are installed two KOHLER
generators, located in the generators’ room. On the fuel tank, you can
easily locate the power generator supply, which can be cut-off by means
of two delivery valves, on which you can handle to cut off the fuel lines in
case of emergency and to shut off the generators. The connections going
from the generators to the tank are for fuel flow-back. The exhaust gases,
instead of being discharged directly overboard, are conveyed by means
of a silencer, installed on each generator and located in the helm gear
compartment and then discharged overboard. These silencers, through
the injection of water in the exhaust tubes, allows to cool down the fumes
and at the same time, to reduce the noise produced by he water outflow.
The intake seacocks of the cooling circuit are installed on the hull with the
sea water filters fastened to a surface near to intake seacock valves.
Clean the intake seacock filters according to the frequency of the system
use and to the condition of the sucked waters. Before cleaning the
strainers, remember to close the hull valves, then proceed with
maintenance. When the cleaning is complete, REOPEN the valves
feeding the cooling circuit. The generator may be operated either by the
remote electric panel or at the generator through the control panel located
on the unit in the engineroom. The generator is also equipped with a
battery disconnect switch.
j
WARNING
It is highly recommended to empty the generator muffler after several
(three) failed attempts to start the generator.
If this precaution is not observed, water reaches the generator through
the exhaust manifold. The exhaust control panel is located at the
bottom of the generator muffler.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
10
237
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
10.8.2
540
Generator control panel
On the power generator is installed a control panel allowing to carry out
the controls and the start/stop operations.
Function keys
1. Display
2. Confirmation key “f”
3. Scrolling key “g”
4. Scrolling key “h”
5. Start/stop switch
• RUN/OFF-RESET/AUTO
To switch on the generator, set to AUTO switch (5), placed on the
main electric panel of the salon.
6. Main power generator switch
7. Oil intake for generator cooling
For further information, see the Manufacturer’s Manual.
S
CAUTION
Carbon monoxide poisoning:
− Operate the generator only in a well ventilated area. The carbon
monoxide, generated by the inner combustion of engines, is
extremely toxic.
S
Generator control panel
CAUTION
Explosion/fire hazard
Check for the presence of fumes in the generator area.
238
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
Generator fuel filter
Generator
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fuel delivery valves
Generator intake
seacock valve and filter
Generator
silencer
5. Valves deliverying fuel to generators (close in case of generator
leaks or to carry out maintenance)
6. Water/fuel separator filters for generators
Generators
Generator intake seacock valves
Intake seacock filters for generators
Generators silencers
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
10
239
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
10.9
540
GENERATOR LUBRICATION SYSTEM
10.9.3 Oil change procedure
See the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE section of the generator manual
for details about oil change and oil filter replacement intervals.
See manufacturer’s manual.
10.9.1
Oil specifications
Refer to the generator manual for oil specifications.
NOTICES
Failure to observe the oil specifications may cause inadequate
lubrication/oil pressure and cold-starting difficulties.
10.9.2
Oil check
Check the oil level in the crankcase daily or before each startup to ensure
that the level is in the safe range. To check the oil level, remove the
dipstick and wipe the end clean, reinsert as far as possible and remove.
Maintain the oil level between the Min and Max marks on the dipstick.
NOTICES
Do not operate the generator if the oil level is below the Min or above
the Max mark.
240
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10
10.10 GENERATOR COOLING SYSTEM
10.10.1 Closed oil coolant
Sacrificial anodes
The generator has internal zinc anode(s) to help prevent internal
corrosion. Consult the generator manual for instructions on checking and
replacing the anode(s). Failure to replace the zinc anode at the
recommended service intervals will cause internal corrosion of the
generator’s cooling system.
In the closed cooling system, the seawater circulates through separate
chambers within the oil exchanger or manifold to cool the engine coolant.
The seawater then mixes with the engine exhaust and exits from the
exhaust outlet.
Consult the generator manual for the location of the protective anodes in
the cooling system. Check the anodes at the intervals prescribed in the
generator manual. The anodes protect the cooling system from corrosion
damage; if the anodes are wasted away, corrosion protection will cease.
See the Sacrifical Anodes section in the MAINTENANCE chapter in this
manual.
S
CAUTION
Hot coolant and steams may cause heavy injuries or even death.
Coolant Check and Filling
See manufacturer’s manual.
Flushing and Cleaning Procedure
See manufacturer’s manual.
Impeller Inspection and Replacement Procedure
See manufacturer’s manual.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
241
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.11 GENERATOR FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel filter cleaning/replacement (optional)
The fuel before reaching the generator, flows through the filter, that holds
impurities and separates the possible present water, to prevent that it
reaches the engine. Clean the filter if dirty or replace it.
j
WARNING
If the generator does not start after several attempts, the muffler could
be full of water. In order to prevent seawater from entering the
generator engine and causing serious damage, unscrew the muffler
drain plug and drain the muffler.
When attempting to start the generator, do not exceed 20 seconds of
cranking. Wait 2 to 3 minutes before trying again.
To service the fuel filter see the Manufacturer’s manual.
Air inlet filter replacement or service
The air penetrating inside the generator is filtered by the air inlet filter,
which helps making the generator operation less noisy.
To clean a dirty filter or replace a damaged filter, see the equipment
Manufacturer’s manual.
Generator exhaust system inspection
− Check the components of the exhaust system (exhaust manifold,
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
mixing elbow, exhaust line, hose clamps, muffler and outlet flapper)
for cracks, breaks and corrosion.
Check the hoses for cracks, leaks, or dents. Replace them if
necessary.
Check for the presence of metallic pieces corroded or broken.
Replace them if necessary.
Check for lose, corroded or missing clamps.
If necessary, tighten or replace the hose collars and/or the brackets.
Check that the exhaust output is not clogged.
Check visually for leaks from the exhaust.
Check for carbon or soot residues in the exhaust components. These
residuals show the presence of leaks that have to be eliminated.
242
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10
10.12 BATTERIES
k
The batteries are normally charged by the alternators during the
operation of the engines. Alternatively, you can recharge them with the
battery charger by shore power supply or by the generator (selecting the
power source).
Description
Cells number
Features
Engine start
3+3
12V
75 Ah
Generator start
2
12V
50 Ah
Users
6
12V
110 Ah
j
NEVER clog the air inlets of the cases containing the batteries because
the natural ventilation of the batteries must always be ensured so that
they do not overheat.
S
S
WARNING
CAUTION
A frozen battery may explode if used or charged; do not start a yacht
with a frozen battery. To prevent the battery from freezing keep it
always completely charged.
k
CAUTION
DANGER
The battery releases explosive gas: do not approach sparkles or a
flame nor smoke near it. If the battery is used or charged in a closed
area, check for good ventilation. Do not check the battery charge by
short-circuiting the terminals with metal tools: use a density gauge or a
voltmeter.
Always keep the batteries charged and recharge them periodically even
if the yacht is left unattended. If the charge level drops to the minimum,
the batteries can get irreparably damaged. Check each week the
charge status.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Monitor the voltage of the batteries. During the charging phase 29.1 V
can be reached, this is a temporary value, well tolerated, both by the
batteries and by the battery charger. This value has to be monitored and
if this situation lasts for too long, the magneto-thermal switches of the
battery chargers must be disconnected.
If batteries are not recharged over long periods of inactivity, they loose
progressively their charge, until they become definitively flat and
irreparably damaged.
S
DANGER
243
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.13 SHORE ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY
Cable output and cablemaster
control
In order to power the electric system of the yacht, so as to operate the
various systems on board, two connections (1) for 220 V electric power
supply from shore have been arranged, each one equipped with circuit
breaker (2) protecting against overloads or short-circuits.
The connections are located on each side of the aft cockpit inside of a
suitable peak closed with a lid.
It occurs very often to find dock plugs with dimensions not compatible
with those on the ship; in this case it is necessary to address to the Port
Authority and to get a new plug or an adapter.
Each connection is provided with an electric cablemaster (Glendinning
220 V/50 A) (optional) installed in the engineroom, which allows an easy
recovery of the cable; it can be activated through the switch (3) near to
the cable outlet (see figure).
The cablemaster consists of hawse pipe and power unit. Within the
hawse pipe, a neoprene gasket/wiper prevents the entrance of water and
helps clean the cable as it is retracted into the boat. When the cable is
retracted completely into the boat, the shore cord cover activates the “inlimit” switch, turning off the motor. The “out-limit” switch is located in the
guide and roller assembly. The nylon safety collar activates the “out-limit”
switch and serves as a mechanical stopping device, should the “out-limit”
switch fail.
Cable output and
cablemaster control
244
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
The yacht is equipped with two isolation transformers located in the
generator room, capable of galvanically isolating the yacht’s electrical
system from the shore electrical system.
To use the electric power supply from dock:
− Turn OFF the AC shore master power supply breakers on the main
electric panel of the salon.
− Set to OFF the switch of the dock column.
− Plug-in the electric cable winder in the dock socket.
S
S
CAUTION
To service the electric power supply from shore:
− In a marine environment, all exposed metallic segments of cables and
ducts, must be cleaned periodically with fresh water, while the shore
power supply is not in use. Dry and spray with moisture repellent.
− Periodically apply vinyl protector to the cables’ plug.
− Turn ON the circuit breaker on the shore column.
− Turn on the general circuit breaker of the relative shore power outlet
S
used and all the breakers located on the main electric panel.
CAUTION
j
WARNING
Do not allow that cable end of dock power supply to floats in the water.
This can cause an electric field and following injuries or even the death
of the swimmers nearby.
WARNING
To prevent the cable from becoming tangled in moving machinery,
always check to be certain that all of the cable is contained in the drum
when completely retrieved.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Disconnect the dock power supply connections when the system is not
in use.
Do not place your hands into the hawse pipe when retrieving the cable.
j
CAUTION
To interrupt shore electric power supply:
− turn OFF the main circuit breaker of the shore power outlet used;
− turn OFF the protection on the shore column;
− disconnect the dock supply cable and rewind it by means of the cable
winder;
− securely fasten the lid of shore power supply outlet.
Do not modify connectors of dock power supply cable, use only plug
compatible connectors. If the yacht power supply cable cannot be
plugged into the dock socket, ask the Port Authority for an adapter.
S
10
245
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
S
a
CAUTION
The connection must be performed under safety conditions with not
powered connections and by paying attention to carry out a correct
grounding.
j
Before carrying out any intervention on the electric system, disconnect
all circuits (dock and generator):
− disconnect the dock socket;
− set to OFF the generator circuit breaker.
WARNING
k
Before connecting or disconnecting the shore power cord, ensure that
the main shore power circuit breakers are switched off or that the power
selector switch is off. This will help to prevent connector arcing and
damage. The shore power cord is a twist-to-lock fitting. Ensure that this
fitting is properly locked-in place before switching the main shore power
breaker to the on position. This will help to prevent arcing. The shore
power outlet is set to 50 A to protect the shore power supply cord fitting.
Do not exceed a current absorption of 50 A.
a
DANGER
DANGER
The transformers installed on board separate galvanically the dock
electric system from the on board electric system.
During yacht onshore handing (lay-up) for maintenance, if you use one
or both shore plugs for the power supply of the on board 120 / 220 V AC
electric system, make sure that the yacht earthing is connected to the
shore column earthing, taking advantage of expert crew.
S
DANGER
CAUTION
To minimize shock hazard, unplug the shore power cord and close the
inlet cover tightly. Do not alter the shore power cord connections.
Do not cut or disconnect the green bonding conductor inside of shore
cord or at shore outlet. This conductor is needed to provide the same
bonding potential between the shore ground and your boat’s ground
and minimizes the shock hazard to people on the boat or in the water.
Before connecting the dock socket, ensure the type of voltage and the
sockets available, their integrity and the absolute absence of moisture
on the wire, on the socket and on the plug.
With plug connected check that wire:
− cannot get in traction as a result of tide variations, yacht movements,
etc.;
− cannot get crushed, etc.
246
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10
10.14 BATTERY CHARGER
On board of your BERTRAM 540 are located two battery chargers, fully
automatic and of high performance (CHARGEMASTER type). The
battery charger is equipped with a special charging technique, improved
to charge the batteries rapidly and safely, while powering the connected
users. Besides the charger is protected from short-circuits, overloads and
high temperatures (engine room). On the battery charger three buttons
(1, 2 and 3) and one LCD display (4) allows to show data and information.
Battery charger buttons
1. POWER
Keep the key (POWER) pressed for 3 seconds in order to start the
battery charger or set it to the stand-by mode.
• Green lit = on
• Orange lit = stand-by
2. INFO
Press key (INFO) shortly to display the sequence of the
CHARGEMASTER data.
3. SOURCE
Select (SOURCE) to choose the battery bank (1, 2 or 3) you wish to
check.
j
WARNING
For further information concerning the battery charger, refer to
manufacturer’s manual.
S
CAUTION
The connection between the electric network and the battery charger is
not interrupted with the selector switch.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
247
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.14.1 Battery charger service
Item
Battery charger
Maintenance
Check
Charge output
Notes and precautions
Have at least two or three times a year checked by experienced crew that each wire and
cable connection is correctly tight and not oxidized.
Keep the battery charger dry, clean, and remove any dust, to ensure good heat dissipation.
Check periodically the good condition of the cooling fan.
a
j
DANGER
Do not work on the battery charger or on the electric system if they are
still connected to a current source.
If the engines are on, the alternators are charging the batteries;
therefore it is advisable to keep the thermal switch of the batteries
charger on OFF, in order to avoid alternator damage.
Modification to the electric system must be carried out exclusively by
skilled personnel and only after the approval of BERTRAM.
a
WARNING
DANGER
Have the inner condition of the battery charger checked at least once a
year by skilled crew. Faults like loose connections, burnt wires, etc.,
with following risk of fire spreading, must be removed immediately.
248
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.14.2 Battery charger check
a
Charge output
To operate properly, your batteries must not be discharged below 3040% of their capacity; therefore, always re-charge them starting from this
charge level.
The battery charger is equipped with temperature sensor installed close
to the batteries. According to the temperature value detected, and
concurrently with the residual capacity of batteries, the battery charger
adjusts automatically the charge voltage, in compliance with the
temperature, increasing remarkably the battery life. Moreover, beyond
the heat compensation, the battery charger can also compensate the
voltage drop, because of the heat dissipation of connecting cables. The
battery charger is equipped with built-in signal light, this activates only if
special adjustment values are exceeded.
DANGER
Before operating on the battery
charger, disable the generator
start and the shore power supply.
To make this device operate in a
reliable and optimal way, only
following operations are necessary:
− have all circuit breakers and
outer gauges checked for
proper operation, have the
wiring checked for possible
cracks and for dirty or oxidized components;
− have the casing removed and checked that the circuit boards are free
from oxidation. Have it cleaned, If necessary, by a deoxidizing
solution;
− have all electric connections protected by a suitable product (DC4);
− have the casing installed after the cleaning;
− check at least once a year the connection of each cable (loose
connections, etc.);
− keep the battery charger dry, clean, and remove dust to ensure good
heat dissipation.
j
a
DANGER
NEVER clog the air inlets of the cases containing the batteries, because
the natural ventilation of the batteries must always be ensured, to
prevent their overheating.
S
CAUTION
Should the battery voltage drop under 18 V, the battery charger will
supply a current corresponding to the 25% of the maximum one and the
recharge time will consequently increase.
WARNING
All maintenances listed must be executed exclusively by specialized
personnel.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
10
249
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
10.15 VOLTAGE EQUALIZER
The voltage equalizer is a device that will keep both 12-volt batteries of
the same 24-volt bank at an equal state of charge when uneven loads are
applied to the individual 12-volt batteries of the 24-volt bank.
This device draws current from the 24-volt battery bank, to recharge one
of the 12-volt batteries of the same bank.
The 12-volt battery being charged is the one at the ground (low) end of
the 24-volt battery bank.
Never connect a 12-volt load to the high end of the 24-volt battery bank.
A voltage equalizer is used when it is desirable to draw a 12-Volt load
from a 24-Volt system, rather than installing a separate 12-Volt battery
and charging device. If an equalizer was not used, the battery bank would
quickly become unbalanced and cause power and battery failure. A
marine converter, when used alone, is not suitable for this type of
charging, because it senses the overall voltage of the 24-volt bank, and
it is not capable of sensing unbalanced loads within the battery bank.
For further information, see the Manufacturer’s Manual.
250
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
251
10
10
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
540
NOTES:
252
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
11
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
INTERIOR DETAILS
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
11
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
11.1 INTERIOR DETAILS - MAIN
DECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Salon access door
Entertainment center
Main electric panel
Centralized aspirator
Salon sofa
Salon window
Freezer drawers and refrigerators
Galley
Dinette with table
Cabin access stair
254
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
11.1.1 Main deck description - interior
From the cockpit it is possible to access the interior of the deck bridge
through a door with frameless glass.
S
CAUTION
While underway, the access door must be closed.
Starboard of the salon is arranged the entertainment center consisting of
an LCD-color-TV, a CD/DVD reader, a stereo receiver and the main
electric panel.
Starboard is located also a L-shaped sofa which includes the central
vacuum system.
The windows of the salon and of the galley are all equipped with wood
blinds.
A curtains set with package opening, is arranged at the salon sides and
makes the room brighter and more comfortable.
NOTICES
At least once a month vacuum out all A/C filters, by means of the
centralized suction system.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
255
11
11
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
The galley is located port side and is equipped with cooking top,
refrigerator and freezer, working top, sinks and microwave oven.
Various cabinets and drawers stow inside crockery and china plates,
glasses and stainless steel cutlery.
Towards the bow there is a dinette with a table and a sofa.
NOTICES
At least once a month check the correct operation of the oven. After
each use carry out an accurate cleaning.
NOTICES
Normal yacht motion in a seaway can cause accidental movement of
staterooms doors and other access doors and hatches. Personal injury
can result if doors and hatches move suddenly. Before getting the yacht
underway, close and secure all access and staterooms doors and
hatches.
S
CAUTION
Children are allowed to use the galley only when they are able to use its
items correctly and to understand the dangers specified in the special
instruction manuals. The help of an adult is required.
NOTICES
j
At least once a month carry out accurate cleaning of the dishwasher. At
least once every three months check the operation.
WARNING
When underway, the yacht’s normal movement in the water can cause
the slipping or falling of persons with the potential hazard of serious
injury or even death. Persons should remain seated in secure locations
when the yacht is underway.
NOTICES
Do not leave cooking pans unattended on the cooking top. Do not cook
during navigation. Do not put liquid food into the oven.
256
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
j
WARNING
Use extra caution when moving from one place to another, especially if
the change involves using a ladder or stairs. To prevent falls on ladders
and stairs, always use handrails when ascending or descending.
Between the dinette and the sofa some steps lead to the belowdeck area,
where are arranged the three main staterooms.
Doorways, ladders, stairs, passageways, etc., should be kept dry and
free from obstructions.
NOTICES
For more directions about the use of the individual systems and
equipment, consult the manuals provided by the individual equipment
manufacturers.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
257
11
11
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
11.2 UNDER DECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Steering gear compartment
Generator room
Engineroom
Dunnages for bilge inspection
Master stateroom
Owner’s bathroom
VIP cabin
Guests’ stateroom
Main deck access stairs
Washer and dryer
Guests’ head
258
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
11
11.2.1 Cabins with bathroom: Master’s, guests’
You can reach the staterooms by the staircase located between the
dinette and the sofa. Downstairs, on the port side there is the guests’
stateroom, arranged with two single beds, with a wardrobe underneath.
Starboard is arranged the Master stateroom with relevant head complete
with shower box. The WC is provided with bidet shower.
At far foredeck is placed the VIP stateroom, also equipped with head,
whose access is also possible from the passageway.
All staterooms are equipped with self-adjusting air conditioning and
porthole, that illuminate and ventilate the room.
All portholes are equipped with shading mosquito net.
j
WARNING
During navigation it is necessary to unlock the safety retainer of the bow
skylight.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
The dunnages under the carpeting of the Master and VIP staterooms give
access to the yacht bilge housing:
− water heater;
− the gray water tank;
− the black water (sewage) tank;
− air-Conditioning units;
− the distribution manifolds;
− bilge pumps;
− the toilet direct discharge;
− grey water tank pump;
− autopilot compass transducer;
− holding tank discharge;
− service battery;
− bow thruster (optional).
259
11
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
Besides in the passageway, a structure shaped as a closet contains
inside a washing machine and a dryer.
j
WARNING
Empty the content of washing machine and dryer while underway.
S
CAUTION
Before undertaking any navigation, check the closure of the cabs
access doors. You will avoid unpleasant banging and accidental
dangers.
260
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
11
11.3 APPLIANCES
For complete information about galley appliances, refer to the manuals
provided by the Manufacturers of the individual appliances.
Cooking top maintenance
See manufacturer’s manual indicated.
Oven maintenance
See manufacturer’s manual indicated.
Fridge/freezer maintenance
See manufacturer’s manual indicated.
11.3.1 Skylights
j
The skylight can be used as a window or as a passage (in the VIP
stateroom). Three skylights are installed onboard.
Their structure is made of transparent unbreakable plastic material.
They are equipped with double handles (1) - outside and inside - with side
lock (2). These skylights are equipped with gas springs adjustable for
opening.
During navigation it is necessary to unlock the safety retainer of the bow
skylight.
MAINTENANCE
At least once a month check the correct operation of the closing system.
At least once every three months check the watertight status. Clean
seals when required and replace if necessary
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
261
11
INTERIOR DETAILS
540
NOTES:
262
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
12
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
SAFETY DEVICES AND
EQUIPMENT
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
12
12.1
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
GENERAL SAFETY RULES
BERTRAM has designed and built your yacht with your safety and the
safety of your guests as its highest priority. Nevertheless, the primary
responsibility for the safe operation of your yacht and the safety of all
persons onboard is yours. Always operate your yacht with care, courtesy
and common sense.
The time you invest in reading this manual about safety will provide you
with the knowledge to prevent and/or respond properly to potentially
hazardous circumstances.
You, as the yacht’s owner and/or operator, are responsible for knowing
the navigation and safety rules and good seamanship practices. Take the
time to learn the Nautical Rules of Navigation (COLREGS), the
navigation techniques, and the safe practices for operating and
maintaining your yacht and its equipment safe.
Persons operating your yacht must never be under the influence of
alcohol or drugs. The yacht’s pilot should be experienced in the use of
all instruments and controls, and know the handling characteristics of
the yacht at all speeds and sea conditions.
You should be certain that persons intending to operate your yacht are
completely knowledgeable about its proper operation. If you are not
certain about an individual’s qualifications or competence, the person
must be supervised by a qualified operator.
S
You, as the owner of the yacht, and everyone who is responsible for your
yacht’s operations and maintenance should carefully read and
understand the guidelines and instructions contained in this manual and
in the manuals of the Manufacturers of the different equipment, as well as
the signs and directions installed on the yacht. Pay particular attention to
safety notices, warnings and cautions in this manual and elsewhere. This
information is essential for the safety of persons aboard and the safety of
the yacht.
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
When boarding or leaving the yacht, always use the designated
boarding or disembarking routes and equipment. Use the steps,
ladders, rails and handholds provided. Wear rubber soled shoes that
are clean and dry. Never jump from or onto the yacht. Never use
machinery control devices, drive wheels, etc. as handholds. Failure to
observe these practices can result in illness, serious injury or death.
Safety is also in the hands of everyone aboard.
All persons should be informed about the unique circumstances that are
experienced aboard a yacht. They should be instructed about the
necessary actions to take in emergency as well as routine situations.
Specific safety information follows in this section.
264
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
NOTICES
Make sure that the required and approved safety and fire-fighting
equipment on board operate correctly. All safety devices must be
periodically checked for reliable operation. These devices must be
stored, in case of emergency, inside easy visible and accessible places.
All persons on board must know how to use the safety equipment
correctly.
S
CAUTION
The safety equipment and systems must be produced in compliance
with the local, national and international legislation in force. These
devices must be controlled and overhauled periodically by qualified
personnel and within the expiry date indicated on the same. Address to
local Port Authority and consult the national and international legislation
concerning the safety equipment.
Failure to observe such rules may lead to damages of equipment with
consequent personal injuries, death and/or fines and/or penalties
imposed by the relevant Authorities.
k
DANGER
It is absolutely forbidden to perform reverse run with one of the two
engines stopped. This operation is allowed only in case of life danger
for the persons on board and for the safety of the yacht itself, however
when the engine is running it should not run higher than 1000 rpm.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
265
12
12
12.2
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
GENERAL SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
12.2.1 Yacht stability and safety
Your yacht’s stability afloat may be suddenly affected by wave action or
a sudden maneuver. Persons onboard should be required to sit in safe
seating areas while the yacht is underway. Persons onboard should be
aware of the possibility of falling or being thrown into the water, if they are
not securely seated while the ship is underway.
Never deploy emergency signals or messages (visual or radio) unless
there is a need for emergency service responders.
Every person aboard the yacht must:
− know the storage location of PFD’s.
− know the location of the throwable PFD’s (e.g., ring buoy, horseshoe
buoy).
− know the location of the life raft.
− know how to release the personal PFD’s for use.
− know how to properly put on and wear a PFD.
− know how to launch a throwable PFD.
− know how to launch the life raft.
− be very aware of the risks posed by a fire.
− know what to do in case of fire.
− know the location of and be trained in the use of the fixed firefighting
systems and the portable, hand-held fire extinguishers.
Make sure that all objects on board are rigged and stowed properly to
prevent movement when the ship is underway. Items that may be needed
while cruising should be stowed to enable quick and ready access.
During all underway operation or during any activities onboard,
passageways and escape routes must always be kept clear and available
for use. Doors shall not be obstructed from opening in case of an
emergency.
j
WARNING
When boarding or leaving the yacht, always use the designated
boarding or disembarking routes and equipment. Use the steps,
ladders, rails or handholds provided. Wear rubber soled shoes that are
clean and dry. Never jump from or onto the yacht. Never use machinery
control devices, drive wheels, etc. as handholds. Failure to observe
these practices can result in illness, serious injury or death.
Do not hesitate to ask people to wear the individual flotation devices.
PFD’s may be worn in any weather. Inflatable PFD’s are comfortable to
wear, and some types will inflate automatically if the wearer falls
overboard. These PFD’s are excellent safety gear to have for yourself
and your guests.
266
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
S
12.2.3 Weather
CAUTION
Watch the weather where you are and where you are going. Be especially
alert for strong winds and electrical storms. Monitor marine radio weather
broadcasts for weather alerts. Storm signals are for your information and
safety. Learn their meaning and be guided accordingly.
Persons onboard the yacht should be specifically prohibited from riding
on parts of the yacht that are not designed for such use, such as the
foredeck, swim platform or forward and aft sun bathing cushions.
Persons onboard should be required to sit in safe seating areas while
the yacht is underway. Failure to comply with these directions can result
in falls overboard and other serious personal injury or death.
j
12.2.4 Fuel
Be certain that there is enough fuel aboard for your anticipated cruising
needs and an adequate reserve if you change your plans to
accommodate weather conditions or for other reasons.
Know your fuel tank capacities and your engines’ hourly fuel consumption
rates. Calculate your fuel usage and use this as a backup check on your
fuel tank level gauges.
WARNING
Never exceed the weight limits for people and load carried.
People and loads onboard should be distributed evenly.
Make sure that safety equipment is perfectly efficient and available to
each passenger.
12.2.2
12
12.2.5 General maintenance safety
Rules of Navigation
Know and observe the Rules of Navigation and always maintain control
of your yacht. Neglecting this is the primary cause for collisions at sea.
Provide laminated plastic reference cards for the Rules of Navigation and
have them available for quick reference at each control station.
Make frequent checks and perform the routine preventive maintenance
on the hull, propulsion and auxiliary power generating engines, safety
equipment and yacht systems on a regular basis.
Failures of key equipment and systems may result in serious
consequences such as property damage or injury or death to persons
onboard.
Keep a proper watch ahead of and around the yacht at all times when
underway.
Make sure that the engineroom is properly ventilated when engines and/
or generator are running.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
267
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
Persons having access to the engineroom must be aware of potential
hazards of the following:
−
−
−
−
−
−
S
movable mechanical parts;
high ambient temperature and hot parts or equipment;
hot, pressurized and/or toxic fluid systems;
flammable fluids;
high noise when engines are running;
risks connected to the unauthorized or accidental operation of valves
or switches that are important to the safe conduct of the yacht.
CAUTION
The captain of a pleasure yacht must know and understand basic fire
fighting techniques and how to use the fixed and portable fire
extinguishers aboard the yacht. Being unable to use firefighting
equipment and techniques effectively could result in injury, death and/
or property damage.
Personnel performing any type of operations, maintenance, repair or
other service during the life of your yacht must be technically qualified
and have proven abilities and experience acquired and recognized in
their specific field.
Failure to follow these instructions and warnings can result in damage to
your yacht and compromise the safety and persons onboard.
S
CAUTION
Tampering with, interrupting, removing or bypassing any safety device
installed on your yacht can result in serious damage to your yacht and/
or cause personal injury or death to persons onboard.
268
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.3
12
PFD’s - PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES AND
LIFE-SAVING EQUIPMENT
All personal flotation devices (to be worn or thrown) used on the yacht
must be approved by the relevant Authorities. In the U.S., the Federal
Government, through the U.S. Coast Guard, specifies the requirements
for PFD’s and other required safety equipment to be carried aboard
recreational vessels (supplied or not).
If the vessel is not used commercially, PFDs may be type I, II, or III.
If the vessel is to be used commercially, and will be carrying six or more
passengers for hire, the PFDs must be type I.
Do not hesitate to ask people to wear the individual flotation devices.
They can be worn with any weather conditions, during navigation, at dock
or during anchor riding.
People can fall overboard at any time.
− People who cannot swim and children must always wear an individual
flotation device.
− People working on deck must always wear an individual flotation
device.
− PFD’s should be worn on deck when underway in cold waters (water
temperatures below 20 °C/68 °F).
− In any emergency, persons on board should put on their PFD’s.
Inflatable PFD’s are comfortable to wear, and some types will inflate
automatically if the wearer falls overboard.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
These PFD’s are excellent safety gear to have for yourself and your
guests. Consider providing self-inflating vests or self-inflating “belt pack”
vests for yourself and your guests. Make sure that all PFD’s are approved
by the appropriate national or international regulatory agencies.
Bertram furnishes type II adult size (90 lbs) PFDs. This type of PFD is
capable of turning its wearer to vertical or slightly backward position in the
water. These PFDs are high visibility orange, comply with all of the USCG
requirements for a type II device, and carry the United States Coast
Guard approval label. Type II PFDs come in four sizes: adult (90 pounds
plus), child large (50 to 90 pounds), child medium (30 to 50 pounds), and
child small (less than 30 pounds).
This type of PFD is donned by placing it over the head with the collar
behind the neck. The waist strap should then be connected and adjusted
to prevent this device from riding up on the wearer.
The technique for donning a PFD should be practiced by everyone, so
that they know where to find them and how to properly don one, even in
the dark or in the water.
The recommended technique for water entry while wearing a PFD is to
wrap both arms as tightly as possible around the wearer’s chest and
under the chin. This protects the face and keeps the PFD from riding up.
269
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
Always jump into the water feet first, with both feet and knees slightly
bent. The head should be tucked down into the pocket made by the
folded arms. As soon as a wearer is in the water, he should join others for
mutual assistance and warmth.
Please keep in mind that Bertram furnishes only adult sized PFDs and
that the USCG requires that everyone onboard have the correct size
PFD. Please also keep in mind that if a PFD is stowed wet, mildew will
hasten the deterioration of the PFD. If used, they should be rinsed with
fresh water and dried out in the sunlight.
The USCG does not consider as “readily available” any PFD left in their
original plastic wrappers, since persons under stress may be unable to
remove them quickly.
In addition to the PFDs, Federal regulations require at least one (1)
United States Coast Guard approved type IV throwable device. This
device must be located where it is immediately available to those on
deck.
Bertram supplies one type IV device. You should mount this device in a
suitable location. We recommend about 60 feet of light line be attached
to the device.
All yacht owners and captains should conduct regular “man overboard”
drills so that all persons on board are familiar with the procedures for
rescuing a person who falls overboard.
At the cry, “MAN OVERBOARD!” immediate action is of the utmost
importance--every second counts, particularly at night or in heavy
weather. It is extremely helpful to indicate which side he went over, such
as: “MAN OVERBOARD - PORT!”. This focuses the attention of those
who did not see the accident and guides their actions.
Circumstances will dictate the best procedure as to how to approach the
person in the water. One good procedure is to stop the boat a short
distance up-wind from the victim and allow the boat to drift down. As the
boat approaches the person in the water, shut down the engines and
prepare to throw your type IV throwable device. Once the person is in
range, throw the life ring, and pull him to the boat.
The captain must make sure that all persons on board know:
− the stowage place of the throwable PFD’s.
− how and when to launch a throwable device.
− what to do in case of “man overboard”.
270
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.4
YACHT’S AREAS AND ESCAPE ROUTES
In order to cope with the different emergency situations that could
determine the abandonment of the yacht (fire, collision with sinking
hazard etc.) in the quickest and safest way, the rules in force require an
“escape plan” informing about the safest and most secure, as well as the
quickest, paths (from any yacht area) for taking shelter and reaching the
“collecting points”, outdoors, from which it will be easier to leave the
yacht.
The diagram below, represents the yacht’s general lay-outs, subdivided
according to the areas they include:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
A
B
Flybridge
Salon, dinette and galley
Steering gear compartment
Engine room
Master, guests’, VIP staterooms
S
CAUTION
You have therefore, according to the nature and position of the danger
or fire source, to choose very carefully the most safe and suitable
escape route.
B001776
C
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
271
D
E
12
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
j
540
WARNING
During navigation it is necessary to unlock the safety retainer of the bow
skylight.
j
WARNING
Always keep the escape routes, dry, free and accessible.
k
DANGER
The various yacht’s areas have more than one escape route. It is
therefore necessary, according to the nature and position of the danger
or fire source, to choose very carefully the most safe and suitable
escape route.
k
DANGER
It is forbidden, to stay or to walk on the walk-around and on the bow of
the yacht during navigation, as the absence of a bulwark stay could
expose people to the risk of falling at sea.
272
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.4.1 Flybridge Area
The fly bridge area is equipped with a single way
out (escape route).
From the fly bridge, by means of a port stair, you
can reach the cockpit (1st Path).
1st Path
12.4.2 Salon, dinette and galley area
The salon, dinette and galley area shows a single
access and exit (escape route).
From salon, dinette and galley area, use the exit
path towards the cockpit (2nd Path).
2nd Path
B01777
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
273
12
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
12.4.3
540
Owner’s, guests’ and VIP
stateroom area
3rd Path
The diagrams shown below indicate the Owner’s,
guests’ and VIP stateroom area, the escape
routes and the paths to be used in case of need.
Use to this purpose, the stair leading to the salon,
dinette and galley (3rd Path), or take shelter
through the fore skylight (4th Path).
k
DANGER
The Owner’s, guests’ and VIP stateroom area
is provided with various escape routes. It is
therefore necessary, according to the nature
and position of the danger or fire source, to
choose very carefully the most safe and
suitable escape route.
4th Path
During navigation it is compulsory to unlock the
safety retainer of the bow skylight so as to
ensure a safe and quick escape.
B01778
274
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.5
12
FIRE PREVENTION
The owner/operator/captain of the yacht must be knowledgeable and
competent in fire prevention measures and fire fighting techniques.
Never allow crew or persons onboard to:
− to obstruct the access to passageways and escape routes;
− obstruct the access to safety devices, such as fuel valves, electrical
switches, etc.;
− obstructing the access to fire extinguishers stowed inside the lockers;
− leave the yacht unattended, when burners or heat generating
equipment are on;
− use open flames;
− modify electrical or fuel supply systems, without consulting
BERTRAM beforehand;
− smoke close to flammable materials;
− stow highly flammable materials or liquids such as fuels, solvents,
etc., near heat sources like engines, cooking appliances, etc.;
− stow any flammable material in the engineroom;
− do not allow fuel leaks to accumulate in the bilge.
Your yacht must be equipped with the fire extinguishing equipment
required by the law applicable in the waters where the yacht is operated.
This includes, but may not be limited to, having an adequate number of
portable fire extinguishers.
An automatic engineroom fire-suppression system should also be
installed and ready for activation.
The yacht’s Owner and the Captain are directly responsible for:
−
having the fire extinguishers and firefighting systems inspected and
serviced as required by the manufacturer and replaced, when
necessary, with equivalent or superior equipment, as provided for by
the applicable laws and regulations;
−
informing all persons onboard about the location and use of fire
extinguishers, firefighting systems and emergency exits and escape
routes;
−
ensuring that fire extinguishers are available in passenger
accommodation spaces and that all persons onboard are trained in
their use;
−
inspecting the bilges and storage areas frequently and ensuring that
they are clean and free of any oily residues and that there are no
combustible materials (e.g. oily rags and waste materials) anywhere
aboard the yacht.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
S
CAUTION
Fire prevention is a key to safety onboard of your yacht. Fire onboard a
yacht is a life-threatening hazard. To avoid serious personal injury or
death and property damage, follow all fire prevention and control
measures carefully.
j
WARNING
Never use water jets to extinguish electrical or electronic equipment
fires.
275
12
12.6
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
FIRE EMERGENCY
In case of fire, the captain of the yacht should immediately:
− stop the yacht and shut down all engines, including the generator;
− switch OFF all battery power;
− locate the fire and activate all available fire extinguishing equipment
following standard fire fighting techniques;
− close the air intakes and the ventilators in the engineroom;
− avoid breathing smoke.
− Stand by with portable hand-held extinguishers, in case the fire
spreads past the engineroom or re-ignites.
−
If the fire involved the engines or engine compartment, care should be
taken to determine the cause of the fire before restarting the engine(s).
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
If the fire is in the engineroom, the automatic firefighting system may have
shut down the engines and discharged the firefighting chemical. Read the
section on Engineroom Fixed Firefighting System that follows, to learn
how this system operates in the event of an engineroom fire.
Have everyone aboard don a life jacket and move quickly and safely
away from the fire.
Assign one person to be in charge of your abandon ship bag, which
should include a fully charged hand-held VHF radio, emergency
flares, dye markers, bottled water, and anything else needed to
survive at sea.
Contact the Coast Guard on VHF channel 16 (156.800 MHz) or SSB
radio frequency 2182 kHz. Say, “MAYDAY, MAYDAY, MAYDAY!”.
Describe the situation. Describe the vessel. Give your location and
the number of people aboard.
If you have an emergency life raft, prepare it for deployment.
If you have a tender, launch it immediately, before you lose electrical
power.
Unless other dangers make maneuvering power necessary,
immediately shutdown both engines, if the automatic system has not
already done so.
Shut down all electrical power except for the bilge pumps, navigation
lights, and VHF or SSB radios.
Extinguish all open flames.
Do not open the engineroom access hatches for at least 15 minutes.
Verify that the fire is totally extinguished by carefully feeling around
the hatches and bulkhead to ensure that these surfaces are cool
before opening any hatches.
Study the FIRE PREVENTION and FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS sections
in this chapter.
S
CAUTION
Fire fighting equipment and controls must be accessible at all times.
Hindering the access to fire fighting equipment and controls could result
in serious injury or death and property damage.
j
WARNING
Do not open engineroom access hatch, until the fire is completely
extinguished.
276
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.6.1
Abandonment of the yacht
One situation for which you must be prepared is an uncontrollable fire or
other emergency at sea, requiring all hands leave the vessel. As an
important part of your fire preparedness plan, the operator, along with the
crew and regular guests, should develop and practice an abandon ship
drill.
At a minimum, this plan should include:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Location of the life jackets and how to wear them.
Location and operation of any other emergency flotation equipment,
such as a life raft or throwable devices.
Speedy operation of the forward emergency egress deck hatch.
How to summon help quickly by use of the hailing/emergency
channels for the onboard radios.
When and how flares or daylight visual distress signals are used.
Use of dye markers.
Use of an Emergency Position Indication Radio Beacon (EPIRB).
Location of an abandon ship bag and the proper use of each item
contained in the bag (The abandon ship bag or container must be one
that will float if it is accidentally dropped overboard or must be carried
while swimming).
SCALD HAZARD: When you must abandon the yacht, swim against the
current or windward. The fuel leaks float in the direction of the current and
can catch fire. When you have taken shelter, count the person present on
the yacht and help people in need.
− Take advantage of the distress call.
− Keep all people gathered in order to facilitate the rescue operation.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
277
12
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
12.7
12.7.1
540
FIRE EXTINGUISHING
Disconnect the electrical power
In the event of a fire on board, it is recommended that all energized
sources of electrical power be disconnected by switching OFF all master
switches.
S
CAUTION
NEVER
• obstruct passageways and emergency exits.
• obstruct the access to safety devices, such as fuel valves, electrical
switches, etc.
• obstruct the access to fire extinguishers stowed inside cabinets.
• to leave the yacht unattended when burners or heat generating
equipment are on.
• to use or allow open flames.
• modify electrical or fuel supply systems, without consulting
BERTRAM beforehand.
• smoke near flammable materials or when handling them.
• stow highly flammable materials, such as fuel, solvents, etc., near
heat sources, like engines, galley appliances, etc.
• stow any flammable material in the engineroom. Non-combustible
materials may be stowed in the engineroom only if properly protected,
isolated and fixed, so they cannot be exposed to engine rotating parts
or obstruct access to the engineroom.
Failure to observe these practices can result in illness, serious injury or
death.
278
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.8
12.8.1
12
FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS
Location of safety & firefighting equipment
Self-inflatable life raft
Life jacket
Fixed firefighting system emergency
control in the engineroom
Portable fire extinguisher
FE-241 fixed fire extinguisher
VHF
First aid kit
B01779
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
279
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
12.8.2
540
Portable fire extinguishers
NOTICES
The person in charge of the yacht must make sure that all passengers
know the locations and how to operate correctly the fire extinguishers
on board.
−
−
−
−
−
−
Check the charge status before use.
Make sure that the discharge nozzle is not directed towards yourself
or anybody else in the vicinity.
Be cautious when using the extinguisher to fight electrical panels or
equipment fires.
Direct the discharge nozzle towards the fire bottom and open the
discharge valve.
Try to extinguish the flames and to cool down the equipment.
After using the extinguisher to extinguish flames in closed rooms,
thoroughly ventilate the room before entering it.
Checks and tests on portable extinguishers
Check the charge status of portable extinguishers at least once a month,
and anyway before undertaking any navigation. The pressure gauge
indicator must be in the green area of the gauge. Have the portable
extinguishers checked at an authorized Service Centre and according to
the Manufacturer’s recommendations and the applicable rules.
For further information refer to the extinguisher manual or address to the
manufacturer.
280
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12.8.3
12
Maintenance of portable fire-extinguishers
At least every six months, a full maintenance check should be made by a
qualified fire extinguisher service facility in accordance with the
maintenance instructions on the nameplate of the extinguisher. The
technician who performs maintenance should attach a tag indicating the
date of the check to each extinguisher.
− At least once a month, and anyway before each navigation, check the
charge status.
− At least once a month, and anyway before each navigation, check the
external status.
− At least every 6 months check the fastening.
After use, have the portable extinguishers recharged at a qualified
service centre or have them replaced with extinguishers with the same
dimensions, capacity and extinguishing agent.
NOTICES
For more directions about the use of the individual systems and
equipment, consult the manuals provided by the individual equipment
manufacturers.
All extinguishers must be checked at least once a month in order to make
sure that:
− they are located in the correct position.
− they do not show signs of corrosion or damage.
− they are fully charged. The pressure gauges or indicators installed on the
fire-extinguishers, should show pressure values within the prescribed
limits. All fire-extinguishers without pressure gauge or indicator, and
portable dry chemical and CO2 fire-extinguishers must be weighed.
− check the seal to make sure that the fire extinguisher has not been
activated.
− the hole of the nozzle must not be clogged and the hose must be in
good conditions.
The pipe connections of the fixed systems are properly tight and that the
discharge nozzles are not clogged.
− the fixed system has not been discharged.
NOTICES
Keep the fire-fighting devices and controls according to Manufacturer’s
instruction. Have the equipment serviced by a qualified technician at
regular intervals.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
281
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
12.8.4
540
Fixed fire-fighting system in the engine room
S
The engineroom is equipped with an independent firefighting system that
can be activated either automatically or manually and uses FE-241 as
extinguishing agent. The cylinder is fitted on the forward bulkhead of the
engineroom starboard.
The discharge is controlled automatically through a glass flask filled with
liquid; when the temperature in the engine room rises, the liquid expands
until the flask breaks and the extinguisher discharge activates. The flask
is fitted on the same cylinder.
The extinguisher can also be activated manually, the discharge is
controlled by the tie rod placed in the aft starboard cockpit inside of a
suitable peak closed with a hatch.
In the helm station is placed the control panel for the firefighting system.
The red indicator light will illuminate on the helm station panel or on main
electric panel and the buzzer sounds, indicating an overheat condition in
the engineroom.
Acknowledge the condition by briefly pressing the test button, located in
the helm station or on the main electric panel. The alarm horn will stop
sounding. The light will remain illuminated until the heat detectors reset
themselves.
The system can be tested at any time by pressing the relevant test button.
When the button is pressed, the light will illuminate, and the alarm horn
will sound.
Releasing the button will cause the light to go out, and the horn will stop
sounding. An open circuit in the heat detection system wiring will also
cause the monitor to respond as if there is an overheat condition.
CAUTION
The fire monitor system monitors your vessel for fire (overheat) in the
engineroom only. The fire system monitor is separate from the onboard
fixed fire extinguishing system.
The fire system monitor will not detect fire outside of the engineroom.
The combination fire and bilge flood monitor is tested and silenced using
the same switches and controlled by the same power fuses. It can be
disabled completely by removing the fuse in the D.C. main supply panel
located in the engineroom.
S
CAUTION
Toxic by-products are produced when the fire-fighting agent (FE-241)
extinguishes the fire. Avoid breathing the fumes.
Inhalation of FE-241 (clorotetrafluoroethane) in high concentrations
may cause death without warning. Read the manual provided with the
fire extinguishing system for complete information.
Most fire-fighting agents will stop engines by oxygen depletion. Agent
FE-241 may not stop your engines or generator. If the engines are not
stopped quickly, the extinguishing agent concentration may be rapidly
reduced.
In order to give FE-241 a chance to extinguish a fire, the concentration
must remain as high as possible. Do not open the engineroom access
hatch.
The fixed fire extinguisher will fight fires only in the engineroom. Fires
outside the engineroom should be fought with the portable hand-held
extinguishers.
282
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
1. Green light
Indicates that the extinguisher is full.
2. Red light
Indicates that the extinguisher is empty.
3. Acoustic signal
Indicates that the system is operating and that the extinguisher is
releasing gas.
4. OVERRIDE/NORMAL switch
• When the switch is placed to NORMAL position, the power unit
actuates and stops the engines, generator and ventilators, in case
of extinguisher discharge.
• When the switch is placed to OVERRIDE position, the control unit is
cut-out.
NOTICES
The switch must always be set to NORMAL position. The OVERRIDE
control has to be used only with navigation in confined waters or with a
collision hazard and to restart the engines after the system discharge.
S
CAUTION
The OVERRIDE switch must be used only in case of real emergency.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
283
12
12
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
“FIRE” rode safety pin
“FIRE” extinguisher tie rod
Fixed fire extinguisher in the engineroom
Firefighting system control panel
Firefighting panel on main electric panel
540
Control panel
Fixed fire extinguisher
NOTICES
The images are referred to the US-version of
the yacht.
Firefighting system control
284
Main electric panel
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
12
Firefighting system operation
The fixed fire extinguisher operates automatically when the engineroom
temperature exceeds 175 °F (79 °C).
In case of fire, an automatic power unit stops the engines immediately,
the power generator and the ventilators. In this way the extinguishing
agent is not sucked by the engines, causing a loss of performance to the
firefighting system.
In case of fire in the engine room, operate as follows:
− shut down the engines and generator, if they are operating, using the
stop buttons on the helm station console;
− turn OFF the battery breakers and all magneto-thermal switches for
AC inlet;
− remove the pin from the firefighting tie rod located in the aft starboard
cockpit by sliding it out and pull the tie rod to discharge the
extinguisher. The extinguisher can be automatically discharged, but
pull the handle anyway.
S
S
Everyone aboard must immediately don life jackets (PFDs), move
topside, proceed quickly and safely to a location furthest from the fire,
and remain there as a group. This should be done before checking the
condition of the vessel. Gather all portable hand-held fire extinguishers
in the cockpit. If there is an engineroom fire, do not wait for the system
to discharge automatically. Discharge the system manually from the
cockpit by removing the safety pin and pulling the “T” discharge tie rod.
S
CAUTION
Keep the controls of the firefighting system efficient, by servicing them
and by checking their operation at regular intervals (according to rules
in force). Anyway at least every 3 months check the operation and at
least once a year grease the cables and linkages.
CAUTION
Before undertaking the navigation, it is compulsory to open the lock and
to allow easy access to the peak, in order to reach the fire-fighting
panel, and to check whether the safety pin has been removed from the
cylinders.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
k
DANGER
The automatic fire-fighting system, covering exclusively a section of the
engine room, under special fire conditions could not activate, for this
reason IT IS ALWAYS COMPULSORY TO ACTIVATE THE SAFETY
TIE ROD.
285
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
− If your vessel was built to RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) standards,
or is over 67 feet long, you must manually reopen the air intake
shutters located on the intake plenums outboard of each engine.
− Start the engines.
− Turn on only those electrical circuits necessary to maneuver your
vessel safely.
− If you have alerted the Coast Guard, inform them that the fire has
been extinguished and you are able to get underway under your own
power. Contact them again when you are safely secured at your
destination.
− Continue to the nearest port.
− Have the fixed fire extinguisher system and any hand-held fire
extinguishers serviced as soon as possible.
NOTICES
Depending on the rate of rise in temperature, the time between the fire
monitor system alarm and the fixed system discharge may be too short
to be acted upon as separate events. Automatic discharge of the fire
system cannot be defeated. It will always discharge at its designed
discharge temperature.
k
DANGER
Before activating the fire-fighting system, make sure nobody is inside
the engine room. Once checked that the fire is totally extinguished,
before entering the room, ventilate it for a long time by opening the
hatches, and remove any powder deposits carefully.
j
WARNING
Do not open the engine room access hatch, until the fire is completely
extinguished.
After The Fire Has Been Extinguished:
− Squelch the fire monitoring system by briefly pressing the squelch
button on the flybridge. The light will remain illuminated until the heat
detectors reset themselves.
− Use the fire system manual override switch to allow switching on the
blowers, generator, and main engines.
− Ventilate the engineroom to remove any unburned FE-241.
− Have the proper type of hand-held fire extinguishers ready before you
cautiously open the engineroom access hatches.
− Carefully examine the engineroom for damage and determine the
cause of the fire.
− Make the necessary emergency repairs, making certain that none of
the seawater cooling intake hoses for the main engines are burned
through.
S
CAUTION
Do not open the engineroom access hatch, or try to enter the
engineroom, for at least 15 minutes after the fire agent has discharged.
This would allow oxygen to enter the engineroom before hot metals
and/or fuels cool, which might cause re-ignition and flashback.
286
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
S
CAUTION
The combustion by-products of FE-241 are toxic. Wait for the natural
ventilation to completely exchange the engineroom air before entering.
S
CAUTION
The chemical agents for fire extinguishing and the residuals of a
discharge system are toxic. To avoid diseases, injuries or death caused
by the breathing of the fumes, make sure that nobody stays in the
engine room during the system discharge.
S
CAUTION
An automatic fire-fighting system can cause fire to spread out again. If
fire spreads out again the passengers on board are in danger. Even the
opening of the engine room access hatch can cause through oxygen a
new spreading out of fire. If fire spreads out again, to avoid heavy
injuries or even death, do not open the hatch or engine room access
door until fire has been completely extinguished.
j
WARNING
Before ventilating the engine room after a fire, make sure that this has
been completely extinguished. Before entering this room ventilate it by
opening the hatchways.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
287
12
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
Maintenance of fixed fire-fighting systems
−
−
−
−
Check the fixed extinguisher charge status at least once a month, and
in any case, prior to navigation (pressure gauge needle within the
green sector of the same).
Have the system overhauled by a qualified service centre according
to Manufacturer’s instruction. The technician who performs
maintenance should attach a tag indicating the date of the check to
the system.
Check the discharge indicator before use, to make sure that the fixed
fire-fighting system has not been discharged.
A fixed fire-fighting system should be checked at least once a month.
a. for corrosion.
b. to make sure that the access to the controls is not hindered.
c. to make sure that the cylinders are firmly sitting.
d. to make sure that the pulling cables are not broken, loose,
damaged or twisted.
e. to make sure that the cable connections are fastened properly.
f. to make sure that the distribution pipe connections are firmly
fastened and that the discharge nozzles are not clogged.
g. to make sure that the system has not discharged.
S
S
CAUTION
Never attempt to disable any part of your fixed fire extinguisher system.
This system contains liquefied gas at high pressure and serious injury
or death could result.
CAUTION
k
Accidental discharge of the chemical agents for fire extinguishing
during handling or installation may cause heavy injuries. The chemical
agents for fire extinguishing and the residuals of a discharge system are
toxic. Protect eyes and skin during installation or maintenance of the
fire-fighting systems.
DANGER
The fire-extinguishing cylinder has a safety pin. Check if above
mentioned pin has effectively been removed. If this is not the case,
should fire spread out, the cylinder would be jammed and would not
discharge, with consequent possibility of heavy damages to your yacht
up to its sinking.
288
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
k
S
DANGER
The safety pin inserted prevents the activation of the manual discharge
(by means of tie-rod).
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Read carefully the instruction manual.
Before attempting any installation, removal, activation or maintenance
of this device.
S
CAUTION
During maintenance operations, pay attention not to break the flasks
unintentionally, in order to prevent accidental cylinder releases.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
When checking the pressure of the system, verify the temperature of
the system or the temperature of the environment. The green section of
the pressure gauge indicates the system's pressure at 21.1°C/70°F.
In order to determine the pressure level of the system, adjust the
temperature.
The extinguisher CONTAINS TOXIC CONCENTRATED CHEMICAL
AGENTS AND SUBPRODUCTS FOR FIRE FIGHTING. Avoid to inhale
fumes or long exposure to them.
THE ACCIDENTAL DRAIN DURING USE OR INSTALLATION CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURIES. Never let it drop down. Keep it far from
extreme heat.
S
12
289
12
12.9
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
RECOMMENDED ITEMS TO HAVE ONBOARD
In addition to the standard safety and marine equipment required by the
existing regulations for pleasure boats, we recommend you also have on
board a number of items that can be valuable when your yacht is in use.
Some of these items will not be used frequently, but may be essential in
emergencies.
− 10 spare halogen bulbs for little spot lights
−
4 lines - 3/4 in, 65 ft
− 1 underwater lamp
−
1 line - 1 in, 100 ft
− 2 pairs of heavy duty rubber gloves
−
1 spare anchor, 66.14 lb
− 5 lb of white rags
−
2 plastic buckets
− 1 CRC spray can
−
2 synthetic sponges
− 1 Vaseline jar
−
2 empty 5 gals cans
− 1 engine spare parts kit
−
2 funnels of different size, complete with 20 in rubber tube
− 1 water maker spare parts kit
−
5 gals of engine oil
− accumulator for smoke detection unit
−
2 gals of gear box oil
− fuses for secondary electric panel
−
1 gal of hydraulic oil for steering system
− hearing-protection
−
1 gal of hydraulic oil for the trim tabs
− tool kit
−
1 gal of anti-freeze
−
35 oz of oil for bow thruster
−
1 gal of oil for the electro-hydraulic system
−
1 set of navigation light bulbs
− 2 spare bulbs for engine room lights
− insulating tape
− stainless steel pipe clamps of various size
290
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
291
12
12
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
540
NOTES:
292
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
13
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE
HANDING
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
13
13.1
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
YACHT LIFTING AND LAUNCHING
S
The arrangement of the lifting straps must be carefully evaluated each
time, in order to prevent any damage to the yacht. Entrust this
determination to qualified, experienced professional personnel.
CAUTION
Do not put the lifting straps in the areas shaded on the drawing.
NOTICES
NOTICES
Lifting sling geometry depends on the type of the lifting equipment, and
must be designed for each individual lifting situation.
Yacht lifting and launching operations must be performed by
experienced personnel at qualified yards, under their responsibility.
The marine hoist (travel lift) capacity must be greater than the yacht’s
weight. Lifting equipment must be in good condition; more specifically,
the lifting straps must not be worn out, and should be covered with
preserving material that will protect the yacht’s hull gel-coat and
antifouling paint when the yacht is lifted.
NOTICES
Prior to lifting and launching, check that there are no unnecessary
materials and equipment aboard the yacht. Make sure that all gear,
furniture, and loose items are properly stowed and secure. No person
should be aboard the yacht when it is lifted or launched.
NOTICES
Do not put the lifting straps in way of the intakes, sea exhausts or other
protrusions.
Because a great difference may exist between different load conditions
(e.g., yacht empty and yacht fully-loaded) the lifting straps must be
arranged at the time of lifting according to the yacht’s load conditions.
B01782
SLING
294
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
S
CAUTION
During lifting, launching and blocking activities, no person should be
underneath or near the yacht when it is being moved.
S
CAUTION
The use of lifting equipment such as cranes and hoists is a hazardous
activity. All lifting equipment, its operation and its maintenance should
comply with local and/or national requirements covering its use. Ensure
that the equipment is suited to the intended use. Failure to observe
these practices can result in illness, serious injury or death.
S
CAUTION
Do not allow any personnel to walk under or work under items or
equipment supported by hoisting equipment. Hoisted items or
equipment can fall if not safely supported leading to serious personal
injury or death.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
295
13
13
13.1.1
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
Storing the yacht ashore
When ashore, the yacht must be laid on a cradle with five supports of
width and size adequate to distribute the yacht weight evenly. Consult
BERTRAM for details.
k
DANGER
The transformers installed on board separate galvanically the dock
electric system from the on board electric system. During yacht onshore
handing (lay-up) for maintenance, if you use one or both shore outlets
for power supply of the on board 230 V AC electric system, make sure
that the yacht grounding is connected to the shore column grounding,
taking advantage of expert crew.
The hull inclination must be as “natural” as possible, e.g., the yacht’s
waterline (not the keel) should be parallel to the ground, so that the level
of liquids aboard remains normal and rainwater will drain naturally.
You can obtain a copy of the American Boat & Yacht Council’s technical
information report titled TY-28, Boat Lifting And Storage, from ABYC at
www.abycinc.org or by calling (in the USA) 1-410-956-1050.
NOTICES
BERTRAM declines any responsibility for the location of the lifting
straps, the lowering or lifting of the boat, and for the integrity of the
supporting points performed by other Shipyards.
NOTICES
BERTRAM declines all responsibility for damage to property and harm
to persons caused by the wrong performance of the hereunder listed
operations.
296
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
13.2
TOWING
Towing should be done only by experienced professionals with the
proper equipment. Proper towing of large yachts requires specialized
knowledge and equipment. If you need a tow when the water is rough,
calling professional assistance is advised because of the dangers to the
yacht, the towboat, and personnel, which are created by rough seas. If
the yacht is to be towed, fasten the towing lines as shown in the figure, in
order to distribute the load evenly.
The towrope length depends upon the sea conditions, and must be
adjusted in such a way to control the pulling forces without damaging the
yacht’s deck fittings.
S
CAUTION
Do not stand behind or near the ropes during towing operations.
Towropes are under a great strain, and if anything breaks, the rope will
spring back “whiplash”, possibly striking people behind or near the rope.
Serious injury or death will result if anyone is struck by a rope that
breaks under strain.
B01783
NOTICES
If you need to tow another boat, do this only in calm seas and calm wind
conditions. Never attempt to tow a vessel that weighs more than 50%
of your yacht’s weight (displacement). In case of emergency, if towing
is not possible, give assistance by taking people from the other vessel
on board your yacht. Take on board only as many persons as your
yacht can carry safely, and proceed to the nearest harbor. Inform the
Coast Guard immediately.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
297
13
13
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
S
540
CAUTION
Do not secure tow lines to deck cleats, which are for mooring only.
Cleats are not fastened to your vessel for towing.
Take added care if towing, or being towed, with nylon lines. These lines
stretch, and if a fitting fails or the line parts, the end can snap back with
sufficient force to cause injury or death.
S
CAUTION
Always tow or have the yacht towed at low speed. Never exceed the
speed of the towing yacht while being towed.
S
CAUTION
Ensure a towing rope so as to release it when under load.
S
CAUTION
The tensile strength of ropes/chains should normally not be higher than
80% of the tensile strength of the relevant pull up point.
298
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
299
13
13
YACHT LIFTING & ONSHORE HANDING
540
NOTES:
300
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
14
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
MAINTENANCE
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
14
14.1
MAINTENANCE
540
GENERAL MAINTENANCE SAFETY STANDARDS
Safety standards for yacht maintenance
Do not start any work before being assured that both the operator and the
others do not run any risk.
S
CAUTION
This section includes a certain number of information to maintain the
components without dangers. Remember that each time you activate
the controls you are in fact the pilot.
You must therefore read and understand the information given before
activating the controls.
Lack of proper knowledge of the nature, scope and extent of
maintenance operations can pose personal injury hazards to personnel
involved in the operations. If you are not certain about any aspect of the
work to be done, always ask someone with knowledge of the work to
clarify the situation. Do not draw any conclusion.
If you are not certain about your knowledge and skills for a specific
maintenance operation, entrust it to someone who has the knowledge.
S
Before carrying out any maintenance or repair operation, the work area
must be clear of all unauthorized persons. If others are working in the
same area, ensure that there is a clear understanding of the
communication signals that will be used to convey messages for action.
Manual signals are often used and must be clearly understood when
working in high noise areas where verbal instructions may be inadequate.
CAUTION
The use of faulty lifting attachments can be the cause of accidents;
check therefore their efficiency. Ensure the compliance of hoisting
gears with local norms and their suitability for the job they have to carry
out. Check besides their soundness according to the work to be carried
out.
Always operate with care, pay attention and make sure to understand the
applicable safety requirements related to the task you are carrying out.
S
Further to the warnings below, specific warnings are indicated in the
whole manual. This section provides general, limited guidelines for
warnings regarding safe maintenance procedures.
CAUTION
The use of unsuitable clothing can cause accidents; do not wear
fluttering clothes which could be easily get caught in the yacht’s moving
parts. Wear protective clothes suitable with the kind of work to carry out
(helmets, safety shoes and protective goggles, overalls). Button up the
cuffs, do not use ties or scarves and do not leave your long hair loose.
302
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
S
S
CAUTION
During the restoring operations of metallic or non metallic components,
wear safety goggles. Move away from the area or protect possible
flammable materials, which could catch fire from sparkles.
S
CAUTION
S
CAUTION
S
CAUTION
DANGER
The moving parts of the engine are dangerous; do not open the
housings if the yacht is in use.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Metallic chips whirling during the working of metallic parts can cause
injuries: always wear safety goggles and use a mallet or punch of soft
material.
The lifted equipment may fall and hurt you. Do not walk or work under
lifted devices not sufficiently and safely supported.
d
CAUTION
To activate the control handles from outside the control station can
cause heavy accidents even mortal ones: controls must exclusively be
operated while standing in the correct position in the control station.
Take the utmost care and attention for the whole duration of your
work. Take great care to avoid possible dangers.
S
CAUTION
Yacht entrance. Always face the yacht to enter or leave it and use the
handles and the steps. Make sure that steps, handles and rubber soled
shoes are clean and dry. Better to take them off. Do not jump down the
vessel, do not use the vessel controls as handholds; use the handles.
It is extremely dangerous to operate the yacht controls under the
influence of alcohol or drugs. Keep off from taking alcohol or drugs
before and during the work. Do not take medicines causing numbness.
S
14
303
14
MAINTENANCE
540
S
b
CAUTION
Insufficient information may cause accidents. If two or more persons
are working simultaneously in the same area, make sure that each one
of them is aware of the operation carried out by the others. Before
starting the engine, push away the other persons from the risky areas
(rotary blades and engine belt, tools and movements, engine inner and
rear part). The lack of taking following precautions can cause heavy
accidents even death.
b
The battery releases explosive gas: do not approach flames or
sparkles nor smoke near it. If the battery is used or charged in a closed
area, check for good ventilation. Do not check the battery charge by
short-circuiting the terminals with metal tools: use a density gauge or a
voltmeter.
S
CAUTION
Do not remove the tank filling plug when the engine activated,
because the hydraulic installation under pressure may cause injuries.
Before releasing pressure, stop the engine.
DANGER
Do not smoke during refuelling or while working on the engine. Carry
out refuelling with engine shut off. Should the precautions not be taken
under due consideration, fires and injuries may occur.
S
DANGER
S
CAUTION
The spilling of hydraulic oil under pressure may cause injuries: before
disconnecting or connecting the hoses, stop the engine and operate the
controls to release the residual pressure. Prevent the engine start when
the hoses are disconnected.
CAUTION
A frozen battery may blow up if used or charged; do not start a yacht
with frozen battery. To prevent the battery from freezing keep it always
completely charged.
304
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
b
S
DANGER
Cooling fluid hot. When the engine temperature is high, the cooling
system is under pressure and the hot fluid can spill over when you
remove the radiator plug. Therefore, before removing it, wait until the
system has cooled down, then turn the plug up to the first notch and
release the system’s pressure.
S
S
CAUTION
CAUTION
Clean the cylinders of the trim tabs periodically, to remove possible
dirt drifts, which can jeopardize their efficiency. To reduce the corrosion
risk, pull back the rods each time you leave or you harbour the yacht.
S
CAUTION
The cleaning of the metallic parts with non suitable solvents may cause
corrosion; use detergents and solvents of the prescribed type only.
CAUTION
Oil is poisonous: do not swallow it. The engine oil contains dangerous
polluting agents which can generate skin tumours. Handle oil as less as
possible, protect your skin with creams and gloves. Wash accurately
with warm water and soap the skin eventually polluted with oil: do not
use gasoline, diesel or petroleum and anyway seek expert medical
help.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
CAUTION
Hydraulic oil sprayed at high pressure penetrates the skin: do not
check for possible oil leaks with your fingers, nor approach your face to
them. Use a cardboard blank to verify the possible presence of
hydraulic oil. If oil penetrates the skin, ask immediately for a doctor for
the relevant treatment.
If damaged, the hydraulic hoses may cause death, carry out
appropriate periodical checks to verify the presence of:
• damaged fittings;
• wear of outer coatings as consequence of rubbing;
• swelling of outer coatings;
• bent or squashed pipes;
• fittings not properly located.
S
14
305
14
MAINTENANCE
540
S
CAUTION
Seals and O-rings fitted in the wrong way, damaged or worn out, may
cause leaks or accidents; replace them immediately, except if
otherwise prescribed. Never use trichloroethylene or solvent near Orings and seals.
S
CAUTION
When working in the engineroom, switch bilge automatic pumps off, to
prevent that fuel, lubricants and other liquid spilling cause’s sea
pollution.
j
WARNING
BERTRAM declines all responsibility for the installation and operation
of electric, electronic or mechanical equipment, improperly installed by
third parties, in a way not authorised by the Shipyard.
BERTRAM declines all responsibility concerning tampering carried out
by third parties on equipment installed in the Yard. Such tampering or
unauthorized installations will not only immediately void the warranty,
but may cause damage to the yacht and injuries to the people on board.
BERTRAM declines all responsibility concerning periodical
maintenance activities scheduled by the Yard or by Manufacturers, but
not carried out, of equipment/components, for which it is necessary to
refer to their own Direction Books.
306
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.2
14
SACRIFICIAL ANODES
The submerged, external metal parts of the yacht and internal parts of the
engines and generator are protected from corrosion by means of
sacrifical anodes. The anodes waste away to protect the metals on which
they are installed. Outside the hull there is a sacrifical anode fixed to the
stern.
If the bow thruster is installed also this one must carry a sacrifical anode.
NOTICES
Each time the yacht is dry-shored, check the condition of the propeller,
shafts and all underwater metals. Examine the protective anodes, and
the fastening system. Replace the anodes if their wear exceeds the
50% of their size.
These anodes are intended to waste away sacrifically as a protection for
metals that are in contact with seawater. If the anodes waste away
completely, other metal components may undergo corrosion.
All anodes should be inspected regularly to monitor their wasting rate.
Any anode with a fifty percent (50%) of wear respect to its original size,
should be replaced. The rate of wasting away of sacrifical anodes
depends on many factors, e.g., internal electrical faults, external
electrical faults and the presence of other corrosion accelerators or
galvanic activity near your yacht.
The anodes that protect the internal parts of the engines and generator
are located in the internal seawater cooling circuits.
Check the engine and generator manuals for the location of these
important internal anodes. The internal anodes should be checked at
regular intervals, depending upon how many hours the engines or
generator is used.
There also may be internal anodes in other equipment that uses seawater
as a cooling liquid. Check and replace these anodes according to the
maintenance schedule and instructions in the Manufacturer’s manuals for
the specific equipment.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
307
14
MAINTENANCE
14.2.1
540
Periodic check of external anodes
14.2.2 Replacing the external anodes
This operation is usually carried out when the yacht is in a dry shore. It
may be done in water with help of a diver.
If the underwater anodes have not been checked recently and a haul-out
is not planned, you should hire a diver to check and replace anodes.
j
The sacrifical anodes are fastened to the yacht in several positions on the
hull. Before installing a new anode, clean the area under the old anode
with a wire brush or fine sandpaper. Remove all residuals left by the
anode. Install the new anode and put some silicone on each of the screw
ends that fasten the anodes. This will make replacement easier when
they are worn out.
Do not fasten anodes with glue or other adhesives that may hinder their
removal, and will actually prevent the anodes from doing their job.
Do not paint the anodes.
There are internal anodes in the engines, generator, and other equipment
that uses seawater as a cooling liquid. Check and replace these anodes
according to the maintenance schedule in the Manufacturer’s manuals
for the specific equipment.
WARNING
Before cleaning the bottom or checking the underwater anodes while
the yacht is in the water, disconnect engines and generator so they
cannot be started accidentally. Serious injury or even the diver death
could result. Remove the ignition keys.
NOTICES
Failure to replace the anodes causes corrosion on other metal parts.
NOTICES
It is necessary to check the wear (waste) of the anodes and to replace
them as soon as the wear exceeds the 50% of their original size.
308
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.3
14
LONG YACHT INACTIVITY
The following section provides a limited, general guide to help you
understand the ordinary maintenance that should be carried out when the
yacht is decommissioned for any length of time.
Check carefully the instruction manuals of the single devices.
As with all maintenance and service requirements on your yacht, only
qualified and/or certified technicians should be employed to carry out
these activities.
14.3.2 Engines And Generator Lay-up
14.3.1
− Generally, before an extended yacht lay-up period (including winter
storage), the seawater-cooled components of all engines should be
flushed with fresh water and the closed-system coolant levels should
be checked and filled to specification as indicated. If winterizing, the
seawater-cooled systems also should be properly protected with a
suitable, non-toxic antifreeze.
− Check the condition of the engines’ internal sacrifical anodes.
Replace if indicated.
− Clean engineroom and bilge. Ensure that contaminated bilge water is
not pumped into the marine environment. Use oil absorbent products
to trap oil and petroleum byproducts. Dispose them in an approved
manner.
− Spray all electrical, mechanical and hydraulic equipment and fittings
and engines with a corrosion-inhibiting formula suitable for use on
metals, electrical equipment and non-metal items such as rubber and
plastics.
− Perform pre-lay-up maintenance for transmissions (gearboxes) in
accordance with the recommendations found in the manufacturer’s
equipment service manual.
For specific directions for service to be performed prior to an extended
period of inactivity. Perform all the engine manufacturer’s
recommendations for engine lay-up in accordance with the engine
service manuals. These activities include, but may not be limited to,
servicing oil and air filters, pumps, etc.
General Long-term Lay-up Guidelines
−
−
Wash the yacht with fresh water.
Prior to land storage, the yacht’s bottom and all underwater gear
should be pressure washed to remove marine growth and fouling.
− Inspect the outer hull and all components: propellers, anodes, shafts
and strut supports, rudders, trim tabs, fan-coils, thru-hull fittings and
sea valves and bow thruster.
− Check all lights on deck, the flybridge and the radar arch.
− Clean all staterooms and inspect all storage areas; remove all trash
and garbage.
− Remove all flammables, e.g., paints, fuels, cleaning products, rags,
etc. Dispose of these materials in a toxic waste facility.
− Check all hatches, seals and closures and lubricate.
− Clean all fan-coils with a vacuum cleaner.
− Check all systems and fastenings on the yacht to avoid damages.
Store the yacht in a sheltered place away from wave action and high wind
exposure.
If the yacht is stationed outside, cover it with a waterproof sheet placed
in such a way that allows ventilation. Otherwise the formation of mould on
the yacht surface could be helped.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
309
14
MAINTENANCE
540
Batteries
− Optimally, batteries should be removed from the yacht and stored in
a cool, dry area and periodically charged during the lay-up period.
Ensure that battery electrolyte levels are topped up and batteries are
fully charged. Protect terminals with a corrosion-inhibiting product.
− Maintenance charging should be via the yacht’s marine battery
charging system. Never use a portable charger to maintain battery
charge levels.
Guidelines for performing some of the following maintenance tasks are
found elsewhere in this manual, e.g. water system and tank cleaning, as
well as in specific equipment manuals.
Transducers
Remove the sending unit(s) and replace them with the cap plug provided.
This will prevent the sender from becoming fouled with marine growth if
the yacht is laid-up afloat. Clean the transducer units according to
directions in the equipment manuals.
Electro-hydraulic control units
Protect components and connections with a corrosion-inhibiting product.
Check the oil level and top up as necessary.
Anchor windlass (optional)
Check oil level on the gearbox body, if accessible.
Protect the electrical components with a corrosion-inhibiting product
suitable for electrical equipment. Lubricate the clutches and wildcat,
according to the instructions in the equipment manuals.
Diesel fuel tanks
Service diesel fuel system filters. Treat fuel with a diesel-fuel biocide to
prevent formation of algae growth and other contaminants. Fill tanks
before storage to prevent condensation from forming and contaminating
fuel with water. Inspect all lines and fittings for leaks; service as indicated.
Hydraulic steering system
Inspect all connections and lines for leaks. Check operation. Check and
top-up oil as indicated.
Exterior cushions
Clean and remove all sunpad and other upholstered cushions and store
them in a dry place.
Bow thruster (optional)
Protect the electrical components with a corrosion-inhibiting product.
Check the oil level and top up as necessary.
MAINTENANCE
At least every 6 months check seams and fasteners.
At least every month carry out the washing of the cushions.
Sacrifical Anodes (underwater and internal)
Inspect for condition and replace if indicated.
Aluminum and steel fittings
Wash all metallic parts with fresh water and protect them with a corrosioninhibiting product.
Teak wood deck and trim
Clean teak decks and trim with a cleaning solution recommended for
teak. Avoid harsh cleaning products that can strip the wood of its natural
oils.
310
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
Fresh water tanks and system
Sanitize fresh water system lines and tanks by flushing with a disinfecting
solution. Flush tank and pump dry. To protect the system from freeze
damage, disconnect and drain all lines and pumps, or install non-toxic
antifreeze in the system. Switch OFF the pressurization systems of water.
Interior Wood and Soft Goods (carpets, upholstery, curtains, etc.)
Cover these materials to avoid direct exposure to light and moisture.
Close all window (curtains, blinds) to minimize UV damage to interior
woodwork, carpets, furnishings, etc. Clean interior wood trim with a
suitable wood cleaner.
Grey water tank
Sanitize the system by pouring a suitable marine type cleaning/
disinfecting solution into the sink drains, showers and bidets.
Flush tank and pump dry. To protect the system from freeze damage,
disconnect and drain all lines and pumps, or install non-toxic antifreeze
in the system.
Black water (sewage) tank
Empty the tank into a shoreside disposal facility or at sea. Flush system
and tank with a suitable cleaner/disinfectant by pumping the solution into
the toilets. Flush the system by discharging water in the waste tank.
Repeat the process several times to ensure that tank and lines are
completely flushed.
To protect the system from freeze damage, disconnect and drain all lines
and pumps, or install non-toxic antifreeze in the system.
Clothes Washer And Dishwashers (optional)
Clean interior of machines by running them through a full cycle, including
a drying phase for the dishwasher, so as to remove the residuals of
washing powder. Leave doors or lids open to enable ventilation. Protect
pumps and lines against freezing by draining them.
Refrigerators and icemaker
Remove all foodstuffs/ice, etc. and clean the interiors. Leave doors open
to allow ventilation. Clean the exteriors of the units.
Disconnect and drain icemaker supply lines.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
14
311
14
MAINTENANCE
14.4
540
COMMISSIONING THE YACHT
− Start the engine of the power generator. Repeat the same sequence
as for the thrust engines.
− If the yacht has been stored afloat, have the hull, rudders, propellers,
shafts and the trim tabs thoroughly cleaned to remove marine growth
and fouling.
− Inspect the condition of the antifouling paint on the bottom hull. If
necessary, have two layers of suitable antifouling applied by qualified
personnel (the yacht will have to be hauled).
− Check propeller and shafts. Inspect for leaks in the shaft seals. Repair
as needed;
− Check the condition of underwater zinc anodes; replace if indicated;
− Check the condition and operational status of:
• all hoses;
• all bilge pumps, seawater, potable water, black water and grey
water pumps;
• the steering system connections;
• trim tab fluid and connections;
• gangway and swim ladder;
• all controls, system monitoring gauges and meters and instruments
used for navigation.
If the yacht has been winterized, all unused equipment will have to be
prepared for service. After commissioning, the activities that follow
should be performed.
14.4.1
Preparing the yacht for use after a period of inactivity
The following is a general listing of activities to be performed prior to
using the yacht after a period of inactivity, including a lay-up period.
Other specific recommendations will be found in the individual equipment
manufacturer’s service manuals.
Refer to the engine and generator Manufacturer’s service manuals and
follow the Manufacturer’s directions for servicing the engines and
generator before starting them after a period of inactivity.
These activities include, but are not limited to the following:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Check the engines coolant level. Change oil and filters of engines and
generator.
Check all belt tension and the condition of hoses and connections.
Check that all hoses are securely clamped and that all thru-hull fittings
and sea valves serving the engines are open.
Check the battery voltage.
Start thrust engines.
Warm up the engines by allowing the engine rpm to advance at
intervals of several minutes at each speed before bringing them to full
speed.
Stop engines. Replace fuel filters. Replace oil filters. Top up engine
oil if necessary. See the engine manuals for instructions.
312
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.5
14.5.1
BOTTOM MAINTENANCE
Bottom Antifouling Coating
At the same time, the diver can check the paint, the equipment and
fittings. He can determine if the antifouling paint is still effective. If a fresh
application is needed to retard marine growth, it will be necessary to
arrange for the yacht to be dry-shored.
Your yacht’s hull bottom was coated with two coats of a high-quality
antifouling paint that must be maintained to prevent the formation of
marine growth. Uncontrolled marine growth (barnacles, slime, grasses)
on the bottom of the yacht and on the propellers and other running gear
causes a remarkable reduction in operating efficiency and with time can
damage the gel-coat.
j
S
CAUTION
Bad maintenance condition (barnacles, etc.) may cause cavitation and
damage shaft, rudders, propellers, etc.
Bottom inspection
Periodic bottom cleaning and inspections should be performed on a
regular schedule when the yacht is in a dry shore. The effectiveness of
the antifouling paint primarily depends on local conditions in the waters
where the yacht operates.
S
CAUTION
Small areas of paint may peel off from the propellers even after a short
period of operation.
Marine growth building up on the hull can be removed with the help of a
qualified and experienced diver.
A diver can remove marine growth from the hull bottom, rudders,
propellers, shafts and trim tabs with a scraper, sponges and/or
brushes.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
WARNING
To clean and check the yacht in water: disable the engine and
generator start.
Selecting the proper antifouling paint for your yacht is important to
maintaining a clean bottom in the waters in which you operate the yacht.
There are many antifouling products available, each designed for specific
uses. Knowing the performance characteristics of each paint is key to
making the right choice of the coating that will best protect your yacht’s
bottom in your area of operation. If you need assistance to select the right
coating for Your yacht, contact the BERTRAM Customer Support.
14.5.2
14
313
14
MAINTENANCE
14.5.3
540
Renewing antifouling protection
NOTICES
Periodically, it will be necessary to apply a fresh coating of antifouling
paint to the yacht’s bottom. Before doing so, make sure that the new paint
to be applied is compatible with the existing coating.
Antifouling formulas vary, and a new coating will not adhere well if its
formula is incompatible with the layer beneath it.
Certain underwater fittings on the yacht must never be painted. Paint
will prevent the proper performance of depth sounder and speedometer
sensors and anodic (sacrifical zinc) protection. To prevent
compromising the effectiveness of these fittings, do not paint
transducers or anodes.
Shaft and propellers that have been painted may quickly lose their
coatings due to the velocity of water action during their normal function.
If the existing coating is smooth, adhering well and is not peeling, you can
apply a fresh coat directly over the existing layer. If the existing coating is
worn, peeling, flaking, cracking, etc. it will have to be removed before
repainting.
NOTICES
If you apply a fresh coating over thick, built-up coats of antifouling, the
newly applied paint will not adhere well to the bottom and it will peel away.
To prevent this condition, prior to applying fresh antifouling paint, it will be
necessary to remove all the previously applied layers and to prepare the
yacht’s bottom in the same way as it was prepared treated before the first
application of an antifouling paint.
This will ensure that the antifouling paint will adhere well.
Removing old antifouling by particle blasting may damage the hull
bottom gel-coat and/or the anti-blister barrier coating applied by the
yacht’s builder.
To avoid damaging the hull bottom gel-coat and/or other prophylactic
coating, follow the paint manufacturer’s directions for removing
antifouling coatings, e.g., with paint removers, by wet sanding, etc.
Removing old coatings and applying new coatings is hazardous to your
health. Read and follow all warning indications, found on product labels,
for the use and disposal of these materials.
j
j
WARNING
To remove the old antifouling, do not use sandblasting methods, as it
may damage gel-coat surface and the anti-osmosis resin applied by the
Manufacturer. As suggested by the antifouling manufacturers, use paint
removers or, as an alternative, wet sanding.
WARNING
Antifouling is poisonous and should never be burnt, use only authorized
disposal procedures and in case of doubts contact the authorities in
charge. The sandblasting operations and removal of antifouling must
be carried out with suitable clothes and protections.
314
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.6
14.6.1
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Gel-coat cracks
j
When underway, some structural parts of the yacht are subject to
bending, and create tension or compression stresses in fiberglass and on
gel-coat.
WARNING
The alteration of colour and brightness in correspondence of areas
which are highly exposed is considered as normal. The necessary
polishing has to be considered as normal maintenance.
The differences in the modulus of elasticity of gel-coat and fiberglass can
cause small, hairline cracks on the gel-coat surface, in particular in the
more heavily loaded spots, e.g., near cleats, handrail stanchion bases
and at radius angles in the moldings.
MAINTENANCE
At least once a month perform an accurate cleaning of all fibreglass
parts. At least once every six months check the status of the fibreglass.
When necessary, but at least once every two years, polish all fibreglass
parts.
These cracking patterns, however, do not generally compromise the
mechanical and structural strength characteristics of the fiberglass
moldings.
14.6.2
14
Gel-coat voids
S
In some areas of the yacht, bubbles may generate on the gel-coat, which
can break exposing the fibres underneath. The drawback occurs
generally in vicinity sharp angles, and depends on air bubbles that, during
fabrication, remain entrapped between fibreglass and gel-coat, although
quality checks are carried out by specialised personnel.
Broken gel-coat bubbles are easy to repair by filling the voids and
touching up with gel-coat that can be requested to the Service
Department of the Shipyard.
CAUTION
In case of particularly persistent dirt, wash always by using neutral
products. Do not use products containing ammonia that turn the surface
yellowish; if necessary use powder products dissolved in water.
S
CAUTION
To remove possible gel-coat, do not use sandblasting methods that
may damage the surface of the anti-osmosis resin applied and could
expose fibres. As suggested by gel-coat Manufacturers, use suitable
products or, as an alternative, wet sand.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
315
14
MAINTENANCE
540
14.6.3 Light alloys and stainless steel
S
CAUTION
It is a good rule to accurately wash the entire yacht after each navigation,
in particular all metal parts that may be damaged by salty humidity. Have
plenty of fresh water sprayed on handrail, windows, skylights, rub rail,
anchors and cleats.
Protect all metal parts with Vaseline oil periodically.
Some hull areas (fastening area of the propeller shafts supports, of
submerged exhausts, around the thrust propellers housings, etc.) at
which can be carried out further works after the hull molding; in those
areas are usually used fillers that, with time, may generate localized
faults, as for instance bubbles or small cracks. These little faults do not
impair the hull mechanical strength at all. To repair them, it is sufficient
to sandpaper the area, by removing possible bubbles and by reapplying fillers suitable for the bottom hull.
MAINTENANCE
At least once a year check the fastening of all metallic parts of the yacht.
S
CAUTION
The aft window is not watertight, so do not point the jet of water directly
towards the window, when washing.
S
CAUTION
Never use brushes or abrasive rags on metallic fittings, not even on
rusty spots, scratches on the surface result in a less shiny appearance
and diminish the mechanical features.
316
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.6.4
14
Sun-deck cushions
j
Remove the cushions from the seats on a regular interval and let their
bottom side and the seat surface dry. When washing or when it is raining,
remove the cushions and stow them in a covered place; however, when
cushions are wet, remove them from their seats, to prevent that water or
humidity remain entrapped between cushions and underneath surface.
This could affect the gel-coat and also create osmosis bubbles and
deteriorate the cushion cover. The cushions must be washed with
running water; do not use jet-cleaners, brushes or abrasive sponges.
WARNING
Current use:
• do not walk, nor jump on the cushions;
• prevent the cushions from becoming yellowish due to direct exposure
to sun rays;
• prevent the absorption of water or of moisture by leaving the tapestry
exposed to bed weather, particularly during periods of inactivity.
Cleaning:
• remove ordinary dirt with a warm water solution and neutral soap: do
not use detergents or solvents;
• dry with a soft rag, not leaving any residuals.
MAINTENANCE
At least every 6 months check seams and fasteners.
At least every month carry out the washing of the cushions.
Preservation:
• store tapestries clean and dry into a fresh and ventilated room without
moisture;
• do not place heavy objects on the tapestries when stored.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
317
14
MAINTENANCE
14.6.5
540
Instrumentation and navigation lights
Use clean wet rags for cleaning.
After navigation, cover instrumentation and equipment.
MAINTENANCE
At least once a week check the operation of the navigation lights.
At least once a week carry out accurate cleaning of glasses and
headlights.
At least once every six months check the presence of corrosion in the
connections of the navigation light cables.
At least once every six months, tighten the cable connections of the
navigation lights.
MAINTENANCE
At least once a week check the operation of the gauge cluster in the fly
and of all instruments on board.
At least once a week carry out cleaning.
At least once every six months protect the piston for fly gauge cluster
opening with proper products.
S
CAUTION
Do not use chemical or abrasive products.
318
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.7
REPLACEMENT
This Section describes the operations for the correct replacement of parts
which do not require skilled staff.
j
WARNING
Look over the maintenance safety rules contained in this manual in
order to act with the maximum safety and follow the indications
herebelow.
j
WARNING
During the replacements, remove the parts with care and order. In this
way the assembly operations are as easy as possible.
Make sure to install genuine spare parts. In this way the system
efficiency is not altered.
Sometimes the use of non-genuine spare parts may cause the
withdrawal of the Manufacturer’s warranty.
S
CAUTION
Before each navigation, check the light operation at regular intervals, to
avoid any inconvenient when using them by night.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
319
14
14
MAINTENANCE
14.8
14.8.1
540
BULB
REPLACEMENT
14.8.2 Little spotlights
Light unit replacement
Before
carrying
out
the
replacement of the led unit, make
sure to disconnect the circuit
breaker protecting the area of the
built-in spotlight.
With lights off and led unit cold:
remove the glass-holder frame.
Force the retaining springs and
remove the holder of the led unit.
Replace the led unit.
During led unit replacement, do
not touch the new leds with your
fingers. The led unit graft is of
indent-type. After inserting the
new unit, follow the sequence in reverse order to restore initial conditions.
Watertight little
spotlights
The watertight lights are located
inside of heads and on the exterior
ceiling of the main deck.
With lights off and cold bulb:
periodically remove the salt
deposits from the light glass with a
cloth moistened with fresh water.
Bulb replacement
Before
carrying
out
the
replacement of the bulbs, make sure to disconnect the circuit breaker
protecting the area of the built-in spotlight. With lights off and cold bulb:
remove the glass of the light, remove the bulb and replace the light. Pay
attention during replacement of the bulb, not to touch with your fingers the
glass of the new bulb. The bulb graft is of indent-type. After insertion of
the new bulb, follow the reverse sequence to recover the previous
conditions.
b
DANGER
The lights develop heat. Do not approach inflammables.
320
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
14.8.3
Swinging table lamp
14.8.4 Engineroom
overhead light
Bulb replacement
Prior to proceed with the bulbs
replacement, make sure that the
magneto-thermal switch protecting
the area in which the bulb to be
replaced
is
located,
is
disconnected.
With light off and cold bulb: loosen
the terminal (1) and pull the light
unit out.
Pay attention during replacement
of the bulb, not to touch with your
fingers the glass of the new bulb.
After insertion of the new bulb,
follow the reverse sequence to
recover the previous conditions.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Bulb replacement
Prior to proceed with the bulbs
replacement, make sure that the
magneto-thermal switch protecting
the area of the ceiling light is
disconnected. Remove the bulb
protecting glass by unscrewing
fixing screw with a screw driver.
Then replace the bulb. The bulb is
screw-tightened.
After insertion of the new bulb,
follow the reverse sequence to
recover the previous conditions.
321
14
14
MAINTENANCE
14.8.5
540
Cabinet light
14.8.6 Neon light
Bulb replacement
Before
carrying
out
the
replacement of the bulbs, make
sure that the circuit breakers
protecting the area concerning the
bulb
replacement,
is
disconnected.
Remove the bulb protecting glass
by unscrewing fixing screw (1) with
a screw driver. Then replace the
bulb. The bulb is screw-tightened.
After insertion of the new bulb,
follow the reverse sequence to
recover the previous conditions.
Neon replacement
Prior to proceed with the bulbs
replacement, make sure that the
magneto-thermal
switch
protecting the area in which the
bulb to be replaced is located, is
disconnected.
Remove the bulb protecting glass
by unscrewing the fixing screws
with a screw driver.
Extract the old neon light and
replace it with a new one.
After inserting the new neon light,
follow the sequence in reverse
order to restore initial conditions.
322
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
MAINTENANCE
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
323
14
14
MAINTENANCE
540
NOTES:
324
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
FOREWORD
USE OF THE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE YACHT
15
NAVIGATION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ON BOARD
CONTROL STATION
ON THE MAIN DECK
THRUST SYSTEMS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE INTERIORS
TROUBLESHOOTING
SAFETY DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
YACHT HAULAGE AND LAY-UP PERIOD
MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
15
15.1
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
MAIN NOTES
This section provides some possible causes of defects on the yacht main
equipment/machinery.
This section suggests also the corrective action for each failure
described; as well as the possible damage suffered if the corrective
action is not carried out.
The corrective actions must be performed by specialized personnel.
j
WARNING
BERTRAM declines any responsibility for proposed corrective action
carried out by unskilled personnel.
j
WARNING
For matters relating to specific equipment and for troubleshooting any
equipment, please refer to the Owner’s manual of that equipment.
326
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15.2
EQUIPMENT
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. User not powered on
Cause
− Power line fuses of users blown
− Check the line and replace the fuses
− Wiring disconnected
− Check wiring connections
− Connections
maintenance
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Action
oxidized
327
and
lack
of
− Check and carry out proper maintenance
15
15
15.3
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
FUEL SYSTEM
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. Irregular fuel
generator
supply
Cause
to
engines
and
Action
− Circuit valves closed or not fully open
− Check/open
− Filters clogged
− Clean
328
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15.4
BLACK AND GRAY WATER SYSTEM DRAIN
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. Black water (sewage) tank or gray water tank
drain irregular
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
− Circuit valves closed or not fully open
− Check/open
− Lack of maintenance
− Carry out maintenance
− Abnormal pump operation
− Check
329
15
15
15.5
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
PROPELLERS SHAFTS
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. Excessive vibrations and noise
2. Water leaks from shaft seals
Cause
Action
− Too long inactivity period and lack of
maintenance
− Carry out proper maintenance
− Failure in the propulsion system
− Check shafts, mechanical
propellers and rudders
− Seals are not correctly adjusted
− Check the seals
− Poor maintenance
− Carry out proper maintenance
330
connections,
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15.6
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. No water at the outlets
2. Fresh water pump starts with no outlet open
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
− Circuit valves closed or not fully open
− Check/open
− Empty tanks
− Fill the tanks and bleed the circuit
− Pump not powered up
− Check/Supply
− Circuit leaking
− Clear leakages
331
15
15
15.7
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
BILGE PUMP
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. The pump does not start
2. The pump runs but it does not work
Cause
Action
− No voltage
− Check the value of the line voltage
− Blocked impeller
− Clean the impeller and the pump casing
− Electric section defective
− Consult BERTRAM Customer Support
− Dirty valve and filter
− Clean valve and filter
− Over suction depth
− Install the pump closer to the water static
level
− Air in suction
− Check the seal of the suction pipe
− Fill the pump casing of liquid
− With DC and three-phased motors invert the
polarities
3. The pump vibrates and is noisy
4. The operation of one pump is irregular
− The pump has not been primed at first start
− Increase or decrease the capacity
− Wrong rotation direction
− Vent air from the system
− Damaged impeller and blower
− Check the internal air pressure in the
membrane
− Pressure required from the system higher
than that-one the pump can supply
− Check/Have it cleaned
332
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15.8
15
FRESH WATER PUMP
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. The pump does not start
2. The pump operates continuously
3. Pump stops during operation
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
− No water
− Check the water supply
− Overheating due to high temperature
− Add cold water <95 °F (35 °C)
− Voltage too low or too high
− Check the supply voltage
− Pipes leaking
− Repair leaking
− One-way inlet valve is jammed or leaking
− Clean check valve or install a new one.
Check the filter
− Dry running
− Check the water supply
− Overheating due to high water temperature
− Add cold water <95 °F (35 °C)
− Voltage too low or too high
− Supply a proper voltage
333
15
15.9
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
OIL TRANSFER PUMP
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. Water flow restriction
2. Water flow restriction
Cause
Action
− Closed valves
− Open valves
− Plugged suction
− Eliminate restriction
− Air leak at suction
− Locate and repair leak
− Suction lift too high
− Do not exceed vapor pressure of liquid
− Incorrectly wired motor
− Check wiring diagram
− Wrong rotation
− Correct rotation
− Pump shaft speed incorrect
− Check driver speed, motor wiring, pulley
tension
− Discharge pressure too high
− Decrease downstream pressure
− Air leak at suction
− Locate and repair leak
− Worn or damaged pump
− Inspect and repair as required
− Low viscosity
− Verify original application conditions
334
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
3. Gradually loses prime
4. Noise
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
15
Action
− Suction lift too high
− Improve suction pressure
− Air or gas in the fluid
− Eliminate air or gas from fluid
− Air leak at suction
− Locate and repair leak
− Worn or damaged pump
− Inspect and repair as required
− Cavitation
− Improve system suction pressure, provide
adequate NPDSH
− Solid particles in fluid
− Install the suction strainer. Clean the suction
strainer
− Air or gas in the fluid
− Eliminate air or gas from fluid
− Worn or damaged pump
− Inspect and repair as required
335
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
5. Motor runs hot or overloads
Cause
− Discharge pressure too high
− Shaft speed too fast
6. Seal leaks
Action
− Reduce downstream pressure. Check relief
valve setting. Be sure discharge pressure
gages function correctly.
− Reduce speed
− Fluid viscosity higher than expected
− Change to larger horsepower or higher
service factor motor. Thin fluid.
− Incorrectly wired motor
− Check wiring diagram
− Binding internal pump parts
− Inspect and correct condition
− Motor normally feel hot
− Verify if actual motor amperage draw is within
range.
− Dry running
− Open valves
− Solid in fluids
− Add suction strainer
− Damaged during field replacement
− Inspect and replace damaged components
− Seal material incompatible with fluid
− Verify original application
Address to Customer Support.
336
conditions.
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15.10 ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC HELM SYSTEM
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Service
Department.
Problem
1.
2.
Air bubbles or foam into the system
Pump doesn’t deliver oil
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
−
The oil level into the tank is too low and
doesn’t allow suction pipe to be completely
plunged. In this way, the pump sucks oil
and air contemporarily
−
Verify/Check
−
Possible openings and little holes on
suction pipes or faulty pump seals, which
allow air to enter inside
−
Verify/Check
−
Wrong rotation direction
−
Verify/Check
−
Obstructed conduits or suction filters
−
Verify/Check
−
Too low oil level into the tank
−
Verify/Check
−
Air in leakages in suction system
−
Verify/Check
−
Too viscous oil with some difficulties in
passing through
−
Verify/Check
−
The shaft or other components of the pump
are broken
−
Replace
337
15
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
3.
4.
Lack of pressure in the system
System pressure is low or fluctuating
Cause
Action
−
Pump doesn’t deliver oil
−
Verify/Check
−
Relief valve is not calibrated
−
Verify/Check
−
Free discharge of oil to
somewhere into the system
tank
−
Verify/Check
−
Possible leaks in the piping or elsewhere in
pressurized parts of the system
−
Verify/Check
−
Relief valve set at a too low rate
−
Verify/Check
−
The relief valve remains open or oscillates
in its housing
−
Verify/Check
−
Restriction of the pump suction pipes or
possible obstruction of the filter
−
Verify/Check
−
Air in leakages into the suction pipes or by
the pump’s seals
−
Verify/Check
−
Worn pump
−
Verify/Check
338
the
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
5.
Too noisy pump
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
−
Wrong pump rotation direction
−
Verify/Check
−
Presence of some air in oil
−
Bleed
−
Oil viscosity causing obstructions to the
suction system
−
Verify/Check
−
Irregular inflow of oil to the pump, caused
by an insufficient filtering capacity of the
filter (the filter could be dirty or not suitable)
−
Verify/Check/Clean
−
Big lacks of charge along the suction line
−
Verify/Check
−
Worn pump’s components
−
Verify/Check/Replace
−
Relief valve vibrations
−
Verify/Check
−
Mechanical vibration due to a bad anchor
action
−
Verify/Check
339
15
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
6.
7.
8.
Too high temperature rating
Leakages by seals
Pump overcharged motor
Cause
Action
−
The pump is working at a higher pressure
than the allowed one
−
Verify/Check
−
Faulty or worn pump causing internal blowby
−
Verify/Check
−
Excessive blow-by through valves and
cylinder
−
Verify/Check
−
Too viscous oil
−
Verify/Check
−
Continuous overloaded operation
−
Verify/Check
−
Too high temperature in the room where
the pump unit is placed
−
Verify/Check
−
Possible abrasive substances entered into
the system and circulating with oil, which
have damaged pump shaft
−
Verify/Check
−
Seals are faulty, broken or mounted in a
wrong way
−
Verify/Check
−
Too hot oil
−
Verify/Check
−
Too viscous oil
−
Verify/Check
−
Obstructed delivery fine or excessive
resistance
−
Verify/Check
340
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15
15.11 TRIM TAB SYSTEM
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
Cause
1. Air bubbles or foam into the system
− The oil level into the tank is too low and doesn’t allow suction pipe to be completely plunged. In
this way, the pump sucks oil and air contemporarily
− Possible openings and little holes on suction pipes or faulty pump seals, which allow air to enter
inside
2. Pump doesn’t deliver oil
−
−
−
−
−
−
Wrong rotation direction
Obstructed conduits or suction filters
Too low oil level into the tank
Air in leakages in suction system
Too viscous oil with some difficulties in passing through
The shaft or other components of the pump are broken
3. Lack of pressure in the system
−
−
−
−
Action
Pump doesn’t deliver oil
Relief valve is not calibrated
Free discharge of oil to the tank somewhere into the system
4. System pressure is low or fluctuating
−
−
−
−
−
−
Possible leaks in the piping or elsewhere in pressurized parts of the system
Relief valve set at a too low rate
The safety valve remains open or oscillates in its housing
Restriction of pump suction pipes or possible obstruction of filter
Air in leakages into the suction pipes or by the pump’s seals
Worn pump
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
341
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
5. Too noisy pump
Cause
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Wrong pump rotation direction
Presence of some air in oil
Oil viscosity causing obstructions to the suction system
Irregular inflow of oil to the pump, caused by an insufficient filtering capacity of the filter (the filter
could be dirty or not suitable)
Big lacks of charge along the suction line
Worn pump’s components
Relief valve vibrations
Mechanical vibrations due to a bad anchor action
6. Too high temperature rating
−
−
−
−
−
−
The pump is working at a higher pressure than the allowed one
Faulty or worn pump causing internal blow-by
Excessive blow-by through valves and cylinder
Too viscous oil
Continuous overloaded operation
Too high temperature in the room where the pump unit is placed
7. Leakages by seals
− Eventual abrasive substances entered into the system and circulating with oil, which have
damaged pump shaft
− Seals are faulty, broken or mounted in a wrong way
− Too hot oil
8. Pump overcharging the motor
− Action
− Too viscous oil
− Obstructed delivery fine or excessive resistance
342
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15
15.12 GLENDINNING CABLEMASTER
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
1. Non-functional (either no power or unit has
power and does not respond)
2. Pays out cable only
3. Retracts cable only
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Cause
Action
− Tripped breaker
− Reset breaker
− Power wire incorrectly connected to relay
assembly
− Replace relay assembly
− Defective motor. Defective relay box
− With power switch on and voltage across
motor wires - if no response, replace motor
− In-limit switch circuit open
− Check in-limit switch
− Power inputs reversed
− Check polarity on DC input wires
− Defective relay or diode
− Replace relay assembly
− Bad power switch
− Check power switch
− Out-limit switch circuit open
− Check in-limit switch
− Defective relay
− Replace relay assembly
− Bad power switch
− Check power switch
343
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
4. Tripped DC breaker
Cause
Action
− Main pulley too tight
− Adjust pulley
− Cable jammed and kinking
− Check for adequate storage space and/or
cable for undue kinking - see cable
adjustment
− Defective motor
− Disconnect motor wires from relay box. Apply
power directly to motor wires, motor should
run one direction of other. No response from
motor, replace
344
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
15
15.13 AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT
For further information, please refer to BERTRAM Customer Support.
Problem
Cause
Action
1. Display does not operate
−
−
−
−
−
2. Erratic temperature display
−
− Perform a factory memory reset
− Check temperature sensor, cable and
connection
− Ensure the temperature sensor is installed
properly
− Calibrate temperature
− Replace power logic board
3. Erratic system operation
−
− Perform a factory memory reset
− Check CX/CXP cable and connections
− Check temperature sensor, cable and
connection
− Replace keypad/display
− Replace power logic board
4. The unit will not operate at all
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
Turn circuit breaker on
Check CX/CXP cable and connections
Replace keypad/display
Replace power logic board
− Blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker
− Replace fuse with time delay type or reset
breaker. Check for correct sizing
− Low voltage to unit
− Check shore power supply and rating of
electrical power cord to boat
345
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
Problem
Cause
Action
− The selector switch is set for “Fan only”
− Switch the system into the “Cool” or “Heating”
mode
− The thermostat is set incorrectly
− Set the thermostat for a cooler or warmer
setting
− Water flow is restricted
− Clear restriction
6. The unit operates but the stateroom fails to
cool normally
− Dirty air filter
− Clean lint screen or air filter
− The thermostat is set too high
− Reset the thermostat to a cooler setting
7. Compressor cycle on and off
− Dirty air filter
− Clean lint screen or air filter
− Water flow restriction
− Clear restriction
− Condensate drain is clogged
− Clean out drain holes
− Blockage in hose
− Clean hose. Check downhill routing of hose
5. Air from the unit does not feel cool in the
“Cool” Mode or warm in the “Heat” Mode
8. Water leaks in stateroom
346
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
NOTES:
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
347
15
15
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
NOTES:
348
Studio ti 03312 540-04usa
T
E
C
H
N
I
C
A
L
P
L
A
N
S
TECHNICAL PLANS
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
1F
B540 SALON & GALLEY AC COMPONENTS
2F
FORWARD SALON
1G
EVAPORATORS
FORWARD SALON DISCHARGE DUCTING
1V
3G
3F
1F:
2F:
2G
MODEL: REU16C 16K X 2
CAPACITY: 16,000 BTU X 2 = 32,000 BTU
LOCATION: FLYBRIDGE BROW
4F
B540 FORWARD CABINS AC COMPONENTS
SIZE: 7"
3F:
DISCHARGE JUNCTION BOX
MASTER STATEROOM & MASTER HEAD
VIP STATEROOM & PORT HEAD
SIZE: FOR 7" & 5" DUCTING
LOCATION: FLYBRIDGE WITH EVAPORATOR
1M:
EVAPORATOR
2M:
STATEROOM DISCHARGE DUCTING
1V:
EVAPORATOR
2V:
STATEROOM DISCHARGE DUCTING
MODEL: REU7C REMOTE EVAP
MODEL: REU7C REMOTE EVAP
RETURN: CENTER OF SALON CEILING
CAPACITY: 7000 BTU
CAPACITY: 7000 BTU
4F:
FORWARD SALON DISCHARGE DUCTING
LOCATION: UNDER BERTH
LOCATION: UNDER BERTH
SIZE: 5" SPLIT TO FEED PORT & STBD
3M:
SIZE: 5"
SIZE: 5"
LOCATION: OVERHEAD VALENCE
LOCATION: ABOVE PORT & STBD LOCKERS
HEAD DISCHARGE DUCTING
BLEEDS OFF OF 5" DUCTING.
1C
SIZE: 3"
LOCATION: OVERHEAD VALENCE
C
L
GUEST STATEROOM
1G:
SELF CONTAINED UNIT
2G:
DISCHARGE DUCTING
CONDENSING UNITS
1C:
CONDENSING UNIT 1 (VIP & PORT HEAD)
2C:
CONDENSING UNIT 2 (MASTER STRM & HEAD)
MODEL: STQ8C-HV
MODEL: RX7C REMOTE
CAPACITY: 8000 BTU
3C
CAPACITY: 7000 BTU
LOCATION: UNDER FORWARD BERTH
LOCATION: PORT SIDE UNDER FWD SOLE
SIZE: 5"
MODEL: RX7C REMOTE
LOCATION: PORT LIGHT SOFFIT
3G:
2C
CAPACITY: 7000 BTU
LOCATION: STBD SIDE UNDER FWD SOLE
HEAD DISCHARGE DUCTING
BLEEDS OFF OF 5" DUCTING
SIZE: 5"
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
LOCATIONl OVERHEAD VALENCE
3C:
CONDENSING UNIT 3 (AFT & FORWARD SALON)
MODEL: RX30C REMOTE
CAPACITY: 30,000 BTU
LOCATION: STBD SIDE UNDER FWD SOLE
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2V
3M
2M
1M
GALLEY & SALON PLAN VIEW I
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
A/C SYSTEM
B540
SALON UNITS
Job Order #
00/3U
Dwg #
Group#
DM
XXX
Rev. Layout
A
FILE:
-
TAV
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
A/C SYSTEM
B540
LOWER STATEROOM UNITS
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
Job Order #
00/3U
Dwg #
Group#
DM
XXX
Rev. Layout
A
FILE:
-
TAV
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
DATE: 10-20-08
B540
DATE: 10-20-08
SCALE: -
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
A
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
B540
SCALE: APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
A
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
COMMON DRAIN MANIFOLD
SAFETY VALVE
BILGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH
SAFETY VALVE
GRAY WATER
HOLDING
TANK
TANK
WATER
TANK
C
L
17
16
15
C
L
FUEL
TANK
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BILGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH
COCKPIT DRAIN
BILGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH
COLLECTOR BOX
SELF CONTAINED UNDER ENGINE SUMP TO SEPARATE
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANTS FROM MIXING WITH BILGE
DISCHARGE (PORT & STBD)
ENGINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP, PORT & STBD
SAFETY VALVE
FORWARD BILGE PUMP I
FORWARD BILGE PUMP II
ENGINE ROOM BILGE PUMP
RINA NOTES
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
1. DRAWING IN COMPLIANCE WITH DIPCE32-E-0505, DIP NO. ______________
SEACOCK @ HULLSIDE DISCHARGE
(BILGE PUMPING SYSTEM).
2. SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ISO 15083 - BILGE PUMPING SYSTEM.
3. OVERHEAD DISCHARGE IS ABOVE 7" HEEL ANGLE.
PORT SIDE COMMON DRAIN
DRAWING TITLE
Project
BILGE PUMP SYSTEM
B540
EURO BOATS
FILE:
Job Order #
00/3U
Group#
DM
Dwg #
XXX
Rev. Layout
0
-
TAV
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
4. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEC 60529;
DEGREES OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCOLSURES (IP CODE).
DATE: 10-7-08
B540
SHEET:
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
B
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
TO TOILETS
MANIFOLD
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
B540
Job Order #
00/3U
Group#
DM
Dwg #
XXX
Rev. Layout
0
-
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
FILE:
TAV
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
DATE: 10-7-08
B540
SHEET:
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
B
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
GRAY WATER TANK DISCHARGE
(ON PORT FWD COMMON DRAIN)
MACERATOR PUMP
CHAIN
LOCKER
GRAY WATER TANK
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
B540
Job Order #
00/3U
Group#
DM
Dwg #
XXX
Rev. Layout
0
-
GRAY WATER SYSTEM
FILE:
TAV
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
DATE: 10-7-08
B540
SHEET:
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
B
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
BERTRAM ENGINEERING DEPT.
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
B540
Job Order #
00/3U
Group#
DM
Dwg #
XXX
Rev. Layout
0
-
TOILET SYSTEM
FILE:
TAV
B540_003U_DM_XXX_0
MODEL:
DATE: 10-7-08
B540
SHEET:
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
B
DESIG.BY:
D.D.
Dwg #
XXX
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
REVISIONS
LET.
MDC SUPPLIED
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
MDC SUPPLIED
POWER LOGIC RELAY
POWER LOGIC RELAY
SMX
SMX
0.8AMP
0.8AMP
A/C CONTROL
A/C CONTROL
MDC SUPPLIED
MDC SUPPLIED
INSIDE
INSIDE
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
COOLING UNIT
COOLING UNIT
RED WIRE NOT USED
RED WIRE NOT USED
"J" BOX
237-2,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
(
BK
WHT
"J" BOX
)-2,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
OR
BK
WH OR BK/RD
GN
OR
WHT
WH OR BK/RD
GN
GN
GN
BK
BK
FROM SALON A/C C.B.#237
WHT
FROM C.B.’S
(SEE SHT 2)
WHT
(SEE SHT 2)
RD
GN
RD
GN
TO A.C. GROUNDING BUS (SEE SHT 1)
TO A.C. GROUNDING BUS (SEE SHT 1)
237-1, 10/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
(
WHT
)-1,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
WHT
BK
BK
FILL IN 233,232, OR 231
OR
A/C FWD-233
A/C PORT-231
P1
N/L2
N/L2
L1
N/L2
F1
P1
N/L2
N/L2
L1
N/L2
F1
AS APPROPRIATE.
A/C STBD -232
OR
BLK
GN
BLK
GN
WH
WH
PUR
PUR
GN
GN
83
IM
)-3,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
WHITE WIRE NOT USED
CONNECT TO TRIGGER AS NUMBERED
B540
SEA WATER
232
PUMP
BK
GN
GN
WHT
GN
WHT
223-2, 14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
BK
GN
RED WIRE NOT USED
223-1, 14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
GN
TO A.C. GROUNDING BUS (SEE SHT 2)
RD
A/C PUMP C.B. 223 (SEE SHT 2)
BK
WH
TO NEUTRAL BUS "A" (SEE SHT 2)
AIR CONDITIONING
230V
A
231
540
TR
230
AIR COND/EUR
WIRING
4
3
2
TR
230
1
1
TR
230
2
TR
230
3
BK
4
233
WHT
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
00/3E
PUMP RELAY
83
WHT
(
M.FONTAINE
BK
RED WIRE NOT USED
2/05/08
0
GN
237-3, 14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
B540_00-3E_IM_83_0
TAV
-
30KBTU SALON CONDENSER
REVISIONS
CLOTHES WASHER #178
DISPOSAL # 175
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
FISH BOX ICEMAKER (OPTIONAL)
SP TEMPERATURE
WASHER
DISPOSAL
ESKIMO
CONTROL
N O C
TO WASHER # 178
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
BK
TO DISPOSAL #175
GN
GN
(SEE SHT 2)
WHT
OUTLET BOX
SENSOR
WHT
178-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
175-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
W/BLANK COVER
14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
R
LOCATED IN
ELECT CONTROL BOX
C
ICE BIN
WATER PUMP
RED
BK
BK
GN
GN
WHT
WHT
BK
MICROWAVE #176
REF/FREEZER #177
*
GN
WHT
+
CONTACTOR
BLUE
GREY
MICROWAVE
REF/FREEZER
TO SALON PANEL C.B. #206 (SEE SHEET 2)
TO NEUTRAL BUS "B" (SEE SHEET 2)
TO MICROWAVE # 176
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
BK
TO REF/FREEZER #177
GN
TO AC GROUNG BUS (SEE SHEET 2)
GN
(SEE SHT 2)
WHT
+
14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
BK
WHT
GN
RD
WHT
176-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
177-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
206-1,10/4(BK,WHT,GN,RD)
*EQUIPMENT PLUG MUST BE DISCONNECTED
IF SP TEMPERATURE CONTROL IS USED.
COMPACTOR #174
DRYER #250
COOKTOP #251
COOKTOP
COMPACTOR
DRYER OUTLET
TO COMPACTOR # 174
(SEE SHT 2)
20A-250V AC
BK
BK
GN
GN
WHT
WHT
174-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
TO DRYER
COOKTOP HARNESS
GN
CB #250
SEE SHEET 3
WHT
BK
TO COOKTOP
RD
CB #251
250-1, 10/4(BK,RD,GN,WHT)
SEE SHEET 3
GN
WHT
RD
251-1, 10/4(BK,RD,GN,WHT)
DISHWASHER #173
WATER HEATER #252
DISHWASHER
TO DISHWASHER #173
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
WATER HEATER
GN
WHT
BK
173-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
TO WATER HEATER
CB #252
SEE SHEET 3
GN
APPLIANCES/EURO
WIRING(10A)
WHT
RD
: [email protected]
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
B540
00/3E
IM
84
0
02/05/08
540
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3E_IM_84_0
252-1, 10/4(BK,RD,GN,WHT)
M.FONTAINE
84
REVISIONS
CENTRAL VAC #131
COCKPIT FREEZER #151
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
TO PUMP
151-3, 14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
CENTRAL VAC
ON/OFF TOGGLE SW
COCKPIT FREEZER
WHT
TO AC GROUND BUS (SEE SHEET 1)
BK
GN
BK
151-1, 14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
N
L1
T1
4
TO SALON PANEL C.B. #151 (SEE SHEET 2)
131-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
3
TO NEUTRAL BUS "B" (SEE SHEET 2)
GN
WHT
2
(SEE SHT 2)
1
TO CENTRAL VAC # 131
WHT
BK
T2
GN
Install temp. sensor
in refrigerated box
ICE MAKER SALON #154
1/2 to 2/3 up the
side.
RANCO
DIGITAL
THERMOTAST
ICE MAKER SALON
WHT
COM
BK
120
TO SALON ICE MAKER # 154
(SEE SHT 2)
240
BK
GN
WHT
C
RD
154-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
NO
NC
151-2, 14/3(BK,WHT,RD)
LUBE OIL PUMP #153
ENGINES BLOCK HEATERS
LUBE OIL PUMP
TO LUBE OIL PUMP # 153
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
PORT ENG. BLOCK HEATER
GN
WHT
153-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
TO PORT ENG BLOCK
HEATER CB #221
SEE SHEET 2
BK
GN
WHT
RD
221-1, 10/4(BK,RD,GN,WHT)
SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER #156
SALON ENTER. CENTER
STBD ENG. BLOCK HEATER
TO STBD ENG BLOCK
TO SALON ENTER. CENT # 156
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
HEATER CB #203
GN
SEE SHEET 2
WHT
BK
GN
WHT
RD
156-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
203-1, 10/4(BK,RD,GN,WHT)
FREEZER&OUTLETS
WIRING
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
B540
00/3E
IM
90
0
02-05-08
540
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3E_IM_90_0
: [email protected]
M.FONTAINE
90
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
STBD & FWD ST/RM AC LIGHTS
105VA
#14 WHT
#14 BK
169-6D, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
220/24V
105VA
#14 WHT
#14 BK
BK
#14/RD
WH
#14/YL
169-5, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
220/24V
GN
FROM GALLEY PANEL
BK
#14/RD
WH
#14/YL
FWD LIGHTS CB #169
SEE SHT 3
GN
169-7A, 14/2(RD,YL)
1SLTB-3
YL
FWD HEAD O.H.
169-5A, 14/2(RD,YL)
1SLTB-1
RD
YL
YL
STBD HEAD O.H.
GN
1A
RD
RD
WH
YL
169-7B, 14/2(RD,YL)
1A
WH
BK
RD
GN
BK
180-5B, 14/2(RD,YL)
169-8, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WH
169-7C, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WH
GN
FWD STRM
BK
BK
3-W SW. #2
GN
169-5D, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
169-5C, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
105VA
#14 WHT
169-7D, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
#14 BK
WH
220/24V
GN
#14/RD
#14/YL
1SLTB-4
180-8D
169-6C
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
105VA
#14 WHT
169-8A, 14/2(RD,YL)
WH
GN
YL
#14 BK
BK
WH
#14/RD
GN
220/24V
BK
#14/YL
FWD ST/RM PORT LT
1SLTB-2
RD
WH
FWD ST/RM STBD LT
180-6A, 14/2(RD,YL)
FWD ST/RM O.H.
YL
GN
GN
YL
BK
1A
WH
BK
STBD ST/RM O.H.
180-10, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
RD
BK
RD
1SLTB-5
1A
169-8B, 14/2(RD,YL)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
169-8C
YL
GN
GN
RD
WH
BK
169-6
FWD STRM
3-W SW. #1
WH
180-6B,14/2(RD,YL)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
180-9, 14/3(WHT,BK,GN)
BK
WH
YL
WH
BK
RD
: [email protected]
GN
Rev. Layout
STBD ST/RM LAMP
FWD ST/RM ROPE LT
GN
169-11A, 14/2(RD,YL)
GUEST&VIP LTS
WIRING
B540
00/3E
IM
86
A
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
1
W
W2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
-
TAV
02/05/08
540
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
0
B540_00-3E_IM_86_0
169-11, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
M.FONTAINE
86
REVISIONS
LET.
A
DESCRIPTION
BY
ADDED REFRIG
JPM
DATE
APPV.
7/11/05
(+)
24VDC SUPPLY POWER (-)
REMOTE
WHT
BK
GR
INVERTER
12/3(BK,WH,GN)
GALLEY PANEL
NEUTRAL
GROUND
220V BUS
AUTO
TRANSFER
REFRIGERATOR 1
RELAY
W/T. DELAY
240/120
WHT
WHT
GN
BK
GN
15
REFRIGERATOR 1
XXX
BK
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
REFRIGERATOR 2
240/120
WHT
WHT
GN
BK
GN
15
REFRIGERATOR 2
XXX
SHEET 3
TO REFRIGERATOR # 177
BK
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
WHT
NEUTRAL BUS
GN
GROUNDING BUS
175-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
SHEET 3
TO REFRIGERATOR # 276
BK
WHT
NEUTRAL BUS
REFRIGERATOR
GN
GROUNDING BUS
276-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
GN
GROUNDING BUS
BATTERY (-)
BATTERY (+)
YELL
RD
OFF
200A
INVERTER
GALLEY PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
240/120
GN
WHT
BK
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
OFF
INVERTER
YELL
RD
GALLEY PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
WHT
240/120
BK
GN
WHT
GR
BK
N
L1
15A
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
INVERTER/EURO
WIRING(10B)
GN
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
B540
00/3E
IM
85
0
02-05-08
540
FREEZER
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3E_IM_85_0
M.FONTAINE
85
REVISIONS
152-6, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
TO PORT OUTLETS C.B. #152
BK
LET.
BK
(SEE SHT 3)
TO AC NEUTRAL BUS
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
MASTER ST-RM FWD
WH
WH
BK
GN
GN
TO AC GROUND BUS
152-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
152-3, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
1POTB-1
1POTB-2
GN
WH
MASTER ST-RM TV
MASTER ST-RM AFT
MSTR ST/RM HEAD
WH
WH
GN
GN
BK
BK
BK
GN
WH
152-5, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
152-2, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
152-4, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
TO STBD OUTLETS C.B. #163
PORT OUTLETS #152
BK
BK
(SEE SHT 3)
WH
WH
TO AC NEUTRAL BUS
GN
GN
TO AC GROUND BUS
163-5, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
181-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
1SOTB-1
1SRTB-3
STBD ST/RM HEAD
FWD ST/RM TV
STBD ST/RM TV
FWD ST/RM HEAD
WH
WH
BK
BK
GN
GN
GN
WH
GN
163-4, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
163-2, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WH
163-6, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
163-7, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
STBD ST/RM OUTLET & CLOCK
FWD ST/RM OUTLET & CLOCK
WH
STBD OUTLETS #163
163-8
IM
GN
00/3E
BK
WHT
TO GALLEY OUTLET
CB 167
SEE SHEET 3
GALLEY EXHAUST FAN
167-1, 10/3(BK,WH,GN)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
167-4, 14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
8
165-2,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
AFT GALLEY OUTLET
FWD GALLEY OUTLET
BK
WH
WH
WH
GFI
GFI
BK
(SEE SHT 2)
GN
GFI
GN
BK
BK
Rev.
Layout
167-2, 10/3(BK,WH,GN)
FROM GROUNDING BUS
GN
GN
(SEE SHT 1)
GALLEY OUTLETS #167
TO SALON PANEL
WH
SALON OUTLETS, #165
NEUTRAL BUS "A"
165-1,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
1
2
GFI
3
4
5
6
167-3, 10/3(BK,WH,GN)
A
BK
LTS AND OUTLETS
WIRING/ EUR
WHT
GN
SALON PANEL C.B. #165
B540
GN
BK
WH
88
88
179-5, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
M.FONTAINE
BK
163-3, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
02-05-08
GN
BK
540
GN
B540_00-3E_IM_88_0
0
TAV
-
WH
REVISIONS
105VA
#14(WHT)
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
MASTER ST/RM & COMPANION WAY AC LIGHTS
180-1, 14/3)BK,WH,GN)
FROM GALLEY PANEL
FWD LIGHTS C.B. # 180
(SEE SHT 3)
#14(BK)
BK
220/24V
WH
#14(RD)
GN
TO AC GROUND BUS
#14(YL)
(SEE SHT 1)
WH
1PLTB-1
180-1D,14/3)BK,WH,GN)
180-1A,14/2(RD,YL)
GN
YL
BK
MSTR ST/RM
GN
3-W SW. #2
180-4C, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WH
105VA
#14 WHT
BK
MSTR HEAD O.H.
#14 BK
RD
220/24V
#14/RD
YL
#14/YL
1A
RD
180-1B,14/2(RD,YL)
180-4A, 14/2(RD,YL)
1PLTB-4
WH
YL
MSTR ST/RM O.H.
BK
GN
RD
180-4B, 14/2(RD,YL)
YL
180-2
180-1C,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
105VA
#14 WHT
180-3D, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
GN
GN
COMPANION WAY
BK
1A
RD
GN
#14 BK
MSTR ST/RM
BK
3-W SW. #2
3-W SW. #1
WH
WH
220/24V
WH
BK
BK
180-4, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
#14 RD
GN
WH
#14 YL
180-3C, 14/3(BK,WH,GN )
YL
MSTR ST/RM ROPE LT
RD
1PFTB-1
180-3B, 14/2(YL,RD)
1PLTB-3
180-2A,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
COMPANIONWAY
RD
180-2B,14/2(RD,YL)
GN
YL
WH
1A
RD
BK
GN
BK
COMPANION WAY
WH
3-W SW. #1
180-3A, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
MSTR ST/RM PORT FWD
180-2C,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
180-2D,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
GN
WH
BK
MAST/COMPA LTS
WIRING
GN
WH
B540
00/3E
IM
91
0
Rev. Layout
BK
02-05-08
540
180-3, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
MSTR ST/RM PORT AFT
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
W2
W
1
W
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3E_IM_91_0
: [email protected]
M.FONTAINE
91
158-1E, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
REVISIONS
105VA
#14 WHT
LET.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
BY
DATE
APPV.
GN
SALON PORT LT
3-W SW. #2
CONVERTERS
220/24V
LET.
SENTRY CONVERTER 24V
SALON/GALLEY
GN
#14/BK
AC LIGHTS #158
TO GROUNDING BUS
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
SENTRY CONVERTER 24V
ENG RM PORT OUTLET
L1
WHT
SEE SHT 2
ENGINE ROOM & F/B OUTLETS
# 14 BK
BK
WH
158-1,14/3(BK,WH,GN)
N/L2
L1
N/L2
#14/WH
TO NEUTRAL BUS "B"
BK
1
ALL LIGHTS ARE TO BE 10W-28V EXCEPT
SALON PANEL C.B. #152
2
1
2
ROPE LIGHT.
BK
TO ENG RM PORT OUTLET # 151
GN
(SEE SHT 2)
WHT
132-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
1STB-1
TO SALON PANEL
C.B. #220
(SEE SHEET 2)
C.B. #233
BK
(SEE SHEET 2)
TO NEUTRAL BUS ’A’
SALON PORT AC LT
WHT
TO NEUTRAL BUS "B"
(SEE SHEET 2)
GN
TO AC GROUND BUSS
(SEE SHEET 1)
BK
(SEE SHEET 1)
RD
RD
GN
(SEE SHT 2)
202-1, 10/4(BK,WH,GN,RD)
WHT
158-1B, 14/2(BK,WH)
GN
WHT
(SEE SHEET 2)
GN
TO AC GROUND BUSS
BK
TO ENG RM STBD OUTLET # 162
158-1D, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
ENG RM STBD OUTLET
158-1A, 14/2(BK,WH)
WH
TO SALON PANEL
WH
233-1, 10/4(BK,WH,GN,RD)
157-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WH
1A
BK
BK
SENTRY CONVERTER 12V
F/B OUTLET
GN
BK
SALON PORT LT
WH
3-W SW. #1
N/L2
SALON STBD LT
3-W SW. #2
BK
TO F/B OUTLET # 154
WHT
CB # 230
133-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
152-2, 14/3(BK,WHT,GR)
1
2
3
SEE SHEET #2
4
ROPE LIGHTS
TO NEUTRAL BUS B (SEE SHEET 2)
WHT
105VA
#14 WHT
TO SALON PANEL CB # 150 (SEE SHEET 2)
#14 BK
00/3E
#14(BK)
SALON PORT ROPE LT
110V
220/24V
B540
BK
#14/BK
Rev.
Dwg #
Layout
152-4A, 14/2(BK,WH)
152-2D
WH
14/3(BK,WHT,GN)
Dwg
#
SCALE:
NONE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
BK
WH
BK
GN
5
6
7
IM
8
222-1,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
2 OF 2
TAV
0
4
82
82
3
GN
1A
14/3(BK,WH,GN)
152-4C
BK
152-4B, 14/2(BK,WH)
BK
FLUORESCENT LT.
GN
GN
ENG RM PORT
RD
WH
GEN RM STBD
WHT
BK
BK
GN
156-5, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
PUMP
WH
222-2,14/4(RD,BK,WH,GN)
BK
R
FLUORESCENT LT.
156-4, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
PUMP WIRED FOR 240V AC.
GN
ENG RM STBD
WH
BK
ENGINE ROOM LIGHTS #156156-6, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
WASHDOWN PUMP #227
A
WH
134-3, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
540
BK
WHT
GN
156-8, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
2
GN
FLUORESCENT LT.
A
GALLEY AC OH LT
1A
BK
TO A.C. GROUND BUS (SEE SHEET 1)
1ELTB-34
540
WH
158-2A, 14/2(BK,WH)
SAL/GAL LTS
WIRING(5A)/EUR
1GTB-1
SALON STBD AC LT
BK
152-2B, 14/2(BK.WH)
TO NEUTRAL BUS "B" (SEE SHEET 2)
FLUORESCENT LT.
WH
152-2C
14/3(WHT,BK,GN)
ENG RM AFT
RD
1
GEN RM PORT
WHT
SALON STBD LT
3-W SW. #1
WHT
GN
WH
156-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
#14/WH
GN
BK
TO SALON PANEL C.B. (SEE SHEET 2)
FLUORESCENT LT.
BK
WH
GN
BK
158-3B, 14/2(BK,WH)
WH
BK
SALON PANEL C.B. #156(SEE SHT 2)
ENG/RM LIGHTS
WIRING(5B)/EUR
158-4, 14/2(BK,WH)
156-7, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
M.FONTAINE
105VA
#14(WHT
WH
BK
GN
WH
00/3E
IM
BK
WH
230-1, 14/3(BK,WH,GN,)
BK
156-2, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
02/05/08
110V
B540_00-3E_IM_82_0
82
SALON STBD ROPE LT
ENG RM FWD
B540
-
TAV
0
WH
82
158-3A, 14/2(BK,WH)
M.FONTAINE
LIGHT SW
158-3, 14/2(BK,WH)
GN
02/05/08
WHT
1STB-2
FLUORESCENT LT.
WH
B540_00-3E_IM_82_0
SALON ROPE
1 OF 2
TO AC GROUND BUS (SEE SHEET 1)
BK
BK
BK
GN
#14 BK
220/24V
#14 WH
1
2
CONVERTER 12V
WHT
GN
WGFI
L1
1
GN
(SEE SHT 2)
158-1C, 14/3(BK,WH,GN)
BK
SALON PANEL BY PANELTRONICS
P/O A.C. PANEL SHEET 1
BYD:143595
20A
30A
30A
AIR COND SALON
20A
232
233
COOKTOP
CONVERTER
221
220
CONVERTER PORT
STBD
24V
(SHT 5b)
(SHT 9)
(SEE SHEET 5b)
20A
30A
20A
30A
234
WATER HEATER
222
223
PORT ARG
ESQUIMO
235
STBD ARG
ICE MAKER
CONNECT GREEN GROUNDING
15A
15A
15A
CONDUCTORS TO THE AC GROUNDING BUS
20A
224
225
ENG BLOCK HEATER
10A
(SEE SHEET 1)
236
237
DRYER
ENG BLOCK HEATER
AIR CONRESSOR
226
227
AIR COND PUMP
10A
WASHDOWN PUMP
5A
10A
238
FRESH WATER PUMP
10A
239
AIR COND PUMP
10A
229
228
AIR COND VIP
15A
10A
240
SPARE
241
AIR COND GUEST
89
20A
243
SPARE
B540
00/3E
IM
242
SPARE
PANEL A NEUTRAL BUS
WH
BK
PANEL A
CONT. FROM SHT 1
(LINE 1)
CONT. FROM SHT 1
(LINE 2)
WH
BK
A
PANEL B
SALON PNL/EUR
WIRING
PANEL B NEUTRAL BUS
RD
RD
M.FONTAINE
0
10A
02-05-08
231
SPARE
230
12 V CONVERTER
89
TAV
-
20A
540
5A
B540_00-3E_IM_89_0
AIR COND MASTER
REVISIONS
SHEET REVISION RECORD
SHORE POWER #1
SHORE POWER #2
220VAC/50HZ
220VAC/50HZ
#6,BK
SHT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
LET.
DESCRIPTION
#6,BK
GENERATOR #1
#6,RD
BY
GENERATOR #2
220V AC
CABLE MASTER WIRE
CABLE MASTER WIRE
220V AC
19.0KVA 50HZ
19.0KVA 50HZ
6/4(BK,WHT,RD,GN) WHITE NOT USED
6/4(BK,WHT,RD,GN) WHITE NOT USED
L1
L1
LO
LO
BK
GN
RD
50A
RD
50A
BK
APPV.
#6,RD
#6,GN
#6,GN
GN
DATE
REV#
GN
100-1,6/4(BK,WH,RD,GN)
WHITE NOT USED
WH
BK
GN
BK
WH
200-1,6/4(BK,WH,RD,GN)
WHITE NOT USED
LOACATED IN ENGINE ROOM
POWER SELECTOR
PANEL BY
PANELTRONICS
PANELTRONICS TO PROVIDE PANEL PRE-WIRED
AND TO INCLUDE APPROPRIATE METERING.
PANELS A & B TO BE INDEPENDENT & ABLE
TO BE POWERED BY EACH POWER SOURCE.
GN
3
#6, GN
NEUTRAL
1
1
2
3
GN
NEUTRAL
GR-2, #6 GN
2
GR-1, #6 GN
BK
300-1,4/4(BK,WH,RD,GN)
(RED WIRE NOT USED)
BK
SHORE 1
SHORE 2
#14 BK
2
3
#14 BK
A
REVERSE
R
REVERSE
#14 WHT
#14 WHT
NORMAL
R
1
NORMAL
NEUTRAL
L1
A
GEN 1
#14 GN
2
3
#14 GN
P/O 201-1,6/4(BK,RD,WH,GN)
1
SEE NOTE 1
TO GALLEY PANEL
GN
NEUTRAL
L1
GROUNDING BUS
(SEE SHT 3)
GEN 2
400-1,4/4(BK,WH,RD,GN)
(RED WIRE NOT USED)
L1
AC GROUND BUS
NEUTRAL
TO F/B PANEL
L1
NEUTRAL
P/O 204-1,6/4(BK,RD,WH,GN)
TO PANEL B (LINE 2)
GROUNDING BUS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
(SEE SHT 4)
(SEE SHT 2)
BK
BK
WH
WH
TO PANEL A (LINE 1)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
: [email protected]
(SEE SHT 2)
Rev. Layout
TO DC NEGATIVE &
#6,GN
SHORE PW/ EUR
WIRING
SYSTEM
NOTE
GROUND WIRES) TO THE A.C. GROUNDING BUS.
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
GALVANIC
GRN
ISOLATOR
00/3E
IM
87
0
540
A
-
TAV
02-05-08
1. CONNECT GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (EQUIP.
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
B540
B540_00-3E_IM_87_0
COMMON BONDING
M.FONTAINE
87
11 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
r #
Group#
Rev. Layout
Dwg #
SCALE: NONE
Dwg #
OFF
E DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
REVISIONS
12V
CHARGER
20A
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
F25
PORT 12V
30A
GEN BATT
(+)
GEN SET
(-)
24V FLYBRIDGE PANEL
BY 143148 RV 3
12V PARALLEL
F26
STBD 12V
MAIN
30A
GEN BATT
70A
(+)
GEN SET
(-)
PORT ENGINE
24V SALON MAIN PANEL
15A
BY 143583
MAIN PORT
15A
LAZARETTE LIGHTS
F13
F6
EQUALIZER
BY#142408
24V
15A
CHARGER
100A
60A
PORT ENG ALT
F5
7.5A
FWD BILGE PUMP
F12
7.5A
GEN RM BILGE PUMP
F13
HOUSE BATT
100A
(-)
60A
(+)
60A
MAIN STBD
100A
ENGINE ROOM LIGHTS
15A
FIRE ALARM MONITOR
F15
6A
2S2
2S3
2S4
2S5
12V FLYBRIDGE PANEL
30A
2FW1
BY 143149
2FW2
XXX
MAIN
60A
F/B STEREO
15A
SPARE
15A
ENG/R BLOWER
40A
XXX
STBD ENGINE
15A
HEAD MASTER
FUEL FILL MONITOR
5A
2F11
STBD ENGINE
15A
CABLEMASTER PORT
15A
BILGE FLOOD MONITOR
F14
6A
24V
15A
XXX
SPARE
15A
2S1
SALON/GALLEY LIGHTS
F7
12/24V
XXX
PORT ENGINE
100A
2F12
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
15A
2F6
12F1
FWD ST RM STEREO
15A
12F2
STBD ST RM STEREO
15A
12F3
(+)
(-)
HOLDING TANK PUMP
WINDLASS
50A
BY#142250(X4)
F20
15A
24V FB PANEL
24V
80A
HOUSE BATT
F2
2S6
HEAD BLOWER MAS
15A
FRESH WATER PUMP
20A
2S7
2FW3
24V BATT PARALLEL
5A
CAB MASTER STBD
15A
2FW4
2F1
STEREO AMP
40A
WINDLASS
15A
2F4
12F4
SPARE
15A
2F10
(+)
24V SALON PANEL(PORT)
(-)
100A
FISH BOX MACERATOR # 1
F3
(+)
15A
(-)
100A
24V SALON PANEL(STBD)
2S8
F4
PORT LIGHTS
BY#142250(X4)
15A
2S9
FRESH WATER GAUGE
3A
30A
2S10
2FW5
HORN
15A
COCKPIT LTS
15A
HEAD VIP
24V PARALLEL
2FW6
2FW7
SPARE
15A
2F11
ELECTRIC HELM
20A
FISH BOX MACERATOR 2
15A
2F7
2F5
SPARE
15A
2F13
SPARE
15A
HEAD BLOWER VIP
15A
2F12
SPARE
15A
2S11
2F13
STBD ENGINE
STBD LIGHTS
15A
24V
2FW8
SPARE
15A
2F14
SPARE
15A
2F14
STARTING BATT
(+)
GRAY WATER PUMP
(-)
(-)
F21
(+)
F10
40A
PORT ENGINE
BY#143286(X6)
2S12
HOLDING TANK ALARM
5A
15A
2S13
60A
15A
10A
MID BILGE PUMP
F17
10A
AFT BILGE PUMP
F18
2S14
15A
2FW10
2FW11
2F15
15A
2F16
2FW13
15A
15A
XXX
XXX
2FW14
HOLDING TANK PUMP SW
15A
XXX
SPARE
XXX
2FW15
SPARE
15A
XXX
SPARE
15A
XXX
SPARE
20A
XXX
SPARE
20A
00/3U
IM
92
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM_92_0
02-07-08
540
A
0
FONTAINE
92
-
XXX
F23
STBD ST RM STEREO
15A
F24
CREW ST RM STEREO
15A
SPARE
15A
(OPTIONAL) BOW THRUSTER
B540
FWD ST RM STEREO
15A
STBD ENGINE
SPARE
15A
2F3
PORT ENGINE
AIR COND SUMP PUMP
15A
F22
2F2
FLYBRIDGE LIGHTS
2FW12
2F15
F/B STEREO
15A
TRIM TABS
20A
15A
CHARGER
50A
1 LINE
WIRING
SPARE
15A
SPARE
POWER STEERING
FIREBOY MONITOR
F19
24V
15A
BILGE LTS W/IND
15A
15A
6A
2FW9
SPARE
FWD ST/RM LTS
FRESH WATER PUMP
SPARE
400A
ON
ETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
F25
STEREO AMP
40A
APPV.
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BYD 143148
24V DC FLYBRIDGE DISTRIBUTION PANEL
BY
-
DATE
-
APPV.
-
-
2FP-1,#1,RD
FROM MAIN FUSE (F2)
SPARE
MAIN
(SEE SHT 1)
100A
30A
REFRIGERATOR
PORT ENGINE
15A
15A
FUEL GAUGE (SEE SHT. 11)
PORT ENGINE
5A
15A
NOTE:
TRIM TABS (SEE SHT. 10)
PORT ENGINE
PANEL TO BE PRE-WIRED AND INCLUDE WIRE DIAGRAMS.
20A
15A
PANEL TO HAVE VOLTMETER
F/B LIGHTS (SEE SHT. 10)
STBD ENGINE
15A
15A
STBD ENGINE
PORT ENGINE FOR CAT ONLY
10A
15A
STBD ENGINE
STBD ENGINE FOR CAT ONLY
10A
15A
NAVIGATION LIGHTS (SEE SHT 11)
15A
15A
SEE SHEET 17B
15A
SEE SHEET 17B
24V BATT. PARALLEL (SEE SHT. 8)
5A
WINDLASS (SEE SHT. 8)
15A
5A
SEE SHEET 17B
HORN (SEE SHT 11)
15A
15A
FROM ENG. ROOM
NEGATIVE BUS
ELECTRIC HELM (SEE SHT. 10B)
2FN-1,#1, BK
NEGATIVE BUS
20A
20A
REMOVED FOR ENCLOSED
(SEE SHT 1)
SPARE
15A
12V DC F/B DISTRIBUTION PANEL
15A
BYD 143149
12F-P, #1 RD
FROM VOLTAGE EQUALIZER
(SEE SHT 1)
MAIN
60A
PORT ST RM STEREO (SEE SHEET 13)
15A
STBD ST RM STEREO (SEE SHEET 13)
15A
F/B STEREO (SEE SHEET 13)
NEGATIVE BUS
FROM ENG. ROOM
15A
(SEE SHT 1)
SPARE
15A
12F-N, #1 BK
OPT.
CREW ST RM STEREO (SEE SHEET 13)
NEGATIVE BUS
15A
SPARE
15A
FWD ST RM STEREO (SEE SHEET 13)
15A
SPARE
15A
SPARE
15A
NOTE:
SPARE
20A
1) BRANCH CIRCUIT POSITIVE & NEGATIVE
TO ORIGINATE IN THE SAME DISTRIBUTION
PANEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
WIRING, F/B DIST
24VDC
: [email protected]
B540
003U
IM
94
0
B540_00-3U_IM-94_0
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
ITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
12/20/07
540
A
SHT 2 OF 23
94
M.FONTAINE
TAV
-
12V GENERATORS BATTERIES SYSTEM
10A
CONV.
P
N
P
MAIN SUPPLY BOX & PANEL
F25
F26
#6,RD
10-1,#6,RD
#6,RD
10-2,#6,RD
30A ANL
30A ANL
10-3,#6YL
24/12 MAIN SUPPLY PANEL NEGATIVE BUS
GN1,1/0(YL)
GEN. #1
GN2,1/0(YL)
12V
12V
GP1,1/0(RD)
GEN. #2
#14 YL
GEN #1 DISC. SW.
GP2,1/0(RD)
GEN #2 DISC. SW.
12V PARALLEL
SOLENOID
#1(RD)
#1(RD)
15A
15A
GP1-1,1/0(RD)
GP2-1,1/0(RD)
BK
GEN. START CIRC.
GEN. START CIRC.
LOCATED AT SALON 24V
RD
GEN. #1
GEN. #2
PANEL
WHT
GN1-2,1/0(YL)
GN2-2,1/0(YL)
GEN. GROUND
GEN. GROUND
MOM PARALLEL SW
GSOL 14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
NOTE:
GR
14
13
CAT GENERATOR C2.2
RED
YL
G1-1B,14/2
12
FIREBOY
N/C
RUN LT
COM
STBD GEN
RUN LT
N/O
PORT GEN
AUX #1
GENERATORS STAR/STOP AND RUN LT
GR
GEN START/ STOP SWITCHES
5 YELLOW OIL PRESSURE SENDER
ARE LOCATED ON THE
6 GREY WATER TEMP SENDER
4 TEEL-STOP
-
9 WHITE-PRE HEAT
8-BLACK/RED-IGN ON
SALON PANEL
7
9
BK
WHT
14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
GR
RD
START
YL
PORT
GEN
(SPDT MOM)
RD
WHT
BK
G1-1,14/6(RD,WHT,BK,GR,BR,BL)
13
N/C
12
14
COM
FIREBOY
(SHEET 8)
N/O
AUX #1
STOP
RD
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
YL
START
RD
RD
WHT
BR
3
RD
WHT
4
6
STBD
GEN
(SPDT MOM)
BK
14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
GENERATOR CONTROLLER
PORT GEN PLUG
7
9
ON
RED
GRN
WHT
PRE HEAT
G1-1A,14/4
GRN
START
RED
RUN LT
STOP
BL
BK
BLK
G2-1,14/6(RD,WHT,BK,GR,BR,BL)
TB LOCATED INSIDE SALON PANEL
IM
STOP
BLK
GR
STBD GEN PLUG
G1-1,14/4
003U
SHUTDOWN LT
WHT
B540
6
12V GEN BATT
SYSTEM
4
BL
SHT 23 OF 23
A
N/C
BR
114
3 VIOLET-RUN LT
RD
M.FONTAINE
10 GREEN START
12 BLACK NEG POWER(-)
3
540
G1-3,14/2(RD,YL)
11 RED-POWER(+)
TAV
G2-3,14/2(RD,YL)
-
RD
2 BROWN-ON
114
RD
7 PINK SHUT DOWN LT
B540_00_3U_IM_114_0
17
COM
16
N/O
15
RD
1
AUX #2
YL
2
YL
RD
3
FIREBOY
(SHEET 8)
YL
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
4
RD
F/B PANEL
GENERATOR PANEL
SALON PANEL
TB LOCATED IN
2FTB-3
YL
12/20/07
G1-4,14/2(RD,YL)
G2-4,14/2(RD,YL)
REVISIONS
LET.
REAR VIEW OF UNIT
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
12V STEREOS
16 PINS CONNECTOR
16 PINS EXTENSION LEAD
ANTENNA
6 SPEAKERS SYSTEM
BLUE
+
RD
GRAY
16 PINS EXTENSION LEAD
POWER TO ANT (NOT USE)
BLUE/WHITE
12F1-2,16/2(RD,YL)
AMPLIFIER LEAD (NOT USE)
RED
RD
YELLOW
WHITE
BLACK
BK
TO F/B 12V PANEL
CB# 12F-1 (SEE SHEET 2)
F/B STBD FWD SPEAKER
2 SPEAKERS SYSTEM
YL
-
TO F/B 12V PANEL FUSE # 22
16/2(RD,YL)
(SEE SHEET 2)
FRONT RIGHT
12F1-4,16/2(RD,YL)
+
F/B STBD SPEAKER
TO F/B 12V PANEL NEG BUS
RD
GRAY
YL
GRAY/BLACK
(FRONT RIGHT)
+
RD
F/B STBD AFT SPEAKER
YL
-
GRAY/BLACK
12F1-1,14/3 (RD,WHT,BK)
-
16/2(RD,YL)
+
12F1-3,16/2(RD,YL)
+
RD
WHITE
F/B PORT SPEAKER
RD
WHITE
YL
WHITE/BLACK
-
(FRONT LEFT)
F/B PORT FWD SPEAKER
YL
-
FRONT LEFT
12F1-5,16/2(RD,YL)
+
F/B PORT AFT SPEAKER
PURPLE
RD
YL
PURPLE/BLACK
WHITE/BLACK
-
GREEN
12F1-6,16/2(RD,YL)
+
RD
PURPLE
YL
PURPLE/BLACK
GREEN/BLACK
COCKPIT STBD SPEAKER
(REAR RIGHT)
12F1-7,16/2(RD,YL)
+
RD
GREEN
YL
GREEN/BLACK
COCKPIT PORT SPEAKER
(REAR LEFT)
-
16 PINS EXTENSION LEAD
4 SPEAKERS SYSTEM
16/2(RD,YL)
F/B STBD FWD SPEAKER
+
RD
GRAY
YL
GRAY/BLACK
(FRONT RIGHT)
16/2(RD,YL)
+
F/B PORT FWD SPEAKER
(FRONT LEFT)
RD
WHITE
YL
WHITE/BLACK
-
16/2(RD,YL)
F/B STBD AFT SPEAKER
+
RD
PURPLE
(REAR RIGHT)
YL
PURPLE/BLACK
NOTE:
STEREO
16/2(RD,YL)
A) FWD ST/RM STEREO FEEDS FROM CB 12F2
(SEE SHEET 3)
: [email protected]
+
B) STBD ST/RM STEREO FEEDS FROM CB 12F3
RD
B540
003U
IM
105
B540_00_3U_IM_105_0
GREEN
0
-
TAV
12/20/07
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
C) CREW ST/RM STEREO FEEDS FROM CB 12F4
YL
F/B PORT AFT SPEAKER
(REAR LEFT)
-
GREEN/BLACK
540
A
105
M.FONTAINE
SHT 13 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
24V DC SALON DISTRIBUTION PANEL
DESCRIPTION
-
BY
-
-
BYD 143583
2DP-1,#1,RD
FROM MAIN FUSE (F3)
(SEE SHT 1)
MAIN PORT
100A
NOTE:
LAZARETTE. LIGHTS
PANEL TO BE PRE-WIRED AND INCLUDE WIRE DIAGRAMS.
15A
SALON /GALLEY LIGHTS
PANEL TO HAVE VOLTMETER
15A
CABLEMASTER, PORT
15A
ENGINE ROOM LIGHTS
15A
FUEL FILL MONITOR
5A
HOLDING TANK PUMP
5A
FRESH WATER PUMP
20A
FROM ENG. ROOM
NEGATIVE BUS
2DN-1,#1, BK
FISH BOX MACERATOR # 1
15A
NEGATIVE BUS
(SEE SHT 1)
GRAY WATER PUMP
PORT LTS
15A
15A
HEAD VIP
SPARE
30A
20A
HEAD BLOWER VIP
SPARE
15A
20A
DC MAIN SAL
WIRING
540
2FWP-1,#2/0(RD)
FROM MAIN SUPPLY PANEL F4
(SEE SHT 1)
A
NEGATIVE BUS
FROM MAIN SUPPLY
2FWN-1,2/0(BK)
STBD LIGHTS (SEE SHEET 21)
MAIN STBD
NEGATIVE BUS
(SEE SHT 1)
10A
100A
HEAD MASTER
HOLDING TANK ALARM
5A
30A
FWD ST/RM LIGHTS
ENGINE ROOM BLOWER
15A
40A
HEAD BLOWER MASTER
10A
BILGE LTS W/ IND LT
10A
HOLDING TANK MOMENTARY SWITCH
SPARE
15A
10A
PANEL TO BE PRE-WIRED AND INCLUDE WIRE DIAGRAMS.
PANEL TO HAVE VOLTMETER
95
95
NOTE:
IM
FISH BOX MACERATOR # 2
00/3U
FONTAINE
SPARE
15A
B540_00-3U_IM_95_0
POWER STEERING
40A
COCKPIT LTS
02-07-08
FRESH WATER
3A
15A
B540
CABLE MASTER STBD
15A
0
TAV
-
SHT 3 0F 23
DATE
-/-/-
APPV.
BILGE FLOOD MONITOR
FLYBRIDGE
FWD
E/R
GEN
AFT
COMPT
COMPT
COMPT
COMPT
ENG RM BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
F14-4, 16/2(RD,YL)
(SEE SHEET 4)
YL
(RD)
(OR)
(YL)
(BRN)
(WH)
(PUR)
(BLU)
TB LOCATED INSIDE ALARM BOX
F14-8,14/2(RD,YL)
(GRN)
(BLK)
(YEL)
+
RD
(RD)
6
5
4
#14RD
3
2
1
2FTB-8
10
(OR)
9
YL
RD
8
RD
YL
(RD)
(BRN)
7
(YEL)
6
F14-9,14/2(RD,YL)
F14-10,14/2(RD,YL)
5
(PUR)
(WH)
4
(BLU)
3
#14YL
(GRN)
2
(BK)
STBD ENG BED
BILGE SWITCH
BILGE SWITCH
1
PORT ENG BED
#14RD
F14-5, #18/9 COND
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
F14-2, #18,9 COND
ALARM PANEL
RD
(R)
YL
(R)
(BK)
1
SW 1
2
SW 2
LT 1
1
FWD BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
(BLK)
(GRN)
LT 2
2
(SEE SHEET 4)
(GRN)
3
SW 3
LT 3
3
4
SW 4
LT 4
4
(BLU)
(WH)
(R)
540
(WH)
(YL)
5
RD
(YL)
YL
(YL)
SW 5
LT 5
(PUR)
5
(YEL)
SILENCE
6
6
GEN BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
(YEL)
REMOTE
ALARM SW
NEGATIVE
RETURN
(BRN)
7
(BRN)
(YL)
HORN+
8
(R)
F1
9
POS
10
NEG
F3
(RD)
8
24VDC
F14-7,14/2(RD,YL)
A
7
(SEE SHEET 5)
(R)
F2
(OR)
TEST
9
(YL)
(PUR)
F14-3,#18,9 COND
F14-1,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
(ORG)
(R)
(BRN)
(YEL)
(PUR)
(WH)
(ORG)
(BLU)
N.C. MOM
TAV
AFT
COMPT
0
SILENCE
TEST
-
NONE
SCALE:
Dwg #
FILE:DATE: APPV.BY:
DESIG.BY:
GEN
COMPT
98
Layout
Group#
Dwg #
Rev.
Project
Job Order #
E/R
COMPT
98
+
FWD
COMPT
IM
N.O.
(SEE SHT 1)
00/3U
FONTAINE
TEST
FROM MAIN SUPPLY PANEL FUSE # F14
02-07-08
F14-11,14/2(RD,YL)
B540_00-3U_IM_98_0
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL NEGATIVE BUS
(GRN)
YL
(BLK)
AFT BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
(SEE SHEET 5)
B540
BILGE FLOOD M’TOR
WIRING
(BLU)
(R)
F14-6,14/2(RD,YL)
SALON PANEL
N.O.
N.C.
R
N.C.
N.O. MOM
SHT 6 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
A
BILGE PUMPS, FWD & E/R
F12-1,10/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
TO MAIN SUPPLY NEG BUS
TO MAIN SYPPLY PANEL
FUSE # F17
E/R BILGE PUMP
FWD BILGE PUMP
RD
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
YL
TO MAIN SUPPLY
FUSE # F12 (SEE SHEET 1)
NEGATIVE BUS
F17-1,10/2(RD,YL)
TB LOCATED IN MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
2MTB-1
F12-2,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
WH
R
F17-2,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
BK
BK
R
(R)
(BK)
(WH)
WH
F12-3,10/3
FWD BILGE
FLOOD MONITOR
RD
BK
YL
WH
(SEE SHEET 6)
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
RD
BK
YL
WH
E/R BILGE
PUMPSWITCH
FLOOD MONITOR
ULTIMATE SR.
1
2
3
4
5
14,(RD)
(BK)
(WH)
(R)
F17-3,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
14,(RD)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
(RD,WH,BK)
PUMPSWITCH
ULTIMATE SR.
(SEE SHEET 6)
6
2FTB-5
F14-8,14/2(RD,YL)
F14-5,14/2(RD,YL)
14,(BR)
14,(BR)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
(R)
(R)
AUTO
FWD BILGE PUMP SW
AUTO
MAN
MAN
(BLK)
(BLK)
(WH)
(WH)
E/R BILGE PUMP SW
B’GE FWD & E/R
WIRING
F12-4,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
F17-4,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
B540
00/3U
IM
0
96
-
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM_96_0
NOTE:
02-07-08
540
1. 2MTB-1 IS LOCATED IN MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
2. 2FTB-5 IS LOCATED IN THE F/B BOARD
A
FONTAINE
96
SHT 4 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
BILGE PUMPS, GEN/R & AFT
F13-1,10/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
TO MAIN SUPPLY NEG BUS
TO MAIN SYPPLY PANEL
FUSE # F18
AFT BILGE PUMP
GEN/R BILGE PUMP
RD
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
YL
TO MAIN SUPPLY
FUSE # F13 (SEE SHEET 1)
NEGATIVE BUS
F18-1,10/2(RD,YL)
TB LOCATED IN MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
2MTB-2
F13-2,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
WH
R
F18-2,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
BK
BK
R
(R)
(BK)
(WH)
WH
F13-3,10/3
GEN/R BILGE
FLOOD MONITOR
RD
BK
YL
WH
(SEE SHEET 6)
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
RD
BK
YL
BK
AFT BILGE
PUMPSWITCH
FLOOD MONITOR
ULTIMATE SR.
1
2
3
4
5
14,(RD)
(BK)
(WH)
(R)
F18-3,10/3(RD,WH,BK)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
14,(RD)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
(RD,WH,BK)
PUMPSWITCH
ULTIMATE SR.
(SEE SHEET 6)
6
2FTB-4
F14-11,14/2(RD,YL)
F14-10,14/2(RD,YL)
14,(BR)
14,(BR)
14,(BK)
14,(BK)
(R)
(R)
AUTO
GEN BILGE PUMP SW
AUTO
MAN
MAN
(BLK)
(BLK)
(WH)
(WH)
AFT BILGE PUMP SW
BILGE PMP
AFT & GEN ROOM
F13-4,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
F18-4,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
B540
00/3U
IM
0
97
-
TAV
B540_00_3U_IM_97_0
NOTE:
1. 2MTB-2 IS LOCATED IN MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
12/20/07
540
A
97
M.FONTAINE
2. 2FTB-4 IS LOCATED IN THE F/B BOARD
SHT 5 OF23
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
BOW THRUSTER
(OPTIONAL)
CHECK
SYSTEM
STATION
ENABLE
BT-6,14/9(COND)
START
STOP
2FTB-2
10
YL
OR
GR
PUR
RD
RD
BK
BK
BL
BL
1
2
3
BK
4
A INPUT
BL
3
4
GRY
2
B OUTPUT
WHT
1
WHT
A OUTPUT
RD
5
GRY
CONTROL STATION
WIRE ADDITIONAL CONTROLS
START INPUT
GR
PUR
6
BRW
STOP INPUT
YL
OR
7
GR
8
YL
OR
9
ALARM
5
IN PARALLEL
B INPUT
6
JOY SWITCH
POSITIVE OUTPUT
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
BT-5,14/9(COND)
NEGATIVE OUTPUT
ALARM OUTPUT
POSITIVE INPUT
7
8
9
10
11
NEGATIVE INPUT
12
13
ALARM INPUT
14
BOW THRUSTER
15
#14
BL
6
5
#14
BK
4
#14 #14
RD
3
GR
2
SWITCH BOX
#14
PUR
1
BT-2,4/0 RD
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL (SEE SHEET 1)
ARM
BT-3,4/0 YL
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL NEG. BUS
BOW THRUSTER
OPTIONAL
BT-4,4/0 YL
W 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
Project
Job Order #
Group#
Dwg #
Rev. Layout
MOTOR/CONTACTOR
FILE:
DATE:
003U
IM
101
0
B540_00_3U_IM_101_0
-
TAV
12/20/07
540
A
SCALE: NONE
APPV.BY:
B540
M.FONTAINE
101
Dwg #
DESIG.BY:
ZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
SHT 9 OF 23
W
REVISIONS
LET.
CABLEMASTER
DESCRIPTION
GALLEY LIGHTS
SEE NOTE
BY
DATE
APPV.
2S3-3,16/3(RD,WHT,BK)
IN
WHT
RD
COCKPIT SWITCH
2S2-9, 14/2(RD,YL)
CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSEMBLY
BK
#04034 (12,24 OR 32V DC
2S3-1,10/2(RD,YL)
12/24/32V
POWER
DC INPUT
SWITCH
RD
(SEE SHEET 3)
YL
POS. +
RED
NEG. -
WHITE 2
TO SALON PANEL NEG BUS
WHT
SWITCH
ORANGE
5
LIGHTSWITCH
2GTB-1
YL
7
OUT LIMIT SWITCH
TB LOCATED IN GALLEY BOARD
CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSEMBLY
2S3-2,10/2(RD,YL)
YL
RD
6
OUT
SWITCH
YL
IN LIMIT SWITCH
YL
LIMITS
BLACK
RD
BK
LIMITS
OUTPUT
RD
YL
TO SALON PANEL NEG. BUS
2S3-4,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
RD
4
IN
CB 2S2(SEE SHEET 3)
RD
1
BLACK 3
MOTOR
2S2-8, 10/2(RD,YL)
TO SALON PANEL
OUT
TO SALON PANEL CB# 2S3
2S2-10, 14/2(RD,YL)
#04034 (12,24 OR 32V DC
2S3-5,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
NOTE:
PORT CABLEMASTER SHOWN
STBD IS CB# 2S11
LAZARETTE LIGHTS
2S1-2, 14/2(RD,YL)
RD
2S1-1, 14/2(RD,YL)
RD
TO SALON PANEL
SALON LIGHTS
CB # 2S1(SEE SHEET 3)
SALON
RD
LIGHT SWITCH
24V
PORT
YL
2S2-3, 14/2(RD,YL)
25W
24V
STBD
25W
YL
TO SALON PANEL NEG. BUS
YL
YL
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28W
UNLESS INDICATED
2S2-1, 10/2(RD,YL)
DINETTE LIGHT
RD
TO SALON PANEL
CB # 2S2(SEE SHEET 3)
RD
YL
TO SALON PANEL
2S2-5, 14/2(RD,YL)
NEG. BUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2STB-1
TB LOCATED IN SALON BOARD
YL
YL
DINETTE LIGHT SWITCH
CABLE MAS,LTS
WIRING
RD
RD
B540
00/3U
IM
106
0
2S2-4, 14/2(RD,YL)
Rev. Layout
02-07-08
540
SALON LIGHTS
2S2-2, 14/2(RD,YL)
NOTE:
LAZARETTE LIGHTS ARE OPERATED
FROM SALON PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
1
W
2
3
4
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM_106_0
: [email protected]
FONTAINE
106
PORT ENGINE
14/2
NEG (-)
POS (+)
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J3/P3
16
18
17
SHIELD
J 1939 DATA J 1939 DATA +
15
PT ENGINE
(+) UNSWITCHED
15
PT ENGINE
(+) UNSWITCHED
PT ENGINE
15
STBD ENGINE
YL
RD
FTBP
(+) SWITCHED
IGN ON
8
VI
7
ECM
P1
ECM
P1
15
10
16
15
10
16
SHIELD
J 1939 DATA J 1939 DATA +
YL
RD
14/2
NEG (-)
POS (+)
J3/P3
16
18
17
SHIELD
J 1939 DATA J 1939 DATA +
J3/P3
1
J3/P3
1
5
5
(+) UNSWITCHED
(+) UNSWITCHED
14/9
30
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SHIELD
J 1939 DATA J 1939 DATA +
VI
30
STBD ENGINE
15
STBD ENGINE
15
STBD ENGINE
15
FTBS
14/9
(+) SWITCHED
7
IGN ON
8
START
START
EMERG STOP
EMERG STOP
STOP
SYNC
6
RD
RD
WH
WH
29
BK
5
29
STOP
36
GN
1
SYNC
34
14
14
25
25
STOP
6
BK
36
SYNC
START
START
STOP
5
FIREBOY
FTBS
FTBP
EMERG STOP
EMERG STOP
GN
34
SYNCHRONIZER
SYNC
FIREBOY
GR
2
SYNC
35
2
2
SYNC
GR
35
1
2
SLOW
BL
11
SLOW
38
19
19
34
34
5
5
SLOW
BL
38
11
BRIDGE
SYNC
4/0-RD
SYNC
NO 4
12V
BATT
SLOW
NO 4
12V
BATT
SLOW MODE
4/0-RD
BUZZER
OR
X
BUZZER
25
BRIDGE
YL
(-) NEG
3
BUZZER
OR
25
X
BUZZER
4RD
80
(-) NEG
P93/J93
1
J92/P92
1
YL
3
ALT
2
2
4RD
4BK
4/0-RD
NO 4
12V
BATT
NO 4
12V
BATT
STARTER
6
(+) UNSWITCHED
P94B/J94B
8
2
2
15
ST
4/0-RD
80
ECM
P2
4RD
HR METER (-)
7
14
15
15
(+) SWITCHED
START
HR
P94B/J94B
8
P94A/J94A
8
2
2
7
7
11
11
9
HR (+)
HR(-)
SHUTDOWN
(+) UNSW
ES
SMMS
1
1
3
4
2
15
(+) UNSW
(-) NEG
6
4
11
(+) SWITCHED
(+) UNSW
(-) NEG
9
J107B/P107B
A
C
HR (+)
HR
HR(-)
C
B
(+) SWITCHED
START
SHUTDOWN
B
3
3
12
12
10
10
(+) UNSW
ES
(+) UNSW
15
(-) NEG
3
1
2
4
SMMS
1
MAINT CLEAR
23
1
1
5
5
4
4
6
6
2
9
J107B/P107B
A
J107A/P107A
A
C
C
B
B
3
3
12
12
10
(+) UNSWITCHED
SHUTDOWN IN
J107A/P107A
A
15
7
11
9
HR METER (+)
19
4BK
7
11
ALT
STARTER
(+) SWITCHED
ECM
P2
ON
23
4RD
P93/J93
1
J92/P92
1
OFF
P94A/J94A
8
10
HR METER (+)
19
HR METER (-)
SHUTDOWN IN
(+) UNSW
(-) NEG
WARNING
R
7
14
DIAGNOSTIC
Y
MAINT IND
R
4
ENG CONTROL PANEL
11
MAINT CLEAR
+24/32 VDC
PT ENG IGN
2
R
Y
WARNING
DIAGNOSTIC
1
1
5
5
4
4
6
6
B540
10 AMPS
R
MAINT IND
00/3U
IM
116
0
CAT C-30 & C32
-
TAV
B540_00_3U_IM_116_0
ENG CONTROL PANEL
02-07-08
540
25
C 26
NC 27
NO 28
Rev. Layout
PORT ENG.
: [email protected]
A
J MESA
116
ST
OFF
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
PAGE 1 OF 1
C 21
10 AMPS
NC 22
STBD ENG.
24
OFF
NO 23
ON
CR
ON
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
UNDER WATER LIGHTS (OPTIONAL)
COCKPIT & BOARDING LIGHTS
COCKPIT & BOARDING LIGHTS
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28V
UNLESS INDICATED
WATER GAUGE
2S10-6, 14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-6, 14/2(RD,YL)
TO FLYBRIDGE PANEL
YL
NEGATIVE BUS
RD
RD
RD
TO SALON PANEL
BOARDING LT SW.
YL
YL
LTS. RET
14/2(RD,YL)
14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-4A,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
RD
YL
STBD COCKPIT
YL
RD
TO SALON C.B. 2S9
(SEE SHT 3)
TO FLYBRIDGE PANEL
YL
YL
NEGATIVE BUS
2S10-4B,14/2(RD,YL)
OH. LTS. RET
RD
UNDER WATER LTS
CENTER COCKPIT
2S10-4A,14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-4B,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
BOARDING LT SW.
NEGATIVE BUS
YL
LTS. RET
YL
TO15A FB C.B.2F14
(SEE SHT 2)
RD
RD
CENTER COCKPIT
STBD COCKPIT
WATER GAUGE
RD
OH. LTS. RET
RD
TO15A FB C.B.2F13
(SEE SHT 2)
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
2S9-1,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
14/2(RD,YL)
RD
RD
YL
YL
RD
BK
WH
PORT COCKPIT
TO SALON PANEL CB 2S10 (SEE SHT 3)
RD
YL
YL
RD
TO SALON PANEL CB 2S10 (SEE SHT 3)
TO SALON PANEL NEG. BUS
RD
COCKPIT OH. LTS.
OH. LTS. RET
TO SALON PANEL NEG. BUS
TO FLYBRIDGE PANEL
YL
NEGATIVE BUS
RD
SENDER
2
3
4
5
6
7
2S10-1,14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-4,14/2(RD,YL)
8
2S10-4,14/2(RD,YL)
2STB-2
2STB-2
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
STBD LT
TO BE LOCATED IN SALON BOARD
RD
SW LOCATED INSIDE
RD
SW LOCATED INSIDE
TO BE LOCATED IN SALON BOARD
RD
2S10-2, 14/2(RD,YL)
YL
BALLAST
ROD LIGHT SW (LINE)
ROD LIGHT SW (LINE)
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
24V 10W
PORT BOARDING LT
14/2(RD,YL)
STBD PILASTER
STBD PILASTER
2S10-2, 14/2(RD,YL)
YL
RD
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28V
YL
PORT BOARDING LT
YL
UNLESS INDICATED
24V 10W
2S10-7,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
2S10-5, 14/2(RD,YL)
RD
2S10-3A, 14/2(RD,YL)
COCKPIT OH. LT. SW.
RD
YL
2S10-3, 14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-5, 14/2(RD,YL)
RD
BALLAST
DIM
YL
MID LT
2S10-7,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
COCKPIT OH. LT. SW.
RD
BR
YL
100 OHMS
RD
2S10-2A, 14/2(RD,YL)
PORT EAGLE
BR
1
RD
2S10-1,14/2(RD,YL)
TO15A FB C.B.2F12
(SEE SHT 2)
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
2S10-8,14/2(RD,YL)
2S10-8,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
RD
2S10-3, 14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
ROD
STBD BOARDING LT
LOCKER LIGHT
24V 10W
ROD
YL
NEW UNDER WATER LIGHTS (OPTIONAL)
PORT
#8RD
TO SALON PANEL
24V 10W
BALLAST
ENGINE ROOM AUTOMATIC BLOWERS
TO SALON PANEL C.B. 2S8
(SEE SHT 3)
PORT LT
LOCKER LIGHT
RD
24V 10W
YL
RD
BR
100 OHMS
24V 10W
RD
PORT EAGLE
STBD BOARDING LT
MID
LT. HEAD
STBD
LT. HEAD
LT. HEAD
#8YL
NEGATIVE BUS
2S8-2,14/2(RD,YL)
15A
YL
2STB-2
RD
BALLAST
PORT FWD
+
BALLAST
-
+
-
BALLAST
+
-
2S8-3,14/2(RD,YL)
#10,RD
RD
YL
TO FLYBRIDGE PANEL
YL
BLACK
NEGATIVE BUS
10A
BLACK
BLACK
RD
PORT AFT
TO15A FB C.B.2F12
(SEE SHT 2)
2S8-4,14/2(RD,YL)
#10,RD
RD
#14,RD
14/2(RD,YL)
YL
RD
SOLENOID
YL
15A
STBD FWD
1
2
3
4
5
UNDER WATER LTS
SW
YL
2S8-5,14/2(RD,YL)
# 14 ,RD
TO FIREBOY SYSTEM RD
2S8-1,14/2(RD,YL)
# 14 ,RD
RD
RD
ENG. FUEL SWITCH N/O
YL
10A
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 35W
STBD AFT
YL
NEW THRU-HULL SEALITE
LTS, BLOWERS
WATER GAUGE
2S8-7,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
B540
003U
IM
108-A
0
-
BALLASTS LOCATED IN GEN ROOM
B540_00_3U_IM_108_0
TAV
1 of 2
LTS, BLOWERS
WATER GAUGE
2-07-08
NOTES:
B540
003U
IM
108-B
B540_00_3U_IM_108_0
0
-
TAV
2 of 2
2-07-08
540
2S8-6,14/3(RD,YL)
N.O. THERMOSTAT
540
A
108-A
M.FONTAINE
A
108-B
M.FONTAINE
1. 2STB2, SOLENOID, FUSES & RELAY ARE LOCATED
INSIDE SALON PANEL.
SHT 17A OF 23
SHT 17B OF 23
12V & 24V DC MAIN SUPPLY POWER PANEL
VOLTAGE EQUALIZER
GND
12V
24V
12F-N #1,YL
TO F/B 12V PANEL
12F-P #1,RD
2V-N #6,YL
F12
2V-P #6,RD
2P2,4/0,RD
F6
HIGH FREQ. CONV. #1
#2/0,RD
150A ANL
60A ANL
100A
POS
POS
24V
#2,RD
12V
N
P
ALTERNATOR
7.5A
TO GEN ROOM BILGE PUMP
(SEE SHEET 5)
MAIN SUPPLY BOX
TO BILGE FLOOD MONITOR
6A
P
SERVICE BATT. POS BUS
F7
F15
#4,RD
11-1,#4,RD
BANK
4/0,RD
#8,RD
THE BATTERY AND
50A
THE FUSE MUST NOT
BE LONGER THAN 72".
2W1,#1(RD)
(SEE SHEET 8)
F20
SERVICE MAIN
11-3,#4,YL
12V
TO FIRE ALARM MONITOR
(SEE SHEET 7)
6A
100A ANL
THE WIRE BETWEEN
#2/0,RD
WINDLASS DISC SW & FUSE
DISCONNECT
NOTES:
SWITCH
NEG
NEG
HIGH FREQ. CONV. #2
1. BONDING CONDUCTOR TO BOXES
#2/0,YL
300A ANL
4/0,RD
50A
#2/O,RD
P
REQUIRED.
#2/0,RD
TO INVERTER 1
CONV.
N
F14
(SEE SHEET 25)
P
#2,RD
TO FLYBRIDGE
24V
2FP-1,#1,RD
DISTR. PANEL MAIN C.B.
F2
(SEE SHEET 2)
12-3 #6,YL
100A ANL
GN1 #1,YL
TO SALON PORT 24V
2DP-1,#1,RD
DISTR. PANEL MAIN C.B.
F3
LOAD BUS
TO GEN. 2 BATT. NEG. (SEE SHT 22)
PANEL NEG. BUS
#2,RD
SERVICE BATT.
TO GEN. 1 BATT. NEG. (SEE SHT 22)
GN2 #1,YL
12-2,#6,RD
(SEE SHEET 3)
INV 1 #2/0, BLK
100A ANL
TO INVERTER 1 NEG. (SEE SHT 25)
#1/0,RD
INV 2 #2/0, BLK
2FWP-1,2/0(RD)
TO INVERTER 2 NEG. (SEE SHT 25)
2. INSTALL #4/0,YL BATTERY CABLE
BETWEEN THE MAIN ENGINE BLOCKS.
3. YELLOW WIRE USED IN
80A ANL
2N2,4/0,YL
12/24 MAIN SUPPLY
& PANEL
(SEE SHEET 6)
60A ANL
BATTERY
12V
TO FWD BILGE PUMP
(SEE SHEET 4)
F14
F5
SERVICE
#2/0,RD
TO PORT ENG
2A1 #2,RD
#4/0,RD
CONV.
F13
12V
7.5A
F13
#6,RD
1V1 #4,RD
F4
NEGATIVE CIRCUITS MAY BE REPLACED
WITH BLACK WIRE.
4. STBD ENGINE ALTERNATOR CIRCUITS MUST BE DISCONNECTED
FROM STARTER AND RECONNECTED TO THE SERVICE BATTERY.
SEE FUSE F5.
5. THE NEGATIVE SIDE OF THE DC SYSTYEM SHALL BE GROUNDED.
TO SALON STBD 24V
THE PORT AND STBD ENGINE BLOCKS SHALL BE PART OF THE
DISTR. PANEL MAIN C.B.
ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED SYSTEM.
(SEE
SHT 3)
300A ANL
#2/O,RD
#2/0,RD
TO INVERTER 2
#10,YL
F15
(SEE SHEET 25)
#2/0,RD
F10
#6,GN
24V
60A ANL
PARALLEL
SOLENOID
DC MAIN SUPPLY
WIRING
#6,RD
TO BONDING
SOL-1,#10,RD
2W2 #1,YL
TO WINDLASS NEG.
540
SYSTEM
BYD 14B4190
TO F/B BATTERY PARALLEL
SWITCH (SEE SHEET 8)
(SEE SHT 8)
2DN-1,#1,YL
2N1,4/0,YL
TO SALON DISTR. PANEL
24V
#2/0,RD
NEGATIVE BUS (SEE SHT 3)
GN1-2 1/0(YL)
TO GEN # 1 NEG (SEE SHT 22)
NEG
A
GN2-2 ,1/0(YL)
TO GEN # 2 NEG (SEE SHT 22)
12V
PORT ENGINE MAIN
2FN-1,#1,YL
DISCONNECT SWITCH
TO F/B 24V PANEL NEG BUS
(SEE SHT 2)
#2/0,RD
2E3 ,#4/0,RD
24V
2FWN-1,2/0,YL
PORT & STBD
PANEL NEGATIVE BUS
ENGINES BATTERY
(SEE
BANK
2E2 ,#4/0,YL
STARTER POS.
STBD ENGINE MAIN
SHT 3)
#2/0,RD
DISCONNECT SWITCH
TO STBD ENG.
2E1 ,#4/0,RD
STARTER NEGATIVE
12V
4/0,RD
POS
2E4 ,#4/0,YL
TO PORT ENGINE
TO FWD 24V DISTR.
TO STBD ENGINE
STARTER POS.
TO PORT ENG.
STARTER NEGATIVE
#8,RD
F17
TO FIREBOY MONITOR
ENG. BATT POS BUS
6A
(SEE SHEET 8)
93
THE FUSE MUST NOT
BE LONGER THAN 72".
TAV
BT-2,4/0,RD
-
(SEE SHEET 9)
0
Layout
Rev.
(OPTIONAL)BOW THRUSTER SW.
BT-1,#4/0,RD
93
THE BATTERY AND
IM
THE WIRE BETWEEN
F21
(SEE SHEET 5)
F19
00/3U
TO AFT BILGE PUMP
7.5A
400A
FONTAINE
2P1 #4/0,RD
TO MIDSHIP BILGE PUMP
(SEE SHEET 4)
F18
(OPTIONAL)
02-07-08
7.5A
TO BOW THRUSTER NEG.
B540_00-3U_IM_93_0
TO BOW THRUSTER
BELL HOUSING (OPTIONAL)
B540
BT-4 #4/0,YL
BT-3 ,#4/0,YL
CR
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
ENGINE EXHAUST SENSORS
2F6-8, 14/2(RD,YL)
2F6-3, #14RD
RD
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
NAV
CATERPILLAR ENGINE
W
2F6-2, #14RD
POWER IGNITION RETURN
STERN
YL
RD
ANCHOR
2FTB-1
7
2F6-4, #14RD
EAGLE LIGHT
6
RD
2F6-XX, 14/2(RD,YL)
#14YL
YL
2
YL
1
3
#14YL
TO F/B
YL
RD
4
YL
FROM F/B PANEL
CB # 2F9(SEE SHEET 2)
2F9-1, #14R
5
RD
RD
FROM F/B 24V
2F6-1, #14RD
TO F/B NEG BUS
PANEL CB# 2F6
2F9-2, 14/2(RD,YL)
NO
NEG
BUS
PORT EXHAUST
TB LOCATED IN
SENSORS
F/B BOARD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2FTB-7
NO
BK
RD
ANCHOR
YL
INST
WHT
COMPASS
RD
2F9-3, 14/2(RD,YL)
NO
W
YL
STBD EXHAUST
MAST HEAD
GAUGE LIGHTS
SENSORS
2F9-4,16/2(RD,YL)
NO
(AS REQUIRED)
+
2F6-5, 14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
2F6-9,14/2(RD,YL)
EXHAUST HORN
PORT
2F9-6, 16/2 (RD, YL)
2F6-6,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
RD
2F9-5,16/2(RD,YL)
IND LT STBD
EXHAUST HORN
+
PORT
R
YL
STBD
YL
RD
2F9-7, 16/2 (RD, YL)
STBD
YL
A
GR
IND LT PORT
YL
RD
2F6-7,14/2(RD,YL)
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
HORN
(ENCLOSED ONLY)
2F5-1, #10 RD
FROM F/B
PANEL CB# 2F5
5
2F5-2, #14 RD
6
F/B REFRIGERATOR
FUEL GAUGE
4
(SEE SHEET 2)
3
HORN
SWITCH
2FTB-3
RD
OFF/MOM ON
FUEL GAUGE
LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
14/2(RD,YL)
BK
TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
RD
2F5-3, #14 RD
#14 YL TO F/B NEG BUS
RD
YL
AIR
HORN
2F8-1,14/2(RD,YL)
2F10-2, 14/3 (RD,WHT,BK)
RD
VALVE
4
RD
2
#14 RD
BK
RD
COMPRESSOR
FROM F/B PANEL
WHT
1
3
WHT
CB# 2F8 (SEE SHT 2)
YL
YL
2F5-5, 10/2(RD,YL)
2FTB-7
2F10-3, 14/3 (RD,WHT,BK)
F/B NEG. BUS
REF. WIRE
2F10-1,#14RD
BK
RD
FUEL SENDER
TO F/B PANEL
REF
CB # 2F10 (SEE SHEET 2)
24V
EXHT,NA LT,GAUGE
REFRIG,HORN
B540
003U
IM
103
B540_00_3U_IM_103_0
0
-
TAV
12/20/07
540
CATERPILLAR ENGINE TAKE
A
POWER IGNITION RETURN
103
M.FONTAINE
SHT 11 OF 23
REVISIONS
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
A
YL
BK
EDC1XXX,XX
LOCATED AT BRIDGE TB BOARD
RD
STINGUISHER
FB-2,14/2
COCKPIT
BOTTLE
YL
*NOTE: CATERPILLAR ENGINE IS N/C
*NOTE: MTU ENGINE IS N/O
YL
RD
REMOTE
DISPLAY
FB-1,14,2
YL
RD
PORT ENG IGN. (ENG DWG)
3F1-2A,14/2
YL
2S8-1,14/2
RD
STBD ENG IGN. (ENG DWG)
3F2-2A,14/2
YL
TO F/B NEG BUS
RD
TO ENG RM BLOWERS
37-3,14/2
#10 YL
TO F/B NEG BUS
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
SHEET 1 FUSE19
RD
F19-1 #10 RD
RD
GENERATOR2 (SHEET23)
YL
G2-2,14/2
RD
GENERATOR 1 (SHEET23)
YL
6
GN
3
WH
SHIPS BONDING
G1-2,14/2
2
BK
1
RD
SDCXXX14/4
4
RD
COCKPIT
DAMPER
(EURO)
5
YL
EDCXXX,14/2
XXXX
SIMPSON LAWRENCE WINDLASS
DOWN
UP
BATTERY PARALLEL
2W4, 14/3(RD,BK,WHT)
2W6, 14/2(RD,YL)
BATT. PARALLEL
FROM F/B PANEL CB. 2F4
2F1-2 #10R
FROM BATT. PARALLEL
CB #2F1(SEE SHEET 2)
10
4
3
OFF/MOM ON
YL
SOL-1 #10R
9
BK
2F1-1 #10R
RD
2
WHT
2F1-3 #10R
RD
1
10
RD
7
BK
YL
2FTB-3
9
RD
8
WHT
HELM
2FTB-3
SWITCH
(SEE SHEET 2)
2W3 14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
WINDLASS SWITCH
11 12
2W8, # 14 RD
2W5, 14/2(RD,YL)
WTB-1
FROM BATTERY
IN ROPE LOCKER
YL
LOCATED
IN F/B BOARD
RD
SOLENOID(SEE SHEET 1)
LOCATED
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
BRAKE
2W7, 14/2(RD/YL)
# 14 RD
MOTOR
F/B LIGHTS
Y
R
2W1, #1 RD
NC
11
NO
12
C
13
NC
14
STBD ENG
AUX CKT2
Rev. Layout
CB# 2F3 (SEE SHEET 2)
(SEE SHEET 1)
#1 RD
NO 17
C 16
BATTERY
YL
C 19
NC 18
ERATING CONDITION
: [email protected]
FROM WINDLASS SWITCH
NC 20
S.W.
MOTOR
ITS SHOWN IN NORMAL
PORT ENG
STBD 21
C
10
W
FROM F/B LIGHTS
SEA- FIRE
UX CKT2
LIGHT WITH SWITCH
RD
#1 RD
PORT 22
DISPLAY UNIT
20W
FUSE
ENGINE INPUTS
B
UP
DOWN
# 14 YL
MODEL ESRS-MARK VT
TO 12/24 MAIN SUPPLY PANEL
2W2, #1 YL
NEG BUS(SHEET 1)
2F3-1, 14/2(RD,YL) F/B DC LT FEED
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SYSTEM
B540
003U
IM
100
0
B540_00-3U_IM-100_0
-
TAV
12/20/07
540
NC 15
#1 YL
A
R
100
M.FONTAINE
#10 WHITE
G OVERRIDE
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
SHT 8 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
FIRE MONITOR
FLYBRIDGE PANEL
FIRE
ENG ROOM
ENG ROOM
ENG ROOM
GEN RM
COMPT
COMPT
ENG ROOM
AFT
STBD
FWD
PORT
HEAT SENSOR
HEAT SENSOR
HEAT SENSOR
HEAT SENSOR
YL
E/R
RD
YL
F15-4, 16/2(RD,YL)
(YEL)
RD
-
F15-7,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
YL
RD
F15-6,14/2(RD,YL)
+
RD
(RD)
F15-8,14/2(RD,YL)
(RD)
(OR)
(BRN)
(YEL)
(PUR)
(WHT)
(BL)
(BK)
(GRN)
F15-9,14/2(RD,YL)
7
8
2FTB-9
10
(OR)
9
YL
RD
8
RD
YL
(RD)
(BRN)
7
TB LOCATED INSIDE ALARM BOX
(YEL)
6
F15-10,14/2(RD,YL)
F15-11,14/2(RD,YL)
5
#14YL
(PUR)
(WH)
4
#14RD
(BLU)
3
#14YL
(GRN)
2
(BK)
#14RD
F15-5, #18/9 COND
TB LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
F15-2, #18,9 COND
ALARM PANEL
1
SW 1
2
SW 2
LT 1
(BK)
1
(BLK)
RD
(GRN)
LT 2
2
(GRN)
RD
(BLU)
3
SW 3
LT 3
3
4
SW 4
LT 4
4
(BLU)
(WH)
(WH)
5
SW 5
LT 5
SILENCE
6
5
(PUR)
(YEL)
6
(YEL)
REMOTE
ALARM SW
7
NEGATIVE
RETURN
(BRN)
7
(BRN)
YL
HORN+
8
F1
9
POS
10
NEG
F3
(RD)
8
24VDC
RD
(R)
F2
TEST
(OR)
9
YL
(PUR)
F15-3, 18-9 COND
F15-1,14/2(RD,YL)
(R)
(BRN)
(YEL)
(PUR)
(GRN)
TO MAIN SUPPLY PANEL NEGATIVE BUS
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
HEAT SENSOR
(BLU)
HEAT SENSOR
(WHT)
GEN STBD
1
GEN PORT
TEST
TO MAIN SUPLY PANEL FUSE #F15
N.O.
(SEE SHT 1)
N.C. MOM
+
E/R
GEN RM
COMPT
COMPT
FIRE MONITOR
WIRING,24
B540
003U
IM
99
0
-
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM-99_0
12/20/07
FIRE
540
SALON
A
99
M. FONTAINE
SHT 7 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
VIP ST/RM LIGHTS
FWD ST/RM
STBD READING LT
RD
RD
VIP SHOWER SW
40W 28V
RD
YL
YL
YL
2FW11-I,10/2(RD,YL)
2FW11-M,14/2(RD,YL)
2FW11-E,14/2(RD,YL)
2FTB-2
2FW11-J,14/2(RD,YL)
BK
TB LOCATED IN PORT VIP CLOSET
RD
TO FWD PANEL CB# 2FW10 (SEE SHEET 3)
RD
YL
VIP HEAD LTS SW
RD
WH
TO FWD PANEL NEG BUS
2FW11-G,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
RD
VIP ST/RM SHWR LT
YL
2FW11-A,10/2(RD,YL)
YL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
YL
2FTB-1
FWD ST/RM PORT
2FW11-L,14/2(RD,YL)
LOCKER LT
YL
VIP ST/RM HEAD LTS
TB LOCATED IN PORT VIP CLOSET
RD
10W 24V
2FW11-K,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
FWD ST/RM OH LTS
2FW11-B,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
FWD ST/RM STBD LOCKER LT
2FW11-H,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
10W 24V
RD
2FW11-C,14/2(RD,YL)
FWD ST/RM PORT
WHT
READING LT
RD
YL
BK
FWD ST/RM
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28V UNLESS
3WAY SW #2
INDICATED
2FW11-F,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
40W 28V
RD
2FW11-D,14/2(RD,YL)
FWD ST/RM LTS
WIRING
B540
00/3U
IM
113
0
02-07-08
540
A
-
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM_113_0
FONTAINE
113
: [email protected]
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
W
W
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
A
GUEST LIGHTS
GUEST ST/RM
BUNK LT 1
RD
2FW8-E,14/2(RD,YL)
GUEST ST/RM OH LT SW
YL
YL
2FW8-B,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
RD
TO SALON PANEL CB# 2FW8 (SEE SHEET 3)
YL
TO FWD PANEL NEG BUS
2FW8-A,10/2(RD,YL)
1
TB LOCATED IN PORT VIP CLOSET
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2STB-1
GUEST ST/RM
BUNK LT 2
YL
RD
2FW8-C,14/2(RD,YL)
GUEST ST/RM LOCKER
FWD BILGE LIGHTS
YL
RD
10W 24V
RD
GUEST ST/RM OH LTS
YL
2FW8-D,14/2(RD,YL)
2FW8-F,14/3(RD,YL)
RD
TO SALON PANEL CB # 2FW11 (SEE SHEET 3)
RD
YL
TO SALON PANEL NEG BUS
24V
24V
25W
25W
YL
14/2(RD,YL)
2FW11-A1,14/2(RD,YL)
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28V UNLESS
INDICATED.
GUEST LTS
B540
003U
IM
112
-
-
TAV
B540_00_3U_IM_112_0
12/20/07
540
A
112
M.FONTAINE
SHT 21 OF 23
TRIM TABS
TV PLATFORM
LOCATED @ LAZARETTE
CONTROL
(OPTIONAL)
TRIM TAB
CONTROL BOX
FROM F/B 24V PANEL
CB# 2F2 (SHEET 2)
2F2-1,#10RD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2F2-8, 16/2(RD,YL) TRIM TAB VALVE B STBD
F/B NEG. BUS
YL
YL
12-24 VDC+
NEGATIE
A
B
RD
RD
#10,YL
2F2-3,10/3 (BK,WHT,RD)
2F2-9, 16/2(RD,YL)
PORT TRIM TABS
143315
ACTUATOR
TRIM TAB VALVE A PORT
2F2-2,10/3 (BK,WHT,RD)
STBD TRIM TABS
2FTB-6
BK
WHT
RD
YL
STBD
PORT
2F2-6,14/3 (BK,WHT,RD)
RD
BK
BK
WHT
RD
YL
YL
RD
RD
WHT
2F2-4,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
STBD TRIM TABS
RD
+
MOTOR
YL
2F2-5,14/2 (RD,YL)PORT TRIM TABS
2F2-10, 10/2 (RD,YL)
2F2-7,14/2 (RD,YL)
TB LOCATED @ F/B BOARD
ELECTRIC HELM
UP
2F3-5,14/2(RD,YL)
ENCLOSED F/B LIGHTS
YL
2F3-3,14/2(RD,YL)
F/B COCKPIT
14/2(RD,YL)
LT SW
RD
RD
DOWN
2F3-7,14/2(RD,YL)
2F7-5,14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
RD
LT SW
YL
F/B OH RED LTS
WHT
YL
RD
RD
BK
YL
RD
1
2
3
4
5
6
F/B OH DC LTS
YL
RD
TB LOCATED @ F/B BOARD
WHT BK
YL
WHT
RD
BK
RD
2F3-9,14/2(RD,YL)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
SPLICER
BL YL
RD
BL
YL
2FTB-12
RD
2F3-4,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
TO F/B LIGHTS
2F7-1, 14/2(RD,YL)
PORT
STBD
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
2F3-2,# 10 RD
CB# 2F3 (SEE SHEET 2)
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
# 10 YL
LTS 24V 25 W
TO F/B NEG BUS
YL
ALL LIGHTS BULBS TO BE 10W 28V
UNLESS INDICATED
2F3-6,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
F/B LIGHTS
F/B COCKPIT OH LTS
YL
20W
LIGHT WITH SWITCH
RD
2F3-8,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
W
F/B RED
FROM F/B LIGHTS
LT SW
CB# 2F3 (SEE SHEET 2)
HELM,LTS,TABS,TV
B540
003U
IM
102
RD
x (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
B540_00_3U_IM_102_0
Group#
Dwg #
YL
Rev. Layout
2F3-10,14/2(RD,YL)
A
F/B OH
SCALE: NONE
POWER
CONTROL
RD
9
8
WHT
VPC-20
2F3-1, 14/2(RD,YL) F/B DC LT FEED
-
TAV
102
M.FONTAINE
LTS SW
RD
SHT 10 OF 23
7
6
5
4
4
BK
BLU
CONTROL
BK
10
RD
3
2
W
2
1
1
IA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
3
Dwg #
EGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
0
12/20/07
540
YL
5K
: [email protected]
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
BLU
ITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
W
1
RD
W
2
3
GRY
4
5
6
7
8
GRY
WHT
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
BK
RD
3-W SW. #2
WH
PORT FWD LIGHTS
COMPANIONWAY
2S9-N,14/3(BK,WH,RD)
2S9-M,10/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
MASTER SHWR SW
RD
RD
YL
YL
1
2
3
4
5
6
2PTB-3
2S9-H,10/2RD,YL)
2S9-L,14/2(RD,YL)
2S9-I,14/2(RD,YL)
TB LOCATED IN MASTER HEAD VANITY
2PATB-2
TB LOCATED IN MASTER HEAD VANITY
MASTER HEAD LT SW
RD
RD
MSTR ST/RM
YL
YL
RD
SHWR LT
COMPANION WAY LTS
YL
YL
2S9-K,14/2(RD,YL)
2S9-O,14/2(RD,YL)
WH
RD
COMPANIONWAY
3-W SW. #1
RD
MSTR ST/RM HEAD
2S9-J,14/2(RD,YL)
BK
2FW8-P,14/3(BK,WH,RD)
BK
MASTER 3 WAY SW #2
RD
WH
2S9-G,14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
TYPICAL CIRCUIT WITH 12/24 VOLT DIMMER
MASTER ROOM
FWD LOCKER
TO SALON PANEL CB# 2S9
RD
(SEE SHEET 3)
24V
CABIN LT
2S9-F,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
YL
TO SALON PANEL NEG BUS
10W 24V
RD
2S9-A,10/2(RD,YL)
DIM
2PTB-1
TB LOCATED IN MASTER RM AFT LOCKER
SW LOCATED OVER
24V (+) SUPPLY POWER
NEGATIVE
MASTER RM TABLE
NIGHT STAND PORT AFT
YL
TERMINAL BOARD
RD
2S9-D,14/2(RD,YL)
ALL LIGHT BULBS TO BE 10W 28V UNLESS
RD
INDICATED.
2S9-B,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
MASTER RM OH LIGHTS
MASTER RM AFT LOCKER
WH
RD
MASTER 3 WAY SW #1
YL
BK
PORT FWD LT
10W 24V
B540
003U
IM
111
0
B540_00_3U_IM_111_0
-
TAV
2S9-E,14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
12/20/07
540
A
2S9-C,14/2(RD,YL)
111
M.FONTAINE
SHT 20 OF 23
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
CB# 2FW12
40
POWER STEERING
2FW12
2FW12-1,#4RD
2FW12-2,#4YL
14/R
NEGATIVE BUS
SALON DC PANEL
3FTBP
PORT ENG IGN
FUEL
7
FIRE BOY
(SEE SHEET 8)
3FTBS
STBD ENG IGN
7
FIRE BOY
(SEE SHEET 8)
CAT SYSTEM
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
Job Order #
B540
POWER STEERING PUMP
003U
Dwg #
Group#
IM
Rev. Layout
115
-
FILE:
-
TAV
B540_00-3U_IM_115_0
MODEL:
DATE: -
540
2/08/08
SCALE: -
APPV.BY:
DRAWING SIZE:
A
Dwg #
DESIG.BY:
M.FONTAIN
115
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
GRAY WATER PUMP
FISH BOX DISCHARGE PUMP
HEADHUNTER PUMP OUT
2S12-3,14/2(RD,YL)
+
2S12-1,14/2(RD,YL)
-
RD
YL
TO SALON PANEL NEG BUS
TOSALON PANEL CB # 2S12
(SEE SHEET 3)
RD
YL
RD
TANK SENTRY
ON-OFF
2S12-2,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
R
TO HOLDING TANK & GREY
RD
WATER TANK MONITOR
2S13-1,10/2(RD,YL)
YL
(SEE DRAWING BELOW)
YL
OFF/MOM ON
2S13-2,10/2(RD,YL)
1
3
4
5
6
7
2S12-3,14/2(RD,YL)
8
YL
YL
IN SALON 24V PANEL
RD
2GWTB-1
SWITCH LOCATED
TB LOCATED INSIDE
SALON PANEL
2
WH
18/3 SHIELDED
RD
BK
5A
#14(RD)
TO SALON PANEL
14/2
TB LOCATED IN FWD BILGE
2S12-4,14/3(RD,WHT,BK)
RD
RD
OG
SHIELD
WHT
RD
BK
CB 2S13 (SEE SHT 3)
40
BK
HOLDING TANK
RD
SYM-1000
SENDER
2S12-5,14/2(RD,YL)
TO SALON PANEL
BRW
RD
WHT
YL
BK
NEGATIVE BUS
YL
6/2
GRAY WATER
NEG BUS
ULTIMATE SR
SWITCH
2S12-4,14/2(RD,YL)
BK
WHT
RD
YL
(SEE SHEET 3)
HOLDING TANK & GREY WATER TANKS MONITOR
40
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
2FW12-1,#6RD
POWER STEERING
2FW12
2FW12-2,#6YL
RD
(BLK)
BK
(GRN)
14/R
NEGATIVE BUS
SALON DC PANEL
3FTBP
PORT ENG IGN
FUEL
7
FIRE BOY
(SEE SHEET 8)
(BLU)
3FTBS
STBD ENG IGN
FIRE BOY
(SEE SHEET 8)
7
(WHT)
(PUR)
WH
(YEL)
(BRN)
2S12-2,14/3(RD,WH,BK)
(RD)
(RD)
(BRN)
(OR)
(PUR)
(YEL)
(WHT)
(BLU)
(BLK)
AL-12 #18,9 COND
(GRN)
(OR)
FULL
3/4
TEST
HOLDING TANK SENDER
N.C.
N.O.
YL
FROM SALON PANEL NEGATIVE BUS
RD
FROM SALON PANEL C.B. 2S12 (SEE SHT 3)
2S12-1,14/2(RD,YL)
FULL
3/4 FULL
GREY WATER
TANK
8
TS-1501
9
HOLDING TANK
YL
PUMPS
FROM GREY WATER TANK
ALARM
ET
PUMP
ON
PUMP
OFF
RD
: [email protected]
FLOAT SWITCH
B540
003U
IM
109
-
SALON
-
TAV
B54000_3UIM_109
(SEE ABOVE DRAWING)
Rev. Layout
12/20/07
540
2S12-3,14/2(RD,YL)
109
A
SILENCE
4
5
6
7
4
3
3
2
N.C.
SW 1
R1
1 2
N.O.
MOM
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
SHT 18 OF 23
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
LT 1
1
5
2
1
CR
M.FONTAINE
ALARM PANEL
2
SW 2
LT 2
2
3
SW 3
LT 3
3
4
SW 4
LT 4
4
5
SW 5
LT 5
5
SILENCE
6
6
ALARM
REMOTE
SW
7
NEGATIVE
RETURN
HORN+
8
9
POS
10
NEG
F1 F3
F2
TEST
7
8
9
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
WIPERS
FOR ENCLOSED F/B ONLY
#14 RD
TO F/B 24V PANEL
2F11-1,#10RD
CB# 2F11
#14 RD
BRW
GR
WHT
BK
PORT
RD
WIPER
BL
RD
BK
WHT
GR
BL
BRW
MID
WIPER
SWITCH
SWITCH
#14 RD
BRW
2F11-5,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
WHT
STBD
RD
2F11-8,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
1
WIPER
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
2FTB-11
BL
SWITCH
BK
GR
LOCATED IN F/B BOARD
2F11-2,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
53
11 12
PORT
2FTB-10
31B
WIPER
MOTOR
#14 RD
53E
53A
53B
5A
GR
WHT
BK
RD
BL
BL
RD
BK
WHT
GN
BRW
BRW
53B
53A
53E
MID
WIPER
MOTOR
31B
53
#14 RD
53
STBD
WIPER
MOTOR
31B
53E
53A
53B
GR
#14 RD
5A
2F11-6,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
#14 RD
2F11-9,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
BK
BL
#14 RD
#14 RD
#14 YL
5A
RD
STBD WASHER
#14 YL
SOLENOID
WHT
MID WASHER
PORT WASHER
BRW
SOLENOID
SOLENOID
2F11-3,14/6(RD,BK,BL,BRW,GR,WHT)
2F11-4,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
2F11-7,14/2(RD,YL)
YL
2F11-10,14/2(RD,YL)
RD
YL
RD
F/B NEG BUS
#14 YL
WIPER
B540
: [email protected]
003U
IM
104
B540_00_3U_IM_104_0
0
-
TAV
Rev. Layout
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
12/20/07
540
A
104
M.FONTAINE
SHT 12 OF 23
REVISIONS
LET.
11.000
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
6.500
5
0.12
BYD 143137
12 VOLTS DC
1
60A
MAIN
2
15A
BATTERY
STEREO
LINE VOLTAGE
STEREO
S/ROOM
15A
15A
STEREO
8.250
TEST
8.250
P/ROOM
15A
SPARE
F/B
40A
15A
STEREO
SPARE
AMPLIFIER
15A
15A
STEREO
SPARE
F/ROOM
15A
20A
SPARE
SPARE
1. MATERIAL: 5052 ALUM. 0.125" THICK.
2. FINISH: PANEL TO BE FLAT. FACE VERTICAL
GRAINED 240 GRIT. EDGE & CORNERS TO
BE EASED.
3. PAINTING: PRIME COAT-ALODINE OR IRRIDITE.
FINISH COAT-FACE & EDGES
BERTRAM YACHT XXXXXX
#30-7001-OM.
4. SILKSCREEN LETTERING: A BLACK FONT KNOWN
4.2500
DRAWING IS AN AUTOCAD (VERSION 14) EXTENSION
R0
(DWG).
2.219
4.2500
.96
9
AS "HVL1".
DRAWING ON DISK CAN BE PICKED UP AT BERTRAM.
-
FB BREAKER PANEL
B540 00/3U
IM
-
TAV
B54000/3UIM
: [email protected]
12/03/07
Rev. Layout
10
540
12
14
16
A
8-16 VDC
M.FONTAINE
-
VOLT METER
RE UTILIZZATO PER LA
TTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
TOLERANCES
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGULAR:
+
_
DECIMAL :
+
_
1/2
.0156"
1 OF1
0
30
0-100 DCA
AMMETER
.0156"
TOLERANCES
80
_
+ _
+
50
:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DECIMAL
ANGULAR:
1/2
100A
1
15A
PORT
MAIN
15A
15A
ENGINE
SPARE
PORT
15A
100
STBD
FLYBRIDGE
ENGINE
LIGHTS
15A
STBD
PORT
ENGINE
ENGINE
15A
15A
NAVIGATION
SPARE
5A
5A
WINDLASS
BATTERY
15A
HORN
20A
ELECTRO
15A
SPARE
6.5000
3.000
11.0000
(DWG).
LINE VOLTAGE
24 VOLTS DC SYSTEM
LOAD CURRENT
6.5000
BATTERY TEST
2
30A
ENGINE
15A
REFRIGERATOR
SPARE
15A
20A
GAUGES
FUEL
15A
TABS
TRIM
10A
14.7500
LIGHTS
10A
10A
ENGINE
SPARE
STBD
PARALLEL
15A
15A
SPARE
15A
SPARE
HELM
20A
SPARE
20A
SPARE
SPARE
DATE
BY
MIAMI, FLORIDA, USA
BERTRAM YACHT
NOTES
NONE
2-22-08
DATE
D 143138
FLYBRIDGE BREAKER PANEL 24V
540
MFONTAINEAPPV
SCALE
TITLE
MODEL
AS "HVL1".
REV
4. SILKSCREEN LETTERING: A BLACK FONT KNOWN
#30-7001-OM.
BERTRAM YACHT XXXXXX
FINISH COAT-FACE & EDGES
3. PAINTING: PRIME COAT-ALODINE OR IRRIDITE.
BE EASED.
GRAINED 240 GRIT. EDGE & CORNERS TO
2. FINISH: PANEL TO BE FLAT. FACE VERTICAL
1. MATERIAL: 5052 ALUM. 0.125" THICK.
0.1250
DRAWING IS AN AUTOCAD (VERSION 14) EXTENSION
9
11.0000
DRAWING ON DISK CAN BE PICKED UP AT BERTRAM.
2.219
5.5000
.96
R0
BYD - 143138
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
-
-
APPV.
A
-
-
-
BY143230-1
BY143230-1
12V & 24V DC MAIN SUPPLY POWER PANEL
FWD
BILGE PUMP
7.5A
PORT ENGINE
FWD
BILGE PUMP 2
LOCAL OPERATING PANEL
STBD ENGINE
LOCAL OPERATING PANEL
7.5A
ENG ROOM
BY-463-082
BILGE PUMP
7.5A
GEN ROOM
BILGE PUMP
7.5A
AFT
GENERATOR #1 12V
BATTERY DISCONNECT
WINDLASS POWER
OFF
ON
OFF
GENERATOR #2 12V
BATTERY DISCONNECT
ON
OFF
ON
BILGE PUMP
7.5A
AFT
BILGE PUMP 2
7.5A
BILGE FLOOD
MONITOR
7.5A
FIRE ALARM
TROLLING CONTROL
MONITOR
TROLLING CONTROL
7.5A
FIRE EXT
SYSTEM
7.5A
WINDLASS
120
CB
ENG CONTROL
MAIN
30A
ENG CONTROL
BACKUP
30A
PORT ENGINE 24V
DISCONNECT SWITCH
STBD ENGINE 24V
DISCONNECT SWITCH
SERVICE BATTERY 24V
DISCONNECT SWITCH
BOM
IT
WARNING: DISCONNECT THE 12V & 24V BATTERIES BEFORE OPENING THIS PANEL
PART#
DESCRIPTION
QT
1 143230
-
1
2 -
-
-
3
-
-
4 -
-
-
5 -
-
-
6 -
-
-
7 -
-
-
8 -
-
-
9 -
-
-
10 -
-
-
11 -
-
-
12 -
-
-
13 -
-
-
14 -
-
-
15 -
-
-
16 -
-
-
17 -
-
-
18 -
-
-
19 -
-
-
20 -
-
-
PANEL, MAIN DC
BATT DISTRIBUTION
BXXX
00/1U
IM
XXX
A
-
TAV
BXXX00/1UIMXX
03/17/06
BY143230-1-570-630
A
J MESA
XXX
-
1 OF 1
17.75
8.75"
BY#143595
220 VAC-50 HZ SYSTEM
0.57
SHORE1
SHORE2
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
50 AMPS
50 AMPS
100 AMPS
100 AMPS
LINE VOLTAGE
LINE VOLTAGE
REVERSE
REVERSE
POLARITY
POLARITY
LOAD CURRENT
LOAD CURRENT
SHORE1
SHORE2
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
50 AMPS
50 AMPS
100 AMPS
100 AMPS
LINE2
LINE1
BUS A
BUS A
BUS B
REVERSE
REVERSE
POLARITY
POLARITY
220
15A
VOLTS
15A
OUTLETS
15A
15A
REFRIGERATOR 1
15A
15A
15A
OUTLETS
ENG ROOM
SPARE
SPARE
MASTER
PUMP
PUMP
20A
SPARE
VIP
10A
15A
WATER
ENGINE BLOCK
MAKER
15A
SPARE
STBD
WASHDOWN
AIR COND
GUEST
15A
HEATER
CONVERTER
15A
10A
AIR COND
ENGINE BLOCK
15A
20A
SPARE
FRESH WATER
PUMP
10A
15A
SPARE
SPARE
20A
AIR COND
AIR COND
PUMP
CONVERTER
15A
20
SALON
10A
30A
OIL CHANGE
ICE MAKER
AIR COND
PORT
ENGINE ROOM
15A
15A
30A
CONVERTER
OUTLETS SALON
10A
COCKPIT
FREEZER
CENTER
SPARE
30A
15A
OUTLETS
ENG ROOM
15A
15A
15A
MICROWAVE
15A
ENTERTAINMENT
LIGHTS
FREEZER
15A
15A
VACUUM
CLEANER
15A
15A
15A
SPARE
SALON LIGHTS
15A
OUTLETS
FLYBRIDGE
15A
REFRIGERATOR 2
FORWARD
ICE MAKER
15A
SPARE
ENGINE ROOM
15A
STBD
15A
COOKTOP
15A
SPARE
OUTLETS
10A
LIGHTS
WATER HEATER
GALLEY
28.5
15A
WASHER
15A
15A
OUTLETS
15A
AC
15A
DRYER
PORT
28.5
BUS B
SPARE
HEATER
15A
15A
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
LIGHTING TRANSFORMERS
10A
SALON PORT
LIGHTS
10A
SALON STBD
LIGHTS
10A
GALLEY
LIGHTS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE DO NOT OPEN UNLESS
*5"
ALL POWER IS DISCONNECTED
BERTRAM LOGO
16.75"
REVISIONS
LET.
DESCRIPTION
A
BY
DATE
-
-
-
-
APPV.
PANEL, MAIN AC
EURO
-
B
-
-
B540 00/3E
IM
-
126
TAV
B54000/3EIM/126
2/27/08
540
A
126
M.FONTAINE
1 OF1
3663 NW 21 STREET, MIAMI FL. 33142 - USA - tel. (305) 633/8011 - fax (305) 633/7188 - e-mail: [email protected]
DRAWING TITLE
Project
Job Order #
Group#
FILE:
Dwg #
Rev. Layout
20
50
100
40
0
MODEL:
DATE:
SCALE: NONE
DRAWING SIZE:
APPV.BY:
Dwg #
DESIG.BY:
V AC
0-150
AC
0-80AMP
PROPRIETA’ DELLA FERRETTI ENGINEERING. SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DELLA STESSA IL PRESENTE DISEGNO NON POTRA’ ESSERE UTILIZZATO PER LA
COSTRUZIONE DELL’OGGETTO RAPPRESENTATO, NE COMUNICATO A TERZI O RIPRODOTTO. LA SOC. PROPRIETARIA TUTELA I PROPRI DIRITTI A RIGORE DI LEGGE
60
150
80
BOM (ALARM MONITOR)
IT
PART#
11 141885
ALT P# LNTH
CARLING
BOM (POWER DIST)
DESCRIPTION
QT
IT
PART#
21 -
ALT P# LNTH
-
QT
-
DPDT (TIGC5S-6M-BL-MLB)GEN PORT & STBD
CARLING
-
(TIGA5E-6M-BL-MLB) SPST OFF MOM ON 1
FR’WATER
22 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
HLD TK& DISCH SWS (TOG, SPST MON ON/OFF) 2
23 -
-
-
-
-
14 141396
-
-
FUSE HOLDER
4
24 -
-
-
-
-
15 141260
-
-
SONARLERT MALLORY #SC628 (6-28 VDC,18MA)
3
25 -
-
-
-
-
6
26 -
-
-
-
-
2
27 -
-
-
-
-
28 -
-
-
1
29 -
-
-
6
30 -
-
-
16
-
17 -
-
-
18 -
-
-
19 141885
CARLING
-
20 141630
-
-
20 -
-
-
2
RED LED 24V(FIRE&BILGE INDICATOR LTS)
LED 24V (TK MONITOR INDICATOR FULL)
1
AMB LED 24(HOLDING TK PUMP SW INDIC. LIGHT)
DPDT (TIGC5S-6M-BL-MLB)BATTERY PARAL
TEST & SILENCE PUSHBUTTON(APEM 8632,MON ON)
-
DESCRIPTION
-
12 141884
13 14841
BATT TEST(TOG DPDT SW MON ON-OFF-MON ON)
-
-
-
REVISIONS
1
GREEN LED 24 V(TK MONITOR INDICATOR 3/4)
LET.
DESCRIPTION
BY
DATE
APPV.
A
MOVED ALARM SYSTEMS UP
CHANGED TEXT POSITION
(GEN. CTRL & BATT. PARALLEL)
DRAWING ON DISK CAN BE PICKED UP AT BERTRAM.
DRAWING IS AN AUTOCAD (VERSION 14) EXTENSION
MAC’TOR PMP BKR 15A
B ADDED LAB FISH BOX MACERA
HD PORT & HD BLOWER PORT
CH’ED BU’ZERS, RE-ALIGNED
C
COMPONENTS
REPLACED P. STEERING BKR
D
15A SPARE
ADDED AFT WINDOW
E
F
-
(DWG).
1. MATERIAL: 5052 ALUM. 0.125" THICK.
F.M
6/6/08
F.M
6/23/08
F.M
7/7/08
F.M
7/16/08
F.M
7/24/08
-
-
2. FINISH: PANEL TO BE FLAT. FACE VERTICAL
GRAINED 240 GRIT. EDGE & CORNERS TO
8.7500
BE EASED.
3. PAINTING: PRIME COAT-ALODINE OR IRRIDITE.
FINISH COAT-FACE & EDGES
BERTRAM YACHT XXXXXX
#30-7001-OM.
4. SILKSCREEN LETTERING: A WHITE FONT KNOWN
AS "HVL1".
BYD - 143583
24 VOLTS DC SYSTEM
LINE VOLTAGE
LOAD CURRENT
2
1
BATTERY TEST
100A
100A
MAIN PORT
MAIN STBD
15A
15A
LAZARETTE
STBD
LIGHTS
LIGHTS
15A
40A
SALON/GALLEY
ENGINE ROOM
LIGHTS
BLOWER
15A
15A
CABLE MASTER
CABLE MASTER
PORT
STBD
15A
3A
WATER
ENGINE ROOM
GAUGE
LIGHTS
5A
15A
FUEL FILL
COCKPIT
MONITOR
LIGHTS
15A
10A
HOLDING TANK
HEAD BLOWER
PUMP
MASTER
15A
30A
FISHBOX
28.5000
HEAD MASTER
MACERATOR
15A
15A
PORT
FISHBOX
LIGHTS
MACERATOR
30A
5A
HEAD
HOLDING TANK
PORT
ALARM
10A
10A
HEAD BLOWER
BILGE LIGHTS
PORT
15A
25A
GRAY WATER
AFT WINDOW
PUMP
15A
15A
FRESH WATER
AIR COND SUMP
PUMP
PUMP
15A
28.5000
5A
SPARE
SPARE
GEN & ALARM MONITOR
GEN. CONTROL/BAT. PARALLEL
START
START
STOP
STOP
PORT GEN.
STBD GEN.
CAUTION:
OVERCRANKING ENGINE WITH WATER LIFT MUFFLER
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE. CONSULT YOUR MANUAL.
FRESH WATER
ON
FUSES E/R BLOWERS
PORT FWD
PORT AFT
STBD FWD
STBD AFT
FIRE MONITOR
BILGE MONITOR
LAZ.
GEN. RM
ENG. RM
FWD BILGE
TEST
SILENCE
TEST
BILGE
BILGE
FIRE
BILGE
SILENCE
BILGE
HOLDING TANK
PUMP
BLACK WTR & GRAY WTR TANK MONITOR
TEST
FIRE
DISCHARGE
FULL
FULL
3/4
SWITCH
SILENCE
BLACK WTR TANK
SWITCH
GRAY WTR TANK
BERTRAM’S LOGO
0.6033
5"
-
PANEL, SALON DC
B540 00/3U
IM
TAV
12/03/07
540
A
-
120
B54000/3UIM120
*5"
9"
M.FONTAINE
120